fix context sentences in YAML to ensure vocab emphasis

docs/.vitepress/config.mts

@@ -9,6 +9,15 @@ export default defineConfig({
   title: "ko-grammar",
   description: "Korean grammar edited",
   lang: "ko-KR",
+  head: [
+    [
+      "script",
+      {
+        async: "async",
+        src: "https://www.youtube.com/iframe_api",
+      },
+    ],
+  ],
   themeConfig: {
     socialLinks: [
       { icon: "github", link: "https://git.polv.cc/polv/ko-grammar" },

docs/.vitepress/theme/components/VocabQuiz.vue

@@ -60,12 +60,13 @@
           </button>
         </summary>
         <SentenceAudio v-if="example" :v="example" lang="en" />
-        <blockquote v-if="v.notes" :class="$style.notes">
+
-          <div v-if="Array.isArray(v.notes)">
+        <blockquote
-            <div v-for="(n, i) in v.notes" :key="i" v-html="n"></div>
+          v-if="notes.length"
-          </div>
+          :class="$style.notes"
-          <div v-else v-html="v.notes"></div>
+          v-html="markdownIt.render(notes.join('\n\n'))"
-        </blockquote>
+        ></blockquote>
+
         <div>
           <button
             type="button"
@@ -145,7 +146,7 @@ import {
 import yaml from "yaml";
 import SentenceAudio from "./SentenceAudio.vue";
 import { supabase } from "../supabase.ts";
-import { IVoc, Voc } from "../types.ts";
+import { fmValueParser, IVoc, Voc } from "../types.ts";
 import { LLMstream } from "../llm.ts";
 import MarkdownIt from "markdown-it";
 
@@ -193,6 +194,11 @@ const sent_ko = computed(() => {
   return v.value?.ko || "";
 });
 
+const notes = computed(() => [
+  ...[example.value?.notes || []].flat(),
+  ...[v.value?.notes || []].flat(),
+]);
+
 const MAX_VOC = 5;
 
 const { frontmatter, page } = useData();
@@ -257,7 +263,7 @@ watch(sent_ko, () => {
 const vocabulary: Record<string, IVoc[]> = {};
 
 for (const [k, vs] of Object.entries(
-  frontmatter.value[fmKey] as Record<string, IVoc[]>,
+  fmValueParser.parse(frontmatter.value[fmKey]),
 )) {
   vocabulary[k] = [...(vocabulary[k] || []), ...vs];
 
@@ -458,7 +464,7 @@ async function onVContentSave() {
 }
 
 const markdownIt = new MarkdownIt({
-  html: false,
+  html: true,
   breaks: true,
   linkify: true,
   typographer: true,
@@ -486,7 +492,8 @@ async function explainSentence(ko: string) {
         role: "system",
         content: `
           Explain in ${LANG_EXPLAIN} how this sentence works in 500 characters.
-          Give me key vocabularies.
+          Give me key vocabularies in a table.
+          Don't give romanization forms.
           `,
       },
       { role: "user", content: ko },
@@ -578,6 +585,10 @@ onMounted(async () => {
 
 onBeforeUnmount(() => {
   document.addEventListener("click", onModalClickOutside);
+
+  if (loadingIntervalId) {
+    clearInterval(loadingIntervalId);
+  }
 });
 </script>
 
@@ -661,7 +672,7 @@ onBeforeUnmount(() => {
 }
 
 .modal {
-  --margin-top: calc(120px + env(safe-area-inset-top));
+  --margin-top: 120px;
 
   position: fixed;
   top: 50%;
@@ -684,7 +695,7 @@ onBeforeUnmount(() => {
 
   textarea {
     width: 100%;
-    max-height: calc(90vh - var(--margin-top) - env(safe-area-inset-bottom));
+    max-height: calc(90vh - var(--margin-top));
     padding: 1em;
     border-radius: 0 0 0.5em 0.5em;
     font-family: sans-serif;

docs/.vitepress/theme/components/YouTube.vue

@@ -1,10 +1,12 @@
 <template>
   <div :class="$style.container">
     <iframe
+      ref="iframe"
       :class="$style.iframe"
       width="100%"
       height="100%"
-      :src="'https://www.youtube.com/embed/' + $props.id"
+      :src="url.href"
+      :title="$props.title"
       frameborder="0"
       allow="
         accelerometer;
@@ -13,14 +15,67 @@
         gyroscope;
         picture-in-picture;
         fullscreen;
+        clipboard-write;
+        web-share;
       "
+      referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin"
+      allowfullscreen
     >
     </iframe>
   </div>
 </template>
 
 <script setup lang="ts">
-defineProps<{ id: string; title?: string }>();
+import { onBeforeUnmount, onMounted, ref, useTemplateRef } from "vue";
+
+const props = defineProps<{
+  id?: string;
+  list?: string;
+  title?: string;
+}>();
+
+const url = new URL(
+  `https://www.youtube.com/embed/${props.id || "videoseries"}`,
+);
+url.searchParams.set("enablejsapi", "1");
+if (props.list) {
+  url.searchParams.set("list", props.list);
+}
+
+const iframe = useTemplateRef("iframe");
+const player = ref();
+
+function onOrientationChanged() {
+  if (player.value && iframe.value) {
+    if (
+      window.screen.orientation.type.startsWith("landscape") &&
+      player.value.getPlayerState() === 1
+    ) {
+      iframe.value.requestFullscreen();
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (document.fullscreenElement) {
+    document.exitFullscreen();
+  }
+}
+
+onMounted(() => {
+  const { YT } = window as any;
+  if (YT?.Player && iframe.value) {
+    player.value = new YT.Player(iframe.value);
+  }
+
+  window.screen.orientation.addEventListener("change", onOrientationChanged);
+});
+
+onBeforeUnmount(() => {
+  window.screen.orientation.removeEventListener("change", onOrientationChanged);
+  if (document.fullscreenElement) {
+    document.exitFullscreen();
+  }
+});
 </script>
 
 <style module>

docs/.vitepress/theme/custom.css

@@ -1,10 +1,3 @@
-body {
-  padding-top: env(safe-area-inset-top);
-  padding-bottom: env(safe-area-inset-bottom);
-  padding-left: env(safe-area-inset-left);
-  padding-right: env(safe-area-inset-right);
-}
-
 .spoiler:not(:hover) {
   filter: blur(5px);
 }

docs/.vitepress/theme/types.ts

@@ -1,17 +1,40 @@
 import * as z from "zod";
 
-export const Voc = z.object({
+// 1. Define the interface manually (do not use z.infer here)
-  ko: z.string(),
+export interface IVoc {
-  ko_text: z.string().optional(),
+  ko: string;
-  audio: z.string().optional(),
+  ko_text?: string;
-  en: z.string(),
+  audio?: string;
-  get usage() {
+  en: string;
-    return z.array(Voc).optional();
+  usage?: IVoc[];
-  },
+  notes?: string | string[];
-  notes: z.union([z.string(), z.array(z.string())]).optional(),
+  examples?: IVoc[];
-  get examples() {
+}
-    return z.array(Voc).optional();
-  },
-});
 
-export type IVoc = z.infer<typeof Voc>;
+// 2. Annotate the schema with the manually defined interface
+export const Voc: z.ZodType<IVoc> = z.lazy(() =>
+  z.object({
+    ko: z.string(),
+    ko_text: z.string().optional(),
+    audio: z.string().optional(),
+    en: z.string(),
+    usage: z.array(Voc).optional(),
+    notes: z.union([z.string(), z.array(z.string())]).optional(),
+    examples: z
+      .array(Voc)
+      .superRefine((val, ctx) => {
+        for (const x of val) {
+          if (!isEmp(x.ko)) {
+            ctx.addIssue(`${JSON.stringify(x)} must contain **emp** text`);
+          }
+        }
+      })
+      .optional(),
+  }),
+);
+
+export const fmValueParser = z.record(z.string(), z.array(Voc));
+
+function isEmp(s: string) {
+  return /\*\*.+\*\*/.test(s);
+}

docs/howtostudykorean/theme/01-school.md

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 학교
       en: school
       notes: |
-        <p>Basic word for "school" in general, used for elementary, middle, high school, or university contexts (though 대학교 is more specific for university).</p>
+        Basic word for "school" in general, used for elementary, middle, high school, or university contexts (though 대학교 is more specific for university).
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 매일 **학교**에 가요
           en: I go to **school** every day
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 학생
       en: student
       notes: |
-        <p>General word for "student," used for any level of schooling.</p>
+        General word for "student," used for any level of schooling.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **학생**이에요
           en: I am a **student**
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 선생님
       en: teacher
       notes: |
-        <p>The polite, everyday word for "teacher." Also commonly used as a title/honorific when addressing or referring to a teacher, similar to "Mr./Ms. [Name]."</p>
+        The polite, everyday word for "teacher." Also commonly used as a title/honorific when addressing or referring to a teacher, similar to "Mr./Ms. [Name]."
       examples:
         - ko: 우리 **선생님**은 친절해요
           en: Our **teacher** is kind
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 교사
       en: teacher
       notes: |
-        <p>A more formal/official word for "teacher," often used in writing, job titles, or news, rather than in direct conversation (where 선생님 is preferred).</p>
+        A more formal/official word for "teacher," often used in writing, job titles, or news, rather than in direct conversation (where 선생님 is preferred).
       examples:
         - ko: 그는 초등학교 **교사**예요
           en: He is an elementary school **teacher**
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 담임선생님
       en: homeroom teacher
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers specifically to the homeroom teacher who is in charge of a particular class (반) of students.</p>
+        Refers specifically to the homeroom teacher who is in charge of a particular class (반) of students.
       examples:
         - ko: 우리 **담임선생님**은 수학을 가르쳐요
           en: Our **homeroom teacher** teaches math
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 교장선생님
       en: principal
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to the principal of a school. 교장 alone means "principal," and 선생님 is added as a respectful title.</p>
+        Refers to the principal of a school. 교장 alone means "principal," and 선생님 is added as a respectful title.
       examples:
         - ko: "**교장선생님**이 연설을 했어요"
           en: The **principal** gave a speech
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 교감선생님
       en: vice principal
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to the vice principal, who typically ranks just below the 교장선생님 (principal).</p>
+        Refers to the vice principal, who typically ranks just below the 교장선생님 (principal).
       examples:
         - ko: "**교감선생님**이 학생들을 도와줬어요"
           en: The **vice principal** helped the students
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 원어민 선생님
       en: native speaking teacher
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to a native-speaking teacher, most commonly used for foreign language teachers (like English) who are native speakers of that language.</p>
+        Refers to a native-speaking teacher, most commonly used for foreign language teachers (like English) who are native speakers of that language.
       examples:
         - ko: "**원어민 선생님**과 영어로 대화했어요"
           en: I talked with the **native speaking teacher** in English
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 과목
       en: subject
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to an academic subject, such as math, science, English, etc.</p>
+        Refers to an academic subject, such as math, science, English, etc.
       examples:
         - ko: 제가 제일 좋아하는 **과목**은 수학이에요
           en: My favorite **subject** is math
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 반
       en: class (group of students)
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to a class as a group of students (like "homeroom" or "section"), not the lesson itself. Compare with 수업, which refers to the lesson/class session.</p>
+        Refers to a class as a group of students (like "homeroom" or "section"), not the lesson itself. Compare with 수업, which refers to the lesson/class session.
       examples:
         - ko: 우리 **반**에는 학생이 25명 있어요
           en: Our **class** has 25 students
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 수업
       en: class (lesson)
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to a class session or lesson, as opposed to 반 which refers to a group of students. Also commonly used with 듣다 ("to take a class") and 끝나다 ("class ends").</p>
+        Refers to a class session or lesson, as opposed to 반 which refers to a group of students. Also commonly used with 듣다 ("to take a class") and 끝나다 ("class ends").
       examples:
         - ko: "**수업**이 몇 시에 시작해요?"
           en: What time does **class** start?
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 교실
       en: classroom
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to the physical classroom space.</p>
+        Refers to the physical classroom space.
       examples:
         - ko: "**교실**이 너무 추워요"
           en: The **classroom** is too cold
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 교시
       en: period
       notes: |
-        <p>Counter word used for class periods, always used with a number (일 교시, 이 교시, etc.). Uses Sino-Korean numbers.</p>
+        Counter word used for class periods, always used with a number (일 교시, 이 교시, etc.). Uses Sino-Korean numbers.
       examples:
         - ko: 지금 몇 **교시**예요?
           en: What **period** is it now?
@@ -146,8 +146,9 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 1교시
       en: first period
       notes: |
-        <p>("일 교시")</p>
+        ("일 교시")
-        <p>Uses Sino-Korean number 일 (one) with the counter 교시. This numbering pattern continues for all class periods.</p>
+
+        Uses Sino-Korean number 일 (one) with the counter 교시. This numbering pattern continues for all class periods.
       examples:
         - ko: "**1교시**는 국어 수업이에요"
           en: "**First period** is Korean language class"
@@ -157,8 +158,9 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 2교시
       en: second period
       notes: |
-        <p>("이 교시")</p>
+        ("이 교시")
-        <p>Uses Sino-Korean number 이 (two) with the counter 교시.</p>
+
+        Uses Sino-Korean number 이 (two) with the counter 교시.
       examples:
         - ko: "**2교시**는 영어 수업이에요"
           en: "**Second period** is English class"
@@ -168,7 +170,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 시간표
       en: timetable
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to a class schedule/timetable.</p>
+        Refers to a class schedule/timetable.
       examples:
         - ko: "**시간표**를 확인해 봤어요?"
           en: Did you check the **timetable**?
@@ -178,7 +180,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 급식
       en: the lunch served at school
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers specifically to school-provided cafeteria lunch, as opposed to a packed lunch.</p>
+        Refers specifically to school-provided cafeteria lunch, as opposed to a packed lunch.
       examples:
         - ko: 오늘 **급식**은 맛있었어요
           en: Today's school **lunch** was delicious
@@ -188,7 +190,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 동아리
       en: club
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to a school club or extracurricular activity group.</p>
+        Refers to a school club or extracurricular activity group.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 축구 **동아리**에 들어갔어요
           en: I joined the soccer **club**
@@ -198,7 +200,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 시험
       en: exam
       notes: |
-        <p>General word for "exam" or "test." Often paired with 보다 to mean "to take an exam."</p>
+        General word for "exam" or "test." Often paired with 보다 to mean "to take an exam."
       examples:
         - ko: 내일 **시험**이 있어요
           en: There's an **exam** tomorrow
@@ -210,7 +212,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 중간고사
       en: midterm exam
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers specifically to the midterm exam.</p>
+        Refers specifically to the midterm exam.
       examples:
         - ko: "**중간고사**가 다음 주예요"
           en: The **midterm exam** is next week
@@ -220,7 +222,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 기말고사
       en: final exam
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers specifically to the final exam.</p>
+        Refers specifically to the final exam.
       examples:
         - ko: "**기말고사**는 이번 달 말에 있어요"
           en: The **final exam** is at the end of this month
@@ -230,7 +232,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 문제
       en: problem/question
       notes: |
-        <p>Can refer to a "problem" in general or a "question" on a test/worksheet.</p>
+        Can refer to a "problem" in general or a "question" on a test/worksheet.
       examples:
         - ko: 이 **문제**를 풀 수 없어요
           en: I can't solve this **problem**
@@ -242,7 +244,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 질문
       en: question
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to a "question" asked in conversation or class, as opposed to 문제 which often refers to test/exercise questions.</p>
+        Refers to a "question" asked in conversation or class, as opposed to 문제 which often refers to test/exercise questions.
       examples:
         - ko: "**질문** 있어요?"
           en: Do you have a **question**?
@@ -254,7 +256,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 방학
       en: vacation
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers specifically to a school vacation/break (like summer or winter break), as opposed to 휴가 which is used for adult work vacations.</p>
+        Refers specifically to a school vacation/break (like summer or winter break), as opposed to 휴가 which is used for adult work vacations.
       examples:
         - ko: "**방학** 때 뭐 할 거예요?"
           en: What are you going to do during **vacation**?
@@ -266,7 +268,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 초등학교
       en: elementary school
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to elementary school (grades 1-6 in Korea).</p>
+        Refers to elementary school (grades 1-6 in Korea).
       examples:
         - ko: 제 동생은 **초등학교**에 다녀요
           en: My younger sibling attends **elementary school**
@@ -276,7 +278,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 중학교
       en: middle school
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to middle school (grades 7-9 in Korea).</p>
+        Refers to middle school (grades 7-9 in Korea).
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **중학교** 2학년이에요
           en: I'm in **middle school** 2nd grade
@@ -286,7 +288,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 고등학교
       en: high school
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to high school (grades 10-12 in Korea).</p>
+        Refers to high school (grades 10-12 in Korea).
       examples:
         - ko: "**고등학교** 생활은 정말 바빴어요"
           en: "**High school** life was really busy"
@@ -298,7 +300,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 국립고등학교
       en: public high school
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to a public/national high school, funded and operated by the government.</p>
+        Refers to a public/national high school, funded and operated by the government.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **국립고등학교**에 다녔어요
           en: I attended a **public high school**
@@ -306,7 +308,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 사립고등학교
       en: private high school
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to a private high school.</p>
+        Refers to a private high school.
       examples:
         - ko: 그 **사립고등학교**는 학비가 비싸요
           en: That **private high school** has expensive tuition
@@ -314,7 +316,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 학원
       en: after school private academy
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to a private academy/cram school that students attend after regular school hours for extra study.</p>
+        Refers to a private academy/cram school that students attend after regular school hours for extra study.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 매일 **학원**에 가요
           en: I go to **academy** every day
@@ -326,8 +328,9 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 학년
       en: grade
       notes: |
-        <p>(3학년 "삼학년" = third grade)</p>
+        (3학년 "삼학년" = third grade)
-        <p>Refers to a school grade/year level. Uses Sino-Korean numbers (일학년, 이학년, 삼학년, etc.).</p>
+
+        Refers to a school grade/year level. Uses Sino-Korean numbers (일학년, 이학년, 삼학년, etc.).
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 몇 **학년**이에요
           en: What **grade** are you in
@@ -337,8 +340,9 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 학기
       en: semester
       notes: |
-        <p>(1학기 "일학기" = first semester)</p>
+        (1학기 "일학기" = first semester)
-        <p>Refers to a school semester. Uses Sino-Korean numbers (일학기, 이학기).</p>
+
+        Refers to a school semester. Uses Sino-Korean numbers (일학기, 이학기).
       examples:
         - ko: 이번 **학기**는 정말 힘들었어요
           en: This **semester** was really hard
@@ -348,7 +352,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 수능
       en: Korean SAT
       notes: |
-        <p>Short for 대학수학능력시험, the standardized college entrance exam in Korea, similar to the SAT.</p>
+        Short for 대학수학능력시험, the standardized college entrance exam in Korea, similar to the SAT.
       examples:
         - ko: "**수능**은 11월에 있어요"
           en: The **Korean SAT** is in November
@@ -358,7 +362,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 수행평가
       en: performance assessment
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to a performance-based assessment (like a project, presentation, or report), as opposed to a written exam.</p>
+        Refers to a performance-based assessment (like a project, presentation, or report), as opposed to a written exam.
       examples:
         - ko: "**수행평가**를 제출해야 해요"
           en: I have to submit my **performance assessment**
@@ -369,7 +373,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 가르치다
       en: to teach
       notes: |
-        <p>Basic verb meaning "to teach."</p>
+        Basic verb meaning "to teach."
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 영어를 **가르쳐요**
           en: I **teach** English
@@ -381,7 +385,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 배우다
       en: to learn
       notes: |
-        <p>Basic verb meaning "to learn."</p>
+        Basic verb meaning "to learn."
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 한국어를 **배워요**
           en: I **learn/am learning** Korean
@@ -393,7 +397,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 듣다
       en: to hear (used when "taking" a class)
       notes: |
-        <p>Literally means "to hear/listen," but is used idiomatically with 수업 to mean "to take a class." An irregular ㄷ verb.</p>
+        Literally means "to hear/listen," but is used idiomatically with 수업 to mean "to take a class." An irregular ㄷ verb.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 이 수업을 **들어요**
           en: I'm **taking** this class
@@ -405,7 +409,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 이해하다
       en: understand
       notes: |
-        <p>Basic verb meaning "to understand."</p>
+        Basic verb meaning "to understand."
       examples:
         - ko: 이제 **이해했어요**
           en: Now I **understand**
@@ -417,7 +421,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 이해가 안 되다
       en: to not understand
       notes: |
-        <p>Literally "understanding doesn't happen/come." A common alternative to negating 이해하다 directly, often used to express confusion in the moment.</p>
+        Literally "understanding doesn't happen/come." A common alternative to negating 이해하다 directly, often used to express confusion in the moment.
       examples:
         - ko: 이 문제가 **이해가 안 돼요**
           en: I **don't understand** this problem
@@ -427,7 +431,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 설명하다
       en: to explain
       notes: |
-        <p>Basic verb meaning "to explain."</p>
+        Basic verb meaning "to explain."
       examples:
         - ko: 다시 **설명해** 주세요
           en: Please **explain** it again
@@ -439,7 +443,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 평가하다
       en: to evaluate
       notes: |
-        <p>Basic verb meaning "to evaluate" or "assess."</p>
+        Basic verb meaning "to evaluate" or "assess."
       examples:
         - ko: 선생님이 학생들을 **평가해요**
           en: The teacher **evaluates** the students
@@ -449,7 +453,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 시험을 보다
       en: to take an exam
       notes: |
-        <p>Common collocation using 보다 ("to see/take") with 시험 ("exam") to mean "to take an exam."</p>
+        Common collocation using 보다 ("to see/take") with 시험 ("exam") to mean "to take an exam."
       examples:
         - ko: 내일 **시험을 봐요**
           en: I'm **taking an exam** tomorrow
@@ -461,7 +465,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 채점하다
       en: to mark or grade an exam
       notes: |
-        <p>Verb used specifically for grading/marking exams or assignments.</p>
+        Verb used specifically for grading/marking exams or assignments.
       examples:
         - ko: 선생님이 시험지를 **채점하고** 있어요
           en: The teacher is **grading** the exam papers
@@ -472,7 +476,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 방과 후 수업
       en: after school class (also refers to a class during the vacation)
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to an after-school class, or can also refer to a special class held during school vacation.</p>
+        Refers to an after-school class, or can also refer to a special class held during school vacation.
       examples:
         - ko: "**방과 후 수업**에서 그림을 배워요"
           en: I learn drawing in **after school class**
@@ -482,7 +486,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 학교 끝나고…
       en: after school
       notes: |
-        <p>Literally "after school ends…", a common way to say "after school" when talking about plans.</p>
+        Literally "after school ends…", a common way to say "after school" when talking about plans.
       examples:
         - ko: "**학교 끝나고** 뭐 할 거예요?"
           en: What will you do **after school**?
@@ -492,7 +496,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 수업 전에
       en: before class
       notes: |
-        <p>Uses 전에 ("before") after 수업 ("class") to mean "before class."</p>
+        Uses 전에 ("before") after 수업 ("class") to mean "before class."
       examples:
         - ko: "**수업 전에** 숙제를 확인했어요"
           en: I checked my homework **before class**
@@ -502,7 +506,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 수업 끝나고…
       en: after class
       notes: |
-        <p>Literally "after class ends…", parallel in structure to 학교 끝나고.</p>
+        Literally "after class ends…", parallel in structure to 학교 끝나고.
       examples:
         - ko: "**수업 끝나고** 뭐 할 거예요?"
           en: What will you do **after class**?
@@ -513,7 +517,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 외국어
       en: Foreign Languages
       notes: |
-        <p>General term for "foreign language(s)," used to refer to the subject category rather than one specific language.</p>
+        General term for "foreign language(s)," used to refer to the subject category rather than one specific language.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **외국어**를 배우는 것을 좋아해요
           en: I like learning **foreign languages**
@@ -523,7 +527,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 영어
       en: English
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to the English language/subject.</p>
+        Refers to the English language/subject.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **영어** 선생님이에요
           en: I am an **English** teacher
@@ -535,7 +539,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 영어회화
       en: English Conversation
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to English conversation as a subject, as distinct from general English classes that may focus more on grammar or reading.</p>
+        Refers to English conversation as a subject, as distinct from general English classes that may focus more on grammar or reading.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **영어회화** 선생님이에요
           en: I am an **English conversation** teacher
@@ -547,7 +551,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 중국어
       en: Chinese
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to the Chinese language/subject.</p>
+        Refers to the Chinese language/subject.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **중국어**를 배우고 싶어요
           en: I want to learn **Chinese**
@@ -557,7 +561,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 일본어
       en: Japanese
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to the Japanese language/subject.</p>
+        Refers to the Japanese language/subject.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **일본어**를 조금 할 수 있어요
           en: I can speak a little **Japanese**
@@ -567,7 +571,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 독일어
       en: German
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to the German language/subject.</p>
+        Refers to the German language/subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**독일어**는 문법이 복잡해요"
           en: "**German** grammar is complicated"
@@ -575,7 +579,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 스페인어
       en: Spanish
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to the Spanish language/subject.</p>
+        Refers to the Spanish language/subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**스페인어**를 배우고 싶어요"
           en: I want to learn **Spanish**
@@ -583,7 +587,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 프랑스어
       en: French
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to the French language/subject.</p>
+        Refers to the French language/subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**프랑스어** 발음이 예뻐요"
           en: "**French** pronunciation is pretty"
@@ -591,7 +595,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 국어
       en: Korean
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to the Korean language as a school subject (literally "national language"), used specifically to refer to a Korean school's own native language class, as opposed to 한국어 which refers to Korean in a general/foreign-language-learning sense.</p>
+        Refers to the Korean language as a school subject (literally "national language"), used specifically to refer to a Korean school's own native language class, as opposed to 한국어 which refers to Korean in a general/foreign-language-learning sense.
       examples:
         - ko: "**국어** 시험이 어려웠어요"
           en: The **Korean** exam was difficult
@@ -601,7 +605,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 문학
       en: Literature
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to literature as a subject.</p>
+        Refers to literature as a subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**문학** 수업에서 시를 배웠어요"
           en: We learned poems in **literature** class
@@ -609,7 +613,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 과학
       en: Science
       notes: |
-        <p>General term for "science" as a subject.</p>
+        General term for "science" as a subject.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **과학**동아리에 가입했어요
           en: I entered the **science** club
@@ -621,7 +625,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 생물
       en: Biology
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to biology as a subject.</p>
+        Refers to biology as a subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**생물** 시험을 잘 봤어요"
           en: I did well on the **biology** exam
@@ -629,7 +633,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 화학
       en: Chemistry
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to chemistry as a subject.</p>
+        Refers to chemistry as a subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**화학**은 너무 어려워요"
           en: "**Chemistry** is too difficult"
@@ -637,7 +641,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 물리
       en: Physics
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to physics as a subject.</p>
+        Refers to physics as a subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**물리** 문제를 못 풀었어요"
           en: I couldn't solve the **physics** problem
@@ -645,7 +649,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 지구과학
       en: Earth Sciences
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to earth science as a subject.</p>
+        Refers to earth science as a subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**지구과학**은 화산에 대해 배워요"
           en: In **earth science**, we learn about volcanoes
@@ -653,7 +657,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 사회
       en: Social Studies
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to social studies as a school subject.</p>
+        Refers to social studies as a school subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**사회** 수업이 있어요"
           en: I have **social studies** class
@@ -661,7 +665,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 지리
       en: Geography
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to geography as a subject.</p>
+        Refers to geography as a subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**지리** 시험에 지도가 나왔어요"
           en: A map appeared on the **geography** exam
@@ -669,7 +673,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 역사
       en: History
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to history as a subject.</p>
+        Refers to history as a subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**역사** 수업은 재미있어요"
           en: "**History** class is fun"
@@ -677,7 +681,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 윤리
       en: Ethics
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to ethics as a school subject.</p>
+        Refers to ethics as a school subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**윤리** 시간에 철학자에 대해 배웠어요"
           en: In **ethics** class, we learned about philosophers
@@ -685,7 +689,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 정치
       en: Politics
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to politics as a subject.</p>
+        Refers to politics as a subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**정치** 수업에서 토론을 했어요"
           en: We had a debate in **politics** class
@@ -693,7 +697,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 경제
       en: Economics
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to economics as a subject.</p>
+        Refers to economics as a subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**경제** 시험이 다음 주에 있어요"
           en: There's an **economics** exam next week
@@ -701,7 +705,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 예체능
       en: Arts and Physical Education
       notes: |
-        <p>Umbrella term combining "arts" (예) and "physical education" (체능), used to refer to that category of subjects together.</p>
+        Umbrella term combining "arts" (예) and "physical education" (체능), used to refer to that category of subjects together.
       examples:
         - ko: "**예체능** 수업은 오후에 있어요"
           en: "**Arts and PE** classes are in the afternoon"
@@ -709,7 +713,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 미술
       en: Art
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to art as a subject.</p>
+        Refers to art as a subject.
       examples:
         - ko: "**미술** 시간에 그림을 그렸어요"
           en: We drew pictures in **art** class
@@ -717,7 +721,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 체육
       en: Physical Education
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to physical education (PE) as a subject.</p>
+        Refers to physical education (PE) as a subject.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 처음에 **체육** 수업을 싫어했어요
           en: At first I didn't like **PE** class
@@ -725,7 +729,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 수학
       en: Mathematics
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to mathematics as a subject.</p>
+        Refers to mathematics as a subject.
       examples:
         - ko: 제가 제일 좋아하는 과목은 **수학**이에요
           en: My favorite subject is **math**
@@ -735,7 +739,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 미적분
       en: Calculus
       notes: |
-        <p>Refers to calculus as a subject, more advanced/specific than 수학 (math) generally.</p>
+        Refers to calculus as a subject, more advanced/specific than 수학 (math) generally.
       examples:
         - ko: "**미적분**은 정말 어려워요"
           en: "**Calculus** is really difficult"

docs/howtostudykorean/theme/02-transportation.md

@@ -36,8 +36,9 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 버스 기사
       en: bus driver
       notes: |
-        <p>The more formal/neutral term for "bus driver."</p>
+        The more formal/neutral term for "bus driver."
-        <p>Compare with 버스 아저씨, which is less formal but far more commonly used in casual, everyday speech.</p>
+
+        Compare with 버스 아저씨, which is less formal but far more commonly used in casual, everyday speech.
       examples:
         - ko: "**버스 기사**님이 친절하셨어요"
           en: The **bus driver** was kind
@@ -49,9 +50,11 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 버스 아저씨
       en: bus driver
       notes: |
-        <p>[In theory this is a little bit impolite, but it is definitely more common, especially when not talking directly to the driver himself.]</p>
+        [In theory this is a little bit impolite, but it is definitely more common, especially when not talking directly to the driver himself.]
-        <p>It could in theory be "버스 아주머니," but the overwhelming majority of bus drivers (at least in Seoul) are male.</p>
+
-        <p>Compare with the more formal/neutral 버스 기사.</p>
+        It could in theory be "버스 아주머니," but the overwhelming majority of bus drivers (at least in Seoul) are male.
+
+        Compare with the more formal/neutral 버스 기사.
       examples:
         - ko: "**버스 아저씨**가 문을 열어 줬어요"
           en: The **bus driver** opened the door
@@ -63,8 +66,9 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 전철
       en: subway
       notes: |
-        <p>[Literally translates to "electric train."]</p>
+        [Literally translates to "electric train."]
-        <p>Largely interchangeable with 지하철. 지하철 (literally "underground train") is generally the more common everyday word, while 전철 is often seen/heard in more official contexts like station announcements.</p>
+
+        Largely interchangeable with 지하철. 지하철 (literally "underground train") is generally the more common everyday word, while 전철 is often seen/heard in more official contexts like station announcements.
       examples:
         - ko: 거기에 가려면 **전철**을 타야 돼요
           en: In order to get there, you must take the **subway**
@@ -74,8 +78,9 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 지하철
       en: subway
       notes: |
-        <p>[Literally translates to "underground train."]</p>
+        [Literally translates to "underground train."]
-        <p>Compare with 전철 ("electric train"), which is largely interchangeable but slightly more common in formal/announcement contexts.</p>
+
+        Compare with 전철 ("electric train"), which is largely interchangeable but slightly more common in formal/announcement contexts.
       examples:
         - ko: 버스로 가면 **지하철**보다 더 빨라요
           en: If you go by bus, it is faster than the **subway**
@@ -85,7 +90,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 역
       en: station
       notes: |
-        <p>Often attached directly to a place name, e.g. 서울역 = "Seoul station."</p>
+        Often attached directly to a place name, e.g. 서울역 = "Seoul station."
       examples:
         - ko: 사당**역** 4번 출구에서 만나자
           en: Let's meet at exit four of Sadang **station**
@@ -107,11 +112,12 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 길
       en: street/road
       notes: |
-        <p>Largely interchangeable with 거리.</p>
+        Largely interchangeable with 거리.
-        <p>[길 tends to emphasize the route/path itself — a road to walk or drive on — while 거리 tends to emphasize the street as a place/area.]</p>
+
+        [길 tends to emphasize the route/path itself — a road to walk or drive on — while 거리 tends to emphasize the street as a place/area.]
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **길**을 잃었어요
-          en: I'm lost
+          en: I'm **lost**
         - ko: 우리는 **길**을 건너야 돼요
           en: We have to cross the **street**
         - ko: 이 **길**에서 직진하셔요
@@ -120,8 +126,9 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 거리
       en: street/road
       notes: |
-        <p>Largely interchangeable with 길.</p>
+        Largely interchangeable with 길.
-        <p>[거리 tends to emphasize the street as a place/area, while 길 tends to emphasize the route/path itself.]</p>
+
+        [거리 tends to emphasize the street as a place/area, while 길 tends to emphasize the route/path itself.]
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **거리**를 안전하게 건넜어요
           en: I crossed the **street** safely
@@ -141,9 +148,9 @@ vocabulary:
       examples:
         - ko: "**교통카드**를 어디서 살 수 있어요?"
           en: Where can you buy a **transportation card**?
-        - ko: 교통 카드를 어디서 충전할 수 있어요?
+        - ko: "**교통 카드**를 어디서 충전할 수 있어요?"
           en: Where can I charge my **transportation card**?
-        - ko: 교통 카드를 잃어버렸어요
+        - ko: "**교통 카드**를 잃어버렸어요"
           en: I lost my **transportation card**?
 
     - ko: 자리
@@ -169,7 +176,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 호선
       en: line in a subway
       notes: |
-        <p>Attached to a number, e.g. 4호선 = "Line 4."</p>
+        Attached to a number, e.g. 4호선 = "Line 4."
       examples:
         - ko: 4**호선**으로 갈아타야 돼요
           en: You have to transfer to **line** 4
@@ -183,7 +190,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 출구
       en: exit of a subway station
       notes: |
-        <p>Attached to a number, e.g. 4번출구 = "exit 4."</p>
+        Attached to a number, e.g. 4번출구 = "exit 4."
       examples:
         - ko: 사당역 4번 **출구**에서 만나자
           en: Let's meet at **exit** four of Sadang station
@@ -221,11 +228,11 @@ vocabulary:
         - ko: 오른 쪽으로 **가면** 돼요
           en: "**Go** right"
           notes: |
-            <p>[The full nuance is closer to "you should/need to go right."]</p>
+            [The full nuance is closer to "you should/need to go right."]
         - ko: 왼 쪽으로 **가면** 돼요
           en: "**Go** left"
           notes: |
-            <p>[The full nuance is closer to "you should/need to go left."]</p>
+            [The full nuance is closer to "you should/need to go left."]
         - ko: 거기에 **가려면** 어느 쪽으로 가야 돼요?
           en: In order to **get** there, which way should I/one go?
         - ko: 서울역에 **가려면** 어느 쪽으로 가야 돼요?
@@ -296,8 +303,9 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 갈아타다
       en: to transfer
       notes: |
-        <p>Largely interchangeable with 환승하다.</p>
+        Largely interchangeable with 환승하다.
-        <p>[갈아타다 is more colloquial/spoken, while 환승하다 is more commonly heard in official/formal contexts, such as station announcements.]</p>
+
+        [갈아타다 is more colloquial/spoken, while 환승하다 is more commonly heard in official/formal contexts, such as station announcements.]
       examples:
         - ko: 4호선으로 **갈아타야** 돼요
           en: You have to **transfer** to line 4
@@ -309,8 +317,9 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 환승하다
       en: to transfer
       notes: |
-        <p>Largely interchangeable with 갈아타다.</p>
+        Largely interchangeable with 갈아타다.
-        <p>[환승하다 is more commonly heard in official/formal contexts, such as station announcements, while 갈아타다 is more colloquial.]</p>
+
+        [환승하다 is more commonly heard in official/formal contexts, such as station announcements, while 갈아타다 is more colloquial.]
       examples:
         - ko: 어디서 **환승해야** 돼요?
           en: Where do I need to **transfer**?
@@ -323,7 +332,7 @@ vocabulary:
         - ko: 거기까지 **데려다 줄까요**?
           en: Shall I **take you** there?
           notes: |
-            <p>[More literally, "Let me take you there."]</p>
+            [More literally, "Let me take you there."]
         - ko: 집까지 **데려다 줄게요**
           en: I'll **take you** home
 
@@ -339,7 +348,7 @@ vocabulary:
         - ko: "**앉으세요**"
           en: "Please, **sit** down"
           notes: |
-            <p>[Often said to an older person when giving up your seat.]</p>
+            [Often said to an older person when giving up your seat.]
 
     - ko: 충전하다
       en: to recharge
@@ -348,13 +357,13 @@ vocabulary:
           en: Where can I **charge** my transportation card?
         - ko: 카드를 **충전해** 주세요
           en: Please **recharge** my card
-        - ko: 카드에 10,000원 (만원)을 **충전해** 주세요
+        - ko: 카드에 10,000원을 **충전해** 주세요
           en: Please **recharge** my card with 10,000 won
 
     - ko: 멈추다
       en: to stop
       notes: |
-        <p>[Used for a vehicle, like a bus or subway, coming to a stop — not for a person stopping an action.]</p>
+        [Used for a vehicle, like a bus or subway, coming to a stop — not for a person stopping an action.]
       examples:
         - ko: 버스가 **멈추지** 않았어요
           en: The bus didn't **stop**
@@ -434,8 +443,9 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 거기
       en: there
       notes: |
-        <p>Compare with 저기.</p>
+        Compare with 저기.
-        <p>[거기 refers to a place near the listener or already mentioned in conversation, while 저기 refers to a place far from both speaker and listener.]</p>
+
+        [거기 refers to a place near the listener or already mentioned in conversation, while 저기 refers to a place far from both speaker and listener.]
       examples:
         - ko: "**거기**에 가려면 어느 쪽으로 가야 돼요?"
           en: In order to get **there**, which way should I/one go?
@@ -451,8 +461,9 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 저기
       en: there
       notes: |
-        <p>Compare with 거기.</p>
+        Compare with 거기.
-        <p>[저기 refers to a place far from both speaker and listener, often visible in the distance, while 거기 refers to a place near the listener.]</p>
+
+        [저기 refers to a place far from both speaker and listener, often visible in the distance, while 거기 refers to a place near the listener.]
       examples:
         - ko: "**저기**에 버스 정류장이 있어요"
           en: There's a bus stop **over there**
@@ -460,6 +471,333 @@ vocabulary:
         - ko: "**저기**로 가 주세요"
           en: Please go **over there**
           notes: Generated by Claude
+
+  buses_and_trains:
+    - ko: 일반 버스
+      en: regular bus
+      examples:
+        - ko: "**일반 버스**를 타고 학교에 가요"
+          en: I take the **regular bus** to school
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+        - ko: "**일반 버스**는 좌석버스보다 느려요"
+          en: The **regular bus** is slower than the express city bus
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+
+    - ko: 좌석버스
+      en: express city bus
+      notes: |
+        [This literally translates to "seat-bus," as it typically has more seats — two on each side — than other city buses.]
+
+        This type of bus goes longer distances, usually connecting Seoul with one of its suburbs.
+      examples:
+        - ko: "**좌석버스**를 타면 더 편하게 갈 수 있어요"
+          en: If you take the **express city bus**, you can go more comfortably
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+        - ko: "**좌석버스**는 일반 버스보다 비싸요"
+          en: The **express city bus** is more expensive than the regular bus
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+
+    - ko: 마을 버스
+      en: '"village" bus'
+      notes: |
+        [This bus is usually smaller and cheaper to ride than other buses. It usually goes shorter distances, and the stops on the road are often ambiguous — you really need to know the area and the bus route if you want to take this type of bus.]
+      examples:
+        - ko: "**마을 버스**를 타고 집에 가요"
+          en: I take the **village bus** home
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+        - ko: "**마을 버스**는 노선이 복잡해요"
+          en: The **village bus** route is confusing
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+
+    - ko: 시외버스
+      en: inter-city bus
+      examples:
+        - ko: "**시외버스**를 타고 부산에 갔어요"
+          en: I took the **inter-city bus** to Busan
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+        - ko: "**시외버스** 터미널이 어디에 있어요?"
+          en: Where is the **inter-city bus** terminal?
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+
+    - ko: 우등버스
+      en: first class bus
+      notes: |
+        [This type of bus also usually runs an inter-city route, but the seats are more comfortable.]
+      examples:
+        - ko: "**우등버스**는 좌석이 더 편해요"
+          en: The **first class bus** has more comfortable seats
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+        - ko: "**우등버스**를 타면 표가 더 비싸요"
+          en: If you take the **first class bus**, the ticket is more expensive
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+
+    - ko: 리무진
+      en: airport bus
+      notes: |
+        [A "limousine" in Korea refers to a comfortable bus that shuttles people from one place to another. You will commonly see this type of bus taking people from the airport to some pre-designated place in Seoul.]
+
+        As soon as you walk out of the airport in Incheon, you will see dozens of these buses — all going to a destination with maybe a few stops along the way.
+      examples:
+        - ko: "**리무진**은 좌석이 편하고 짐 놓을 공간도 많아요"
+          en: The **airport bus (limousine)** has comfortable seats and lots of space for luggage
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+        - ko: "**리무진**을 타고 인천공항에서 서울로 왔어요"
+          en: I came to Seoul from Incheon airport on the **airport bus (limousine)**
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+
+    - ko: 공항 버스
+      en: airport bus
+      notes: |
+        [A "limousine" (리무진) in Korea refers to a comfortable bus that shuttles people from one place to another. 공항 버스 refers to this same kind of bus, specifically the ones running to/from the airport.]
+
+        As soon as you walk out of the airport in Incheon, you will see dozens of these buses — all going to a destination with maybe a few stops along the way.
+      examples:
+        - ko: "**공항 버스**를 타고 인천공항에서 서울로 왔어요"
+          en: I came to Seoul from Incheon airport on the **airport bus**
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+        - ko: "**공항 버스**는 몇 시에 출발해요?"
+          en: What time does the **airport bus** depart?
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+
+    - ko: 급행열차
+      en: express train
+      notes: |
+        [This is a regular subway train, but it skips stations along the way. It usually runs during peak times during rush hour.]
+      examples:
+        - ko: "**급행열차**를 타면 더 빨리 도착해요"
+          en: If you take the **express train**, you arrive faster
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+        - ko: "**급행열차**는 이 역에서 안 멈춰요"
+          en: The **express train** doesn't stop at this station
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+
+    - ko: 공항철도
+      en: airport railroad
+      examples:
+        - ko: "**공항철도**를 타고 공항에 가요"
+          en: I take the **airport railroad** to the airport
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+        - ko: "**공항철도**역이 여기서 멀어요"
+          en: The **airport railroad** station is far from here
+          notes: Generated by Claude
+
+sentence:
+  directions:
+    - ko: 오른 쪽으로 가면 돼요
+      en: Go right (you should/need to go right)
+
+    - ko: 왼 쪽으로 가면 돼요
+      en: Go left (you should/need to go left)
+
+    - ko: 거기에 가려면 어느 쪽으로 가야 돼요?
+      en: In order to get there, which way should I/one go?
+
+    - ko: 서울역에 가려면 어느 쪽으로 가야 돼요?
+      en: In order to get to Seoul station, which way should I/one go?
+
+    - ko: 거기에 어떻게 가는 지 알아요?
+      en: Do you know how to get there?
+
+    - ko: 거기까지 데려다 줄까요?
+      en: Shall I take you there? (Let me take you there)
+
+    - ko: 집까지 데려다 줄게요
+      en: I’ll take you home
+
+    - ko: 저는 길을 잃었어요
+      en: I’m lost
+
+    - ko: 우리는 길을 건너야 돼요
+      en: We have to cross the street
+
+    - ko: 그 식당의 위치를 핸드폰으로 검색할 거에요
+      en: I’ll look up the location of the restaurant on my phone
+
+    - ko: 그 식당은 은행 건너편에 있어요
+      en: That restaurant is across the street from the bank
+
+    - ko: 사당역 4번 출구에서 만나자
+      en: Let’s meet at exit four of Sadang station
+
+    - ko: 이 길에서 직진하셔요
+      en: Go straight on this road
+
+    - ko: 저는 거리를 안전하게 건넜어요
+      en: I crossed the street safely
+
+  situations:
+    - ko: 앉으세요
+      en: Please, sit down (often said to an older person when giving up your seat)
+
+    - ko: 저는 금방 내려요 (내릴 거에요)
+      ko_text: 저는 금방 내려요
+      en: I’m getting off soon
+
+    - ko: 교통카드를 어디서 살 수 있어요?
+      en: Where can you buy a bus/subway card?
+
+    - ko: 교통 카드를 어디서 충전할 수 있어요?
+      en: Where can I charge my transportation card?
+
+    - ko: 교통 카드를 잃어버렸어요
+      en: I lost my transportation card?
+
+    - ko: 카드에 10,000원을 넣어 주세요
+      en: Please put 10,000 won on my card
+
+    - ko: 카드에 10,000원을 충전해 주세요
+      en: Please recharge my card with 10,000 won
+
+    - ko: 버스로 가면 지하철보다 더 빨라요
+      en: If you go by bus, it is faster than the subway
+
+    - ko: 카드를 충전해 주세요
+      en: Please recharge my card
+
+    - ko: 빨리 타세요
+      en: Get on, quick!
+
+    - ko: 저는 안산으로 가는 막차를 놓쳤어요
+      en: I missed the last train going to Ansan
+
+    - ko: 저는 내일 첫차를 타야 돼요
+      en: I have to take the first train tomorrow
+
+    - ko: 막차가 몇 시에 출발해요?
+      en: What time does the last train depart?
+
+    - ko: 첫차가 몇 시에 출발해요?
+      en: What time does the first train depart?
+
+  bus:
+    - ko: 거기에 가려면 버스를 타야 돼요
+      en: In order to get there, you must take the bus
+
+    - ko: 버스 온다!
+      en: The bus is coming!
+
+    - ko: 이 버스는 강남에 가요?
+      en: Does this bus go to Gangnam?
+
+    - ko: 버스가 멈추지 않았어요
+      en: The bus didn’t stop
+
+    - ko: 저는 버스정류장에서 버스를 기다리고 있어요
+      en: I’m waiting for the bus at the bus station
+
+    - ko: 저는 20분 동안 버스를 기다렸어요
+      en: I waited for the bus for 20 minutes
+
+    - ko: 버스를 동대문에서 타야 돼요
+      en: You have to take the bus from Dongdaemun station
+
+    - ko: 다음 정류장에서 내리면 돼요
+      en: You should get off at the next station
+
+    - ko: 다 다음 정류장에서 내리면 돼요
+      en: You should get off two stations from now
+
+    - ko: 저는 카드를 안 찍었어요
+      en: I didn’t scan my card
+
+    - ko: 이 버스의 기본 요금은 2,500원이에요
+      en: The basic fare for this bus is 2,500 원
+
+    - ko: 아저씨! 문을 열어 주세요!
+      en: Sir! Open the door please.
+
+    - ko: 벨을 안 눌렀어요
+      en: You didn’t ring the bell
+
+    - ko: 거기 가려면 몇 번 버스를 타야 돼요?
+      en: In order to get there, what bus should I take?
+
+    - ko: 52번을 타면 돼요
+      en: You should take bus number 52
+
+    - ko: 버스가 5분 후에 올 거에요
+      en: The bus will come in 5 minutes
+
+    - ko: 버스 카드가 없어서 현금으로 낼 게요
+      en: I don’t have my bus card, so I will pay with cash
+
+    - ko: 저는 동전이 없어요
+      en: I don’t have any change (coins)
+
+    - ko: 다음 버스는 저 정류장에서 출발할 거에요
+      en: The next bus will depart from that station
+
+    - ko: 버스를 탈 때 카드를 찍어야 되고 내릴 때도 찍어야 돼요
+      en: You need to scan your card when you get on the bus and also when you get off the bus
+
+    - ko: 이 버스는 10분마다 와요
+      en: This bus comes each/every 10 minutes
+
+  subway:
+    - ko: 거기에 가려면 전철을 타야 돼요
+      en: In order to get there, you must take the subway
+
+    - ko: 4호선으로 갈아타야 돼요
+      en: You have to transfer to line 4
+
+    - ko: 반대로 가야 돼요
+      en: You need to go the opposite direction
+
+    - ko: 어디서 환승해 야 돼요?
+      en: Where do I need to transfer?
+
+    - ko: 어디서 갈아타 야 돼요?
+      en: Where do I need to transfer?
+
+    - ko: 홍대에 가려면 몇 호선을 타야 돼요?
+      en: In order to get to 홍대, which line should I take?
+
+    - ko: 서울역에서 1호선으로 갈아타는 것은 복잡해요
+      en: It is confusing transferring to line 1 at Seoul Station
+
+    - ko: 저는 벌써 지하철을 타고 있어요
+      en: I am already on/riding the subway
+
+  announcements:
+    - ko: 전철이 전역에서 출발하였습니다
+      en: The train has departed from the previous station
+
+    - ko: 손잡이를 꽉 잡으세요
+      en: Please hold on to (the handle) tightly
+
+    - ko: 문에 기대지 마세요
+      en: Don’t lean against the door
+
+    - ko: 이 번 정류장은 시청 앞입니다. 다음 정류장은 광화문입니다
+      en: This station is (the front of) City Hall. The next station is Gwanghwamun
+
+    - ko: 당고개에 가는 열차가 들어오고 있습니다. 한 걸음을 물러서주시기 바랍니다
+      en: The train going to Danggogae is coming into the station. Please step back.
+
+    - ko: 이번 역은 서울역. 서울역입니다. 내리실 문은 오른 쪽입니다
+      en: This station is Seoul Station. Seoul Station. The doors will open on the right.
+
+    - ko: 동대문으로 가실 분은 이번 역에서 2호선으로 환승하시기 바랍니다
+      en: Passengers who are going to 동대문, please transfer to line 2 at this station
+
+  taxi:
+    - ko: 공항으로 가 주세요
+      en: Please take me to the airport
+
+    - ko: 서울역으로 가 주세요
+      en: Please take me to Seoul Station
+
+    - ko: 여기서 내려 주세요
+      en: Please let me get off here
+
+    - ko: 서울역까지 가는 데 보통 얼마나 나와요?
+      en: How much will does it usually cost to get to Seoul Station?
+
+    - ko: 지름길로 가주세요
+      en: Please take the short cut
+
+    - ko: 공항까지 가시나요?
+      en: Do you go (can you go) to the airport?
 ---
 
 # (Theme) Unit 1: #2 – Transportation
@@ -586,8 +924,14 @@ Now let’s look at some specific sentences that you may find useful when gettin
 
 ## Sentences
 
+<VocabQuiz fm-key="sentence" />
+
 ### Getting to a Place
 
+---
+
+<VocabQuiz fm-key="sentence" category="directions" />
+
 오른 쪽으로 가면 돼요 = <span class="md spoiler">Go right (you should/need to go right)</span>
 
 왼 쪽으로 가면 돼요 = <span class="md spoiler">Go left (you should/need to go left)</span>
@@ -618,6 +962,10 @@ Now let’s look at some specific sentences that you may find useful when gettin
 
 ### Situations related to the Bus and Subway
 
+---
+
+<VocabQuiz fm-key="sentence" category="situations" />
+
 앉으세요 = <span class="md spoiler">Please, sit down (often said to an older person when giving up your seat)</span>
 
 저는 금방 내려요 (내릴 거에요) = <span class="md spoiler">I’m getting off soon</span>
@@ -648,123 +996,141 @@ Now let’s look at some specific sentences that you may find useful when gettin
 
 ### Taking the Bus
 
-거기에 가려면 버스를 타야 돼요= In order to get there, you must take the bus
+---
 
-버스 온다! = The bus is coming!
+<VocabQuiz fm-key="sentence" category="bus" />
 
-이 버스는 강남에 가요? = Does this bus go to Gangnam?
+거기에 가려면 버스를 타야 돼요 = <span class="md spoiler">In order to get there, you must take the bus</span>
 
-버스가 멈추지 않았어요 = The bus didn’t stop
+버스 온다! = <span class="md spoiler">The bus is coming!</span>
 
-저는 버스정류장에서 버스를 기다리고 있어요 = I’m waiting for the bus at the bus station
+이 버스는 강남에 가요? = <span class="md spoiler">Does this bus go to Gangnam?</span>
 
-저는 20분 동안 버스를 기다렸어요 = I waited for the bus for 20 minutes
+버스가 멈추지 않았어요 = <span class="md spoiler">The bus didn’t stop</span>
 
-버스를 동대문에서 타야 돼요 = You have to take the bus from Dongdaemun station
+저는 버스정류장에서 버스를 기다리고 있어요 = <span class="md spoiler">I’m waiting for the bus at the bus station</span>
 
-다음 정류장에서 내리면 돼요 = You should get off at the next station
+저는 20분 동안 버스를 기다렸어요 = <span class="md spoiler">I waited for the bus for 20 minutes</span>
 
-다 다음 정류장에서 내리면 돼요 = You should get off two stations from now
+버스를 동대문에서 타야 돼요 = <span class="md spoiler">You have to take the bus from Dongdaemun station</span>
 
-저는 카드를 안 찍었어요 = I didn’t scan my card
+다음 정류장에서 내리면 돼요 = <span class="md spoiler">You should get off at the next station</span>
 
-이 버스의 기본 요금은 2,500원(이천오백원)이에요 = The basic fare for this bus is 2,500 원
+다 다음 정류장에서 내리면 돼요 = <span class="md spoiler">You should get off two stations from now</span>
 
-아저씨! 문을 열어 주세요! = Sir! Open the door please.
+저는 카드를 안 찍었어요 = <span class="md spoiler">I didn’t scan my card</span>
 
-벨을 안 눌렀어요 = You didn’t ring the bell
+이 버스의 기본 요금은 2,500원(이천오백원)이에요 = <span class="md spoiler">The basic fare for this bus is 2,500 원</span>
 
-거기 가려면 몇 번 버스를 타야 돼요? = In order to get there, what bus should I take?
+아저씨! 문을 열어 주세요! = <span class="md spoiler">Sir! Open the door please.</span>
 
-52번을 타면 돼요 = You should take bus number 52
+벨을 안 눌렀어요 = <span class="md spoiler">You didn’t ring the bell</span>
 
-버스가 5분 후에 올 거에요 = The bus will come in 5 minutes
+거기 가려면 몇 번 버스를 타야 돼요? = <span class="md spoiler">In order to get there, what bus should I take?</span>
 
-버스 카드가 없어서 현금으로 낼 게요 = I don’t have my bus card, so I will pay with cash
+52번을 타면 돼요 = <span class="md spoiler">You should take bus number 52</span>
 
-저는 동전이 없어요 = I don’t have any change (coins)
+버스가 5분 후에 올 거에요 = <span class="md spoiler">The bus will come in 5 minutes</span>
 
-다음 버스는 저 정류장에서 출발할 거에요 = The next bus will depart from that station
+버스 카드가 없어서 현금으로 낼 게요 = <span class="md spoiler">I don’t have my bus card, so I will pay with cash</span>
 
-버스를 탈 때 카드를 찍어야 되고 내릴 때도 찍어야 돼요 = You need to scan your card when you get on the bus and also when you get off the bus
+저는 동전이 없어요 = <span class="md spoiler">I don’t have any change (coins)</span>
 
-이 버스는 10분마다 와요 = This bus comes each/every 10 minutes
+다음 버스는 저 정류장에서 출발할 거에요 = <span class="md spoiler">The next bus will depart from that station</span>
+
+버스를 탈 때 카드를 찍어야 되고 내릴 때도 찍어야 돼요 = <span class="md spoiler">You need to scan your card when you get on the bus and also when you get off the bus</span>
+
+이 버스는 10분마다 와요 = <span class="md spoiler">This bus comes each/every 10 minutes</span>
 
 ### Taking the Subway
 
-거기에 가려면 전철을 타야 돼요 = In order to get there, you must take the subway
+---
 
-4호선으로 갈아타야 돼요 = You have to transfer to line 4
+<VocabQuiz fm-key="sentence" category="subway" />
 
-반대로 가야 돼요 = You need to go the opposite direction
+거기에 가려면 전철을 타야 돼요 = <span class="md spoiler">In order to get there, you must take the subway</span>
 
-어디서 환승해 야 돼요? = Where do I need to transfer?
+4호선으로 갈아타야 돼요 = <span class="md spoiler">You have to transfer to line 4</span>
 
-어디서 갈아타 야 돼요? = Where do I need to transfer?
+반대로 가야 돼요 = <span class="md spoiler">You need to go the opposite direction</span>
 
-홍대에 가려면 몇 호선을 타야 돼요? = In order to get to 홍대, which line should I take?
+어디서 환승해 야 돼요? = <span class="md spoiler">Where do I need to transfer?</span>
 
-서울역에서 1호선으로 갈아타는 것은 복잡해요 = It is confusing transferring to line 1 at Seoul Station
+어디서 갈아타 야 돼요? = <span class="md spoiler">Where do I need to transfer?</span>
 
-저는 벌써 지하철을 타고 있어요 = I am already on/riding the subway
+홍대에 가려면 몇 호선을 타야 돼요? = <span class="md spoiler">In order to get to 홍대, which line should I take?</span>
+
+서울역에서 1호선으로 갈아타는 것은 복잡해요 = <span class="md spoiler">It is confusing transferring to line 1 at Seoul Station</span>
+
+저는 벌써 지하철을 타고 있어요 = <span class="md spoiler">I am already on/riding the subway</span>
 
 ### Announcements Heard or Seen on the Bus or Subway
 
-전철이 전역에서 출발하였습니다 = The train has departed from the previous station
+---
 
-손잡이를 꽉 잡으세요 = Please hold on to (the handle) tightly
+<VocabQuiz fm-key="sentence" category="announcements" />
 
-문에 기대지 마세요 = Don’t lean against the door
+전철이 전역에서 출발하였습니다 = <span class="md spoiler">The train has departed from the previous station</span>
 
-이 번 정류장은 시청 앞입니다. 다음 정류장은 광화문입니다 = This station is (the front of) City Hall. The next station is Gwanghwamun
+손잡이를 꽉 잡으세요 = <span class="md spoiler">Please hold on to (the handle) tightly</span>
 
-당고개에 가는 열차가 들어오고 있습니다. 한 걸음을 물러서주시기 바랍니다 = The train going to Danggogae is coming into the station. Please step back.
+문에 기대지 마세요 = <span class="md spoiler">Don’t lean against the door</span>
 
-이번 역은 서울역. 서울역입니다. 내리실 문은 오른 쪽입니다 = This station is Seoul Station. Seoul Station. The doors will open on the right.
+이 번 정류장은 시청 앞입니다. 다음 정류장은 광화문입니다 = <span class="md spoiler">This station is (the front of) City Hall. The next station is Gwanghwamun</span>
 
-동대문으로 가실 분은 이번 역에서 2호선으로 환승하시기 바랍니다 = Passengers who are going to 동대문, please transfer to line 2 at this station
+당고개에 가는 열차가 들어오고 있습니다. 한 걸음을 물러서주시기 바랍니다 = <span class="md spoiler">The train going to Danggogae is coming into the station. Please step back.</span>
+
+이번 역은 서울역. 서울역입니다. 내리실 문은 오른 쪽입니다 = <span class="md spoiler">This station is Seoul Station. Seoul Station. The doors will open on the right.</span>
+
+동대문으로 가실 분은 이번 역에서 2호선으로 환승하시기 바랍니다 = <span class="md spoiler">Passengers who are going to 동대문, please transfer to line 2 at this station</span>
 
 ### Taking a Taxi
 
-공항으로 가 주세요 = Please take me to the airport
+---
 
-서울역으로 가 주세요 = Please take me to Seoul Station
+<VocabQuiz fm-key="sentence" category="taxi" />
 
-여기서 내려 주세요 = Please let me get off here
+공항으로 가 주세요 = <span class="md spoiler">Please take me to the airport</span>
 
-서울역까지 가는 데 보통 얼마나 나와요? = How much will does it usually cost to get to Seoul Station?
+서울역으로 가 주세요 = <span class="md spoiler">Please take me to Seoul Station</span>
 
-지름길로 가주세요 = Please take the short cut
+여기서 내려 주세요 = <span class="md spoiler">Please let me get off here</span>
 
-공항까지 가시나요? = Do you go (can you go) to the airport?
+서울역까지 가는 데 보통 얼마나 나와요? = <span class="md spoiler">How much will does it usually cost to get to Seoul Station?</span>
+
+지름길로 가주세요 = <span class="md spoiler">Please take the short cut</span>
+
+공항까지 가시나요? = <span class="md spoiler">Do you go (can you go) to the airport?</span>
 
 ## Types of Buses and Trains
 
-일반 버스 = Regular bus
+<VocabQuiz category="buses_and_trains" />
 
-좌석버스 = Express city bus
+일반 버스 = <span class="md spoiler">Regular bus</span>
+
+좌석버스 = <span class="md spoiler">Express city bus</span>
 
 _This literally translates to “seat-bus” as it typically has more seats (two on each side) than other city buses. This type of bus will go longer distances – usually connecting Seoul with one of its suburbs._
 
-마을 버스 = “Village” bus
+마을 버스 = <span class="md spoiler">“Village” bus</span>
 
 _This bus is usually smaller and is cheaper to ride than other buses. It usually goes shorter distances, and the stops on the road are often ambiguous. You really need to know the area and the bus route if you want to take this type of bus._
 
-시외버스 = Inter-city bus
+시외버스 = <span class="md spoiler">Inter-city bus</span>
 
-우등버스 = First class bus
+우등버스 = <span class="md spoiler">First class bus</span>
 
 _This type of bus also usually runs an inter-city route, but the seats are more comfortable._
 
-리무진 or 공항 버스 = Airport Bus
+리무진 or 공항 버스 = <span class="md spoiler">Airport Bus</span>
 
 _A “limousine” in Korea refers to a comfortable bus that shuttles people from one place to another. You will commonly see this type of bus taking people from the airport to some pre-designated place in Seoul. As soon as you walk out of the airport in Incheon, you will see dozens of these buses – all going to a destination with maybe a few stops along the way._
 
-급행열차 = express train
+급행열차 = <span class="md spoiler">express train</span>
 
 _This is a regular subway train, but it skips stations along the way. It usually will run in peak times during rush hour._
 
-공항철도 = airport railroad
+공항철도 = <span class="md spoiler">airport railroad</span>
 
 That’s it for this lesson. [Click here to check out our next Theme Lesson](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/theme/eating-2/ "(Theme) Unit 1: #3 – Eating").
 

docs/howtostudykorean/theme/index.md

@@ -8,49 +8,49 @@ The purpose of these Theme Lessons is _not_ to teach the grammar within the sent
 
 Use this as an opportunity to maybe skip ahead to some grammatical principles that are more common but a little bit advanced. The most common grammatical principles that you might find in the Theme Lessons of Unit 1 that have not been introduced yet are:
 
-| \~는 것         | [Lesson 26](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-26/ "Lesson 26: ~는 것 Describing Nouns with Verbs") |
+| \~는 것         | [Lesson 26](../unit-2/26-describing-nouns-with-verbs.md)                                                                                                              |
-| --------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| --------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| 중              | [Lesson 33](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-33/ "Lesson 33: ~중 (하는 중), (~중에)")             |
+| 중              | [Lesson 33](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-33/ "Lesson 33: ~중 (하는 중), (~중에)")            |
-| \~아/어서       | [Lesson 37](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-34-41/lesson-37/ "Lesson 37: Because: ~아/어서")                  |
+| \~아/어서       | [Lesson 37](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-34-41/lesson-37/ "Lesson 37: Because: ~아/어서")                 |
-| 때문에          | [Lesson 38](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-34-41/lesson-38/ "Lesson 38: Because: ~기 때문에")                |
+| 때문에          | [Lesson 38](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-34-41/lesson-38/ "Lesson 38: Because: ~기 때문에")               |
-| \~아/어 주다    | [Lesson 41](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-34-41/lesson-41/ "Lesson 41: To Give: 주다, 아/어 주다")          |
+| \~아/어 주다    | [Lesson 41](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-34-41/lesson-41/ "Lesson 41: To Give: 주다, 아/어 주다")         |
-| \~자            | [Lesson 44](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-42-50/lesson-44/)                                                 |
+| \~자            | [Lesson 44](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-42-50/lesson-44/)                                                |
-| \~ㄹ/을래(요)   | [Lesson 44](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-42-50/lesson-44/)                                                 |
+| \~ㄹ/을래(요)   | [Lesson 44](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-42-50/lesson-44/)                                                |
-| \~ㄹ/을 수 있다 | [Lesson 45](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-42-50/lesson-45/ "Lesson 45: I can, I can’t – ~ㄹ 수 있다/없다")  |
+| \~ㄹ/을 수 있다 | [Lesson 45](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-42-50/lesson-45/ "Lesson 45: I can, I can’t – ~ㄹ 수 있다/없다") |
-| \~아/어 야 하다 | [Lesson 46](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-42-50/lesson-46/)                                                 |
+| \~아/어 야 하다 | [Lesson 46](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-42-50/lesson-46/)                                                |
-| \~ㄹ/을게(요)   | [Lesson 63](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-3-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-3-lessons-59-66/lesson-63/ "Lesson 63: ~ㄹ/을까(요), ~ㄹ/을게요")                 |
+| \~ㄹ/을게(요)   | [Lesson 63](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-3-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-3-lessons-59-66/lesson-63/ "Lesson 63: ~ㄹ/을까(요), ~ㄹ/을게요")                |
-| \~ㄹ/을까(요)   | [Lesson 63](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-3-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-3-lessons-59-66/lesson-63/ "Lesson 63: ~ㄹ/을까(요), ~ㄹ/을게요")                 |
+| \~ㄹ/을까(요)   | [Lesson 63](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-3-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-3-lessons-59-66/lesson-63/ "Lesson 63: ~ㄹ/을까(요), ~ㄹ/을게요")                |
-| \~는데          | [Lesson 76](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/upper-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-4-lessons-76-83/lesson-76/ "Lesson 76: ~는데 and ~는 데 in Korean")                |
+| \~는데          | [Lesson 76](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/upper-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-4-lessons-76-83/lesson-76/ "Lesson 76: ~는데 and ~는 데 in Korean")               |
 
 The list above is by no means complete, but by knowing the grammar introduced in Unit 1, and having a general idea of some of these more difficult grammatical principles, you will definitely be able to challenge yourself with learning some great sentences.
 
 In addition to the pile of sentences that will be provided, common words that relate to the particular theme will be given. All of the vocabulary words introduced in our Theme Lessons will also be introduced somewhere in our regular lessons. The purpose of these Theme Lessons is to organize all of the words (and sentences) that focus on a central subject.
 
-- [Unit 1: #1 – School](./school.md)
+- [Unit 1: #1 – School](./01-school.md)
-- [Unit 1: #2 – Transportation](./transportation.md)
+- [Unit 1: #2 – Transportation](./02-transportation.md)
-- [Unit 1: #3 – Eating](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/theme/eating-2/ "(Theme) Unit 1: #3 – Eating")
+- [Unit 1: #3 – Eating](./03-eating.md)
-- [Unit 1: #4 – Shopping](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/theme/shopping/ "(Theme) Unit 1: #4 – Shopping")
+- [Unit 1: #4 – Shopping](./04-shopping.md)
-- [Unit 1: #5 – Weather](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/theme/weather/ "(Theme) Unit 1: #5 – Weather")
+- [Unit 1: #5 – Weather](./05-weather.md)
 
 In time, we will continue to update more Theme Lessons to this Unit.
 
 In addition, we will eventually make Theme Lessons that fall under later Units. Theme Lessons under later Units will gradually be focused on more and more complex themes.
 
-#### Analyzing Korean Signs
+## Analyzing Korean Signs
 
-- https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLpkY2PdR9aLO_V0LFnP3_cdapJBcuG3-O
+<YouTube list=PLpkY2PdR9aLO_V0LFnP3_cdapJBcuG3-O />
 
-#### Sentence Practice
+## Sentence Practice
 
-- https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLpkY2PdR9aLOKW0N5CqSDNJF7rVaQCwpX
+<YouTube list=PLpkY2PdR9aLOKW0N5CqSDNJF7rVaQCwpX />
 
-#### Dictation Practice
+## Dictation Practice
 
-- https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLpkY2PdR9aLMLiZnUBQFJxvr2Bs4eMbI6
+<YouTube list=PLpkY2PdR9aLMLiZnUBQFJxvr2Bs4eMbI6 />
 
-#### 20 SECOND LOOKS AT RAW KOREA
+## 20 SECOND LOOKS AT RAW KOREA
 
-- https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLpkY2PdR9aLOiwxKcoih94VHS4wGvOmQx
+<YouTube list=PLpkY2PdR9aLOiwxKcoih94VHS4wGvOmQx />
 
 ---
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/01-sentences.md

@@ -59,9 +59,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-4.mp3
       en: I, me (formal)
       notes: |
-        <p>When used as the subject of a sentence, 저 translates to "I," when used as the object of a sentence, "저" translates to "me." For example: "저는 그 여자를 사랑해요" = "I love that girl", "그 여자는 저를 사랑해요" = "That girl loves me"</p>
+        When used as the subject of a sentence, 저 translates to "I," when used as the object of a sentence, "저" translates to "me." For example: "저는 그 여자를 사랑해요" = "I love that girl", "그 여자는 저를 사랑해요" = "That girl loves me"
-        <p>저 changes to 제 when 이/가 are attached. See Lesson 2 for more information. For example: "제가 한국을 좋아해요" = "I like Korea"</p>
+
-        <p>나 is used instead of 저 in informal situations.</p>
+        저 changes to 제 when 이/가 are attached. See Lesson 2 for more information. For example: "제가 한국을 좋아해요" = "I like Korea"
+
+        나 is used instead of 저 in informal situations.
       examples:
         - ko: "**저**는 친구를 만났어요"
           en: "**I** met a friend"
@@ -76,9 +78,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-5.mp3
       en: I, me (informal)
       notes: |
-        <p>When used as the subject of a sentence, 나 translates to "I," when used as the object of a sentence, "나" translates to "me." For example: "나는 그 여자를 사랑해" = "I love that girl", "그 여자는 나를 사랑해" = "That girl loves me"</p>
+        When used as the subject of a sentence, 나 translates to "I," when used as the object of a sentence, "나" translates to "me." For example: "나는 그 여자를 사랑해" = "I love that girl", "그 여자는 나를 사랑해" = "That girl loves me"
-        <p>나 changes to 내 when 이/가 are attached. See Lesson 2 for more information. For example: "내가 한국을 좋아해" = "I like Korea"</p>
+
-        <p>저 is used instead of 나 in formal situations.</p>
+        나 changes to 내 when 이/가 are attached. See Lesson 2 for more information. For example: "내가 한국을 좋아해" = "I like Korea"
+
+        저 is used instead of 나 in formal situations.
       examples:
         - ko: "**나**는 친구를 만났어"
           en: "**I** met a friend"
@@ -99,11 +103,11 @@ vocabulary:
           en: That **man** came into room
         - ko: 저는 잘생긴 **남자**를 만났어요
           en: I met a handsome **man**
-        - ko: 저의 친구는 주로 남자예요
+        - ko: 저의 친구는 주로 **남자**예요
           en: My friends are mostly **men**
-        - ko: 그 남자가 키가 너무 커요
+        - ko: 그 **남자**가 키가 너무 커요
           en: That **man** is very tall
-        - ko: 어떤 남자는 어제 여기에 왔어
+        - ko: 어떤 **남자**는 어제 여기에 왔어
           en: Some **man** came here yesterday
 
     - ko: 여자
@@ -123,8 +127,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-9.mp3
       en: this
       notes: |
-        <p>이 is a type of word called a "관형사," which isn't an adjective, but is another type of word that can be placed before nouns to describe them. In English, "관형사" translates to a "modifier" or "a determiner." 이 is placed before nouns within reaching distance to indicate that one is talking about "this" specific thing. For example: "이 사람" = "this person"</p>
+        이 is a type of word called a "관형사," which isn't an adjective, but is another type of word that can be placed before nouns to describe them. In English, "관형사" translates to a "modifier" or "a determiner." 이 is placed before nouns within reaching distance to indicate that one is talking about "this" specific thing. For example: "이 사람" = "this person"
-        <p>It is easy to distinguish between a determiner and an adjective in Korean. Although both placed before nouns to "describe" them, the dictionary (ordinary) form of an adjective always ends in ~다 and must change in order to describe them. For example, 예쁘다 changes to 예쁜 when placed before a noun to describe it (See Lesson 3 for more information). Determiners keep their original form when placed before a noun. This might be too much grammar for you at this point, but make a note of it.</p>
+
+        It is easy to distinguish between a determiner and an adjective in Korean. Although both placed before nouns to "describe" them, the dictionary (ordinary) form of an adjective always ends in ~다 and must change in order to describe them. For example, 예쁘다 changes to 예쁜 when placed before a noun to describe it (See Lesson 3 for more information). Determiners keep their original form when placed before a noun. This might be too much grammar for you at this point, but make a note of it.
       examples:
         - ko: "**이** 차는 너무 비싸요"
           en: "**This** car is too expensive"
@@ -141,8 +146,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-8.mp3
       en: that
       notes: |
-        <p>그 is another example of a "관형사" in Korean. 그 is placed before nouns that are being referred to from context or a previous sentence. For example, if your father is talking about a specific person, you can refer to "that person" by saying "그 사람."</p>
+        그 is another example of a "관형사" in Korean. 그 is placed before nouns that are being referred to from context or a previous sentence. For example, if your father is talking about a specific person, you can refer to "that person" by saying "그 사람."
-        <p>See more information about 관형사 in my description of "이" above.</p>
+
+        See more information about 관형사 in my description of "이" above.
       examples:
         - ko: "**그** 남자는 저의 아버지예요"
           en: "**That** man is my father"
@@ -159,10 +165,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-10.mp3
       en: that (when something is far away)
       notes: |
-        <p>저 is another example of a "관형사" in Korean. 저 is placed before nouns that are far away (not within reach). For example, if you want to refer to the person across the street, you can refer to "that person" by saying "저 사람."</p>
+        저 is another example of a "관형사" in Korean. 저 is placed before nouns that are far away (not within reach). For example, if you want to refer to the person across the street, you can refer to "that person" by saying "저 사람."
-        <p>그 and 저 both translate to "that." This often causes confusion for English speakers.</p>
+
-        <p>Also notice that "저" has more than one meaning. Earlier, you saw that "저" means "I/me." Welcome to the world of Korean! Where often times one word has more than one meaning.</p>
+        그 and 저 both translate to "that." This often causes confusion for English speakers.
-        <p>See more information about 관형사 in my description of "이" above.</p>
+
+        Also notice that "저" has more than one meaning. Earlier, you saw that "저" means "I/me." Welcome to the world of Korean! Where often times one word has more than one meaning.
+
+        See more information about 관형사 in my description of "이" above.
       examples:
         - ko: "**저** 사람은 누구예요?"
           en: Who is **that** person?
@@ -181,8 +190,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-11.mp3
       en: thing
       notes: |
-        <p>Not only used as a simple noun, but also used as a noun that can be described by full sentences. See Lesson 26 for more information about this.</p>
+        Not only used as a simple noun, but also used as a noun that can be described by full sentences. See Lesson 26 for more information about this.
-        <p>것 can be shortened to 거. 것이 can be shortened to 게</p>
+
+        것 can be shortened to 거. 것이 can be shortened to 게
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 비싼 **것**만 좋아해요
           en: I only like expensive **things**
@@ -197,10 +207,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson-1-v.mp3
       en: this (thing)
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "이걷"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "이걷"
-        <p>이것 is often shortened to 이거 in speech.</p>
+
-        <p>When 이, 그 or 저 are placed before "것," the result is a compound word. Therefore, when placing "것" after 이, 그 or 저, there should not be a space between the two.</p>
+        이것 is often shortened to 이거 in speech.
-        <p>Although it can be translated as "this thing," 이것 itself is a pronoun and can be simplified to translate to "this." For more information, see the explanation in Lesson 1.</p>
+
+        When 이, 그 or 저 are placed before "것," the result is a compound word. Therefore, when placing "것" after 이, 그 or 저, there should not be a space between the two.
+
+        Although it can be translated as "this thing," 이것 itself is a pronoun and can be simplified to translate to "this." For more information, see the explanation in Lesson 1.
       examples:
         - ko: "**이것**은 뭐야?"
           en: What is **this (thing)**?
@@ -225,10 +238,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson-1-v2.mp3
       en: that (thing)
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "그걷"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "그걷"
-        <p>그것 is often shortened to 그거 in speech.</p>
+
-        <p>When 이, 그 or 저 are placed before "것," the result is a compound word. Therefore, when placing "것" after 이, 그 or 저, there should not be a space between the two.</p>
+        그것 is often shortened to 그거 in speech.
-        <p>Although it can be translated as "that thing," 그것 itself is a pronoun and can be simplified to translate to "that." For more information, see the explanation in Lesson 1.</p>
+
+        When 이, 그 or 저 are placed before "것," the result is a compound word. Therefore, when placing "것" after 이, 그 or 저, there should not be a space between the two.
+
+        Although it can be translated as "that thing," 그것 itself is a pronoun and can be simplified to translate to "that." For more information, see the explanation in Lesson 1.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **그것**을 손으로 만들었어요
           en: I built **that (thing)** with my hands
@@ -245,10 +261,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson-1-v3.mp3
       en: that (thing)
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "저걷"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "저걷"
-        <p>저것 is often shortened to 저거 in speech.</p>
+
-        <p>When 이, 그 or 저 are placed before "것," the result is a compound word. Therefore, when placing "것" after 이, 그 or 저, there should not be a space between the two.</p>
+        저것 is often shortened to 저거 in speech.
-        <p>Although it can be translated as "that thing," 저것 itself is a pronoun and can be simplified to translate to "that." For more information, see the explanation in Lesson 1.</p>
+
+        When 이, 그 or 저 are placed before "것," the result is a compound word. Therefore, when placing "것" after 이, 그 or 저, there should not be a space between the two.
+
+        Although it can be translated as "that thing," 저것 itself is a pronoun and can be simplified to translate to "that." For more information, see the explanation in Lesson 1.
       examples:
         - ko: "**저것**은 사과예요"
           en: "**That (thing)** is an apple"
@@ -261,8 +280,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-12.mp3
       en: chair
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation [Video 14]</p>
+        This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation [Video 14]
-        <p><YouTube id="b8X6ryrJGeY" /></p>
+
+        <YouTube id="b8X6ryrJGeY" />
       examples:
         - ko: 그녀는 **의자**에서 일어났어요
           en: She rose up from her **chair**
@@ -277,8 +297,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-13.mp3
       en: table
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "탁짜"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "탁짜"
-        <p>The little table that Korean people use when they sit on the floor to have meals is called a "상." A kitchen table can be referred to more specifically by saying "식탁."</p>
+
+        The little table that Korean people use when they sit on the floor to have meals is called a "상." A kitchen table can be referred to more specifically by saying "식탁."
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 잡지를 **탁자** 위에 놓을 거예요
           en: I will put the magazine on the **table**
@@ -297,8 +318,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-14.mp3
       en: teacher
       notes: |
-        <p>This is often colloquially shortened to "쌤"</p>
+        This is often colloquially shortened to "쌤"
-        <p>선생님 (or 쌤) is often used to broadly refer to anybody in any form of a teaching position, or anybody who works at any position in a school. For example, the maintenance people who work at a school would be referred to as "선생님" within the school.</p>
+
+        선생님 (or 쌤) is often used to broadly refer to anybody in any form of a teaching position, or anybody who works at any position in a school. For example, the maintenance people who work at a school would be referred to as "선생님" within the school.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **선생님**이 되고 싶어요
           en: I want to be a **teacher**
@@ -375,8 +397,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-18.mp3
       en: person
       notes: |
-        <p>The formal version of 사람 is "분"</p>
+        The formal version of 사람 is "분"
-        <p>The counter for people is "명" (informal) or "분" (formal). See Lesson 10 for more information</p>
+
+        The counter for people is "명" (informal) or "분" (formal). See Lesson 10 for more information
       examples:
         - ko: 그 **사람**은 아주 똑똑해요
           en: That **person** is very smart
@@ -448,7 +471,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-22.mp3
       en: sofa
       notes: |
-        <p>Many new Korean words are simply English words with a Korean pronunciation pronouncing "소파" in Korean will sound like "sofa." Note that there is no way to pronounce the "F" sound in Korean. English words with an "F" that are borrowed to Korean usually use "ㅍ" to make the "F" sound.</p>
+        Many new Korean words are simply English words with a Korean pronunciation pronouncing "소파" in Korean will sound like "sofa." Note that there is no way to pronounce the "F" sound in Korean. English words with an "F" that are borrowed to Korean usually use "ㅍ" to make the "F" sound.
       examples:
         - ko: 그는 **소파**에 앉아 있어요
           en: He is sitting on the **couch**
@@ -497,8 +520,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-25.mp3
       en: door
       notes: |
-        <p>On the subway, you will hear "내리실 문은 왼쪽/오른쪽이에요" – "The doors are on your left/right."</p>
+        On the subway, you will hear "내리실 문은 왼쪽/오른쪽이에요" – "The doors are on your left/right."
-        <p>On the bus, you will see signs saying "문이 완전히 열릴 때까지 버스에서 내리거나 문에 기대지 마세요" – "Until the door is fully/completely open, don't get off the bus or lean on the door"</p>
+
+        On the bus, you will see signs saying "문이 완전히 열릴 때까지 버스에서 내리거나 문에 기대지 마세요" – "Until the door is fully/completely open, don't get off the bus or lean on the door"
       examples:
         - ko: "**문**을 닫아야 돼요"
           en: You have to close the **door**
@@ -549,8 +573,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-27.mp3
       en: to be
       notes: |
-        <p>This is the first time you are being introduced to a word that must be conjugated in order to be used. Visit Lesson 5 for more information. Any word that ends in "다" must be conjugated to be used. The conjugation of 이다 is different than other words. I introduce all of these conjugations in Lesson 9.</p>
+        This is the first time you are being introduced to a word that must be conjugated in order to be used. Visit Lesson 5 for more information. Any word that ends in "다" must be conjugated to be used. The conjugation of 이다 is different than other words. I introduce all of these conjugations in Lesson 9.
-        <p>"to be" can be many words in English. For example, I am, he is, they are, I was, they were. 이다 acts as all of these words.</p>
+
+        "to be" can be many words in English. For example, I am, he is, they are, I was, they were. 이다 acts as all of these words.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 예쁜 여자**예요**
           en: I **am** a beautiful girl
@@ -569,8 +594,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-29.mp3
       en: "yes"
       notes: |
-        <p>Informally, you can say "응" to mean "yes"</p>
+        Informally, you can say "응" to mean "yes"
-        <p>When speaking on the phone, Korean people often say this many times and pronounce it as "데"</p>
+
+        When speaking on the phone, Korean people often say this many times and pronounce it as "데"
       examples:
         - ko: "**네**, 저는 가고 싶어요"
           en: "**Yes**, I want to go"
@@ -587,12 +613,12 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-30.mp3
       en: "no"
       notes: |
-        <p>In formal situations, "아니요" is more respectful</p>
+        In formal situations, "아니요" is more respectful
-        <ul>
+        *   **아니요**, 안 했어요 = **No**, I didn’t do it
-        <li><strong>아니요</strong>, 안 했어요 = <strong>No</strong>, I didn’t do it</li>
+
-        </ul>
+        Person 1: 숙소비가 얼마예요? 10만원? = How much is the lodging fee? 100,000 won?
-        <p>Person 1: 숙소비가 얼마예요? 10만원? = How much is the lodging fee? 100,000 won?</p>
+
-        <p>Person 2: <strong>아니요</strong>. 10만원 조금 넘어요 = <strong>No</strong>. A little more than 100,000 won</p>
+        Person 2: **아니요**. 10만원 조금 넘어요 = **No**. A little more than 100,000 won
       examples:
         - ko: "**아니요**, 안 했어요"
           en: "**No**, I didn't do it"
@@ -886,7 +912,7 @@ Common Usages
 - <TTS>이것</TTS> = <span class="md spoiler">this thing</span>
 - <TTS>저것</TTS> = <span class="md spoiler">that thing</span>
 - <TTS>그것</TTS> = <span class="md spoiler">that thing</span>
-- ~는 것 principle (see [Lesson 26](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-26/))
+- ~는 것 principle (see [Lesson 26](../unit-2/26-describing-nouns-with-verbs.md))
 
 Notes:
 
@@ -1490,7 +1516,7 @@ The way to say “<span class="md spoiler">how are you?</span>” in Korean is:
 
 - 잘 지내세요? <AudioButton src="https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/Lesson-1new6.mp3" /> = <span class="md spoiler">How are you?</span>
 
-Although this is the most literal way to ask “how are you?” in Korean, it is not as common as the English expression. Korean people love food, and common way to greet somebody is to ask them if they have eaten. The idea of asking questions in Korean is taught in [Lesson 21](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-17-25-2/lesson-21-asking-questions-in-korean-why-when-where-and-who/).
+Although this is the most literal way to ask “how are you?” in Korean, it is not as common as the English expression. Korean people love food, and common way to greet somebody is to ask them if they have eaten. The idea of asking questions in Korean is taught in [Lesson 21](./21-why-when-where-who.md).
 
 The way to say “<span class="md spoiler">please</span>” in Korean is:
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/02-particles.md

@@ -102,9 +102,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-2-8.mp3
       en: puppy
       notes: |
-        <p>The word "개" is usually used for dogs that are not pets.</p>
+        The word "개" is usually used for dogs that are not pets.
-        <p>The counter for animals is "마리." See Lesson 10 for more information.</p>
+
-        <p>The sound a dog makes in Korean is "멍멍." This is like saying "woof woof" in English.</p>
+        The counter for animals is "마리." See Lesson 10 for more information.
+
+        The sound a dog makes in Korean is "멍멍." This is like saying "woof woof" in English.
       examples:
         - ko: 어렸을 때 **강아지**를 키우고 싶었어요
           en: When I was young, I wanted to raise a **puppy**
@@ -114,7 +116,7 @@ vocabulary:
           en: Who is the owner of that **dog**?
         - ko: 고양이는 **강아지**와 달라요
           en: Cats are different than **dogs**
-        - ko: 그 강아지의 꼬리는 아주 귀여워요
+        - ko: 그 **강아지**의 꼬리는 아주 귀여워요
           en: That **puppy's** tail is very cute
         - ko: 경찰관은 **강아지**의 주인에게 십만 원의 벌금을 물렸어요
           en: The police officers gave the owner of the **dog** a 100 000 won fine
@@ -163,7 +165,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-2-12.mp3
       en: phone
       notes: |
-        <p>A 전화기 usually refers to a typical land-line style phone that nobody uses anymore, and thus, is not said as often as it used to be said. A more common word to use is "핸드폰" (hand-phone, or cell-phone)</p>
+        A 전화기 usually refers to a typical land-line style phone that nobody uses anymore, and thus, is not said as often as it used to be said. A more common word to use is "핸드폰" (hand-phone, or cell-phone)
       examples:
         - ko: 요즘에 아무도 **전화기**를 안 써요
           en: These days, nobody uses a **phone**
@@ -172,7 +174,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-2-13.mp3
       en: coffee
       notes: |
-        <p>Notice that there is no "F" in Korean, and thus, Korean people use "ㅍ" to make the "F" sound</p>
+        Notice that there is no "F" in Korean, and thus, Korean people use "ㅍ" to make the "F" sound
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 친구들이랑 **커피**를 마셨어요
           en: I drank **coffee** with my friends
@@ -187,8 +189,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-2-14.mp3
       en: restaurant
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "식땅"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "식땅"
-        <p>The Konglish word 레스토랑 is commonly used as well.</p>
+
+        The Konglish word 레스토랑 is commonly used as well.
       examples:
         - ko: 좋은 **식당**에 가고 싶어요
           en: I want to go to a good **restaurant**
@@ -209,8 +212,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-2-15.mp3
       en: building
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 4</p>
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 4
-        <p><YouTube id="M7YRA_3Betw" /></p>
+
+        <YouTube id="M7YRA_3Betw" />
       examples:
         - ko: 그 **건물**은 너무 높아요
           en: That **building** is very high
@@ -227,8 +231,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-2-16.mp3
       en: television
       notes: |
-        <p>Originates from the English pronunciation of "Television."</p>
+        Originates from the English pronunciation of "Television."
-        <p>This is often shortened to "TV" which sounds like "티비" in Korean.</p>
+
+        This is often shortened to "TV" which sounds like "티비" in Korean.
       examples:
         - ko: "**텔레비전**을 오랫동안 보지 마세요!"
           en: Don't watch **TV** for a long time!
@@ -322,8 +327,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-2-22.mp3
       en: inside
       notes: |
-        <p>Position words are typically placed after a noun to indicate in which direction in reference to that noun something occurs. ~에 is typically attached to a word of position. For example: "저의 친구는 은행 안에 있어요" = "My friend is in the bank"</p>
+        Position words are typically placed after a noun to indicate in which direction in reference to that noun something occurs. ~에 is typically attached to a word of position. For example: "저의 친구는 은행 안에 있어요" = "My friend is in the bank"
-        <p>안 can also be used to indicate that some action is completed "within" or "inside" a time period. This usage is discussed in Lesson 24. For example: "우리는 한 시간 안에 그 일을 끝내야 돼요" = "We need to finish that job/task within one hour"</p>
+
+        안 can also be used to indicate that some action is completed "within" or "inside" a time period. This usage is discussed in Lesson 24. For example: "우리는 한 시간 안에 그 일을 끝내야 돼요" = "We need to finish that job/task within one hour"
       examples:
         - ko: 저의 친구는 은행 **안**에 있어요
           en: My friend is **in** the bank
@@ -391,7 +397,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-2-28.mp3
       en: here
       notes: |
-        <p>The placement of "~에" is usually assumed and therefore omitted. 여기 and ~에서 combine to form 여기서</p>
+        The placement of "~에" is usually assumed and therefore omitted. 여기 and ~에서 combine to form 여기서
       examples:
         - ko: "**여기에** 빨리 오세요!"
           en: Come **here** quick!
@@ -423,7 +429,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Lesson2vocabtobeat.mp3
       en: to be at a location
       notes: |
-        <p>~에 is typically attached to the location where something/somebody is. For more information, see the explanation in of this lesson.</p>
+        ~에 is typically attached to the location where something/somebody is. For more information, see the explanation in of this lesson.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 은행에 **있어요**
           en: I am **at** the bank
@@ -441,7 +447,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Lesson2vocabtobeat.mp3
       en: to have something
       notes: |
-        <p>~이/가 must be attached to the object that is being possessed. For more information, visit Lesson 2.</p>
+        ~이/가 must be attached to the object that is being possessed. For more information, visit Lesson 2.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 펜이 **있어요**
           en: I **have** a pen

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/03-verbs.md

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-4.mp3
       en: hospital
       notes: |
-        <p>In English, I would only go to the "hospital" if I was really sick, and I would "go to the doctor" if I had some minor illness. In Korean, they go to the hospital for minor and major problems. This is because even small doctors' offices are referred to as a "병원." If you are really sick, you would probably need to go to a "대학병원."</p>
+        In English, I would only go to the "hospital" if I was really sick, and I would "go to the doctor" if I had some minor illness. In Korean, they go to the hospital for minor and major problems. This is because even small doctors' offices are referred to as a "병원." If you are really sick, you would probably need to go to a "대학병원."
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 아파서 **병원**에 갈 거예요
           en: I'm going to the **hospital** because I am sick
@@ -85,8 +85,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-6.mp3
       en: Korean (language)
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "한구거"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "한구거"
-        <p>"한국말" is a colloquial way to refer to the Korean language.</p>
+
+        "한국말" is a colloquial way to refer to the Korean language.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **한국어**로 말했어요
           en: I spoke in **Korean**
@@ -109,7 +110,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-7.mp3
       en: head
       notes: |
-        <p>This is used to refer to one's head or the hair on one's head. For example, if you get a haircut, you can say "머리를 잘랐어요." Note that this does not mean "I cut my head." To specifically refer to the hair on your head, you can use "머리카락"</p>
+        This is used to refer to one's head or the hair on one's head. For example, if you get a haircut, you can say "머리를 잘랐어요." Note that this does not mean "I cut my head." To specifically refer to the hair on your head, you can use "머리카락"
       examples:
         - ko: "**머리**가 아파서 학교에 못 가요"
           en: I can't go to school because my **head** hurts
@@ -267,9 +268,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-17.mp3
       en: to eat
       notes: |
-        <p>The formal version of this word is 들다 (usually said as 드시다)</p>
+        The formal version of this word is 들다 (usually said as 드시다)
-        <p>An even more formal version of this word is 잡수시다</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 먹어, ~ㄴ/은: 먹은, ~ㄴ/는다: 먹는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 먹습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 먹을, ~니: 먹으니, ~ㅁ/음: 먹음, ~(으)려고: 먹으려고, ~(으)시: 먹으시, ~(으)면: 먹으면, ~(으)니: 먹으니</p>
+        An even more formal version of this word is 잡수시다
+
+        ~아/어: 먹어, ~ㄴ/은: 먹은, ~ㄴ/는다: 먹는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 먹습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 먹을, ~니: 먹으니, ~ㅁ/음: 먹음, ~(으)려고: 먹으려고, ~(으)시: 먹으시, ~(으)면: 먹으면, ~(으)니: 먹으니
       examples:
         - ko: "밥을 **먹었어요**?"
           en: Have you **eaten**?
@@ -294,7 +297,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-18.mp3
       en: to go
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 가, ~ㄴ/은: 간, ~ㄴ/는다: 간다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 갑니다, ~ㄹ/을: 갈, ~니: 가니, ~ㅁ/음: 감, ~(으)려고: 가려고, ~(으)시: 가시, ~(으)면: 가면, ~(으)니: 가니</p>
+        ~아/어: 가, ~ㄴ/은: 간, ~ㄴ/는다: 간다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 갑니다, ~ㄹ/을: 갈, ~니: 가니, ~ㅁ/음: 감, ~(으)려고: 가려고, ~(으)시: 가시, ~(으)면: 가면, ~(으)니: 가니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 내일 학교에 **갈** **거예요**
           en: Tomorrow I **will go** to school
@@ -325,7 +328,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-19.mp3
       en: to meet
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 만나, ~ㄴ/은: 만난, ~ㄴ/는다: 만난다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 만납니다, ~ㄹ/을: 만날, ~니: 만나니, ~ㅁ/음: 만남, ~(으)려고: 만나려고, ~(으)시: 만나시, ~(으)면: 만나면, ~(으)니: 만나니</p>
+        ~아/어: 만나, ~ㄴ/은: 만난, ~ㄴ/는다: 만난다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 만납니다, ~ㄹ/을: 만날, ~니: 만나니, ~ㅁ/음: 만남, ~(으)려고: 만나려고, ~(으)시: 만나시, ~(으)면: 만나면, ~(으)니: 만나니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 어제 친구를 **만났어요**
           en: I **met** a friend yesterday
@@ -350,8 +353,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-20.mp3
       en: to close
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "닫따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "닫따"
-        <p>~아/어: 닫아, ~ㄴ/은: 닫은, ~ㄴ/는다: 닫는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 닫습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 닫을, ~니: 닫으니, ~ㅁ/음: 닫음, ~(으)려고: 닫으려고, ~(으)시: 닫으시, ~(으)면: 닫으면, ~(으)니: 닫으니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 닫아, ~ㄴ/은: 닫은, ~ㄴ/는다: 닫는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 닫습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 닫을, ~니: 닫으니, ~ㅁ/음: 닫음, ~(으)려고: 닫으려고, ~(으)시: 닫으시, ~(으)면: 닫으면, ~(으)니: 닫으니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **문**을 닫았어요
           en: I **closed** the door
@@ -368,18 +372,17 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-21.mp3
       en: to open
       notes: |
-        <p>열다 can be used to open up something that can also be closed – like a door or a window. For example:</p>
+        열다 can be used to open up something that can also be closed – like a door or a window. For example:
-        <ul>
+        *   저는 창문을 열었어요 = I opened the window
-          <li>저는 창문을 열었어요 = I opened the window</li>
+        *   저는 아줌마를 위해 문을 열었어요 = I opened the door for an older lady
-          <li>저는 아줌마를 위해 문을 열었어요 = I opened the door for an older lady</li>
+        *   너무 더워서 창문을 열었어요 = I opened a window because it is too hot
-          <li>너무 더워서 창문을 열었어요 = I opened a window because it is too hot</li>
+
-        </ul>
+        It is also commonly used to indicate that one "holds" an event where many people will gather. For example:
-        <p>It is also commonly used to indicate that one "holds" an event where many people will gather. For example:</p>
+
-        <ul>
+        *   그 친구가 미국에 가기 전에 송별회를 열 거예요 = We will hold a going away party for that friend before he goes to America
-          <li>그 친구가 미국에 가기 전에 송별회를 열 거예요 = We will hold a going away party for that friend before he goes to America</li>
+        *   우리는 다음 주에 그 문제에 대한 회의를 열 거예요 = We are going to hold a meeting next week about that problem
-          <li>우리는 다음 주에 그 문제에 대한 회의를 열 거예요 = We are going to hold a meeting next week about that problem</li>
+
-        </ul>
+        ~아/어: 열어, ~ㄴ/은: 연, ~ㄴ/는다: 연다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 엽니다, ~ㄹ/을: 열, ~니: 여니, ~ㅁ/음: 엶, ~(으)려고: 열려고, ~(으)시: 여시, ~(으)면: 열면, ~(으)니: 여니
-        <p>~아/어: 열어, ~ㄴ/은: 연, ~ㄴ/는다: 연다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 엽니다, ~ㄹ/을: 열, ~니: 여니, ~ㅁ/음: 엶, ~(으)려고: 열려고, ~(으)시: 여시, ~(으)면: 열면, ~(으)니: 여니</p>
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 창문을 **열었어요**
           en: I **opened** the window
@@ -396,8 +399,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-22.mp3
       en: to want (an object)
       notes: |
-        <p>This word can only be used to say that you want a noun. You cannot say that you want to do a verb using 원하다. In order to say "I want to do…" see Lesson 17.</p>
+        This word can only be used to say that you want a noun. You cannot say that you want to do a verb using 원하다. In order to say "I want to do…" see Lesson 17.
-        <p>~해: 원해, ~ㄴ/은: 원한, ~ㄴ/는다: 원한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 원합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 원할, ~니: 원하니, ~ㅁ/음: 원함, ~(으)려고: 원하려고, ~(으)시: 원하시, ~(으)면: 원하면, ~(으)니: 원하니</p>
+
+        ~해: 원해, ~ㄴ/은: 원한, ~ㄴ/는다: 원한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 원합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 원할, ~니: 원하니, ~ㅁ/음: 원함, ~(으)려고: 원하려고, ~(으)시: 원하시, ~(으)면: 원하면, ~(으)니: 원하니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 더 큰 집을 **원해요**
           en: I **want** a bigger house
@@ -405,14 +409,14 @@ vocabulary:
           en: I **want** that book
         - ko: "어떤 종류의 차를 **원해요**?"
           en: What type of car do you **want**?
-        - ko: 저의 여자 친구는 제가 사과를 가져오는 것을 원해요
+        - ko: 저의 여자 친구는 제가 사과를 가져오는 것을 **원해요**
           en: My girlfriend **wants** me to bring apples
 
     - ko: 만들다
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-23.mp3
       en: to make
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 만들어, ~ㄴ/은: 만든, ~ㄴ/는다: 만든다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 만듭니다, ~ㄹ/을: 만들, ~니: 만드니, ~ㅁ/음: 만듦, ~(으)려고: 만들려고, ~(으)시: 만드시, ~(으)면: 만들면, ~(으)니: 만드니</p>
+        ~아/어: 만들어, ~ㄴ/은: 만든, ~ㄴ/는다: 만든다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 만듭니다, ~ㄹ/을: 만들, ~니: 만드니, ~ㅁ/음: 만듦, ~(으)려고: 만들려고, ~(으)시: 만드시, ~(으)면: 만들면, ~(으)니: 만드니
       examples:
         - ko: 그것을 어떻게 **만들었어요**?
           en: How did you **make** that?
@@ -433,13 +437,12 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-24.mp3
       en: to do
       notes: |
-        <p>Attaching 하다 to nouns (usually of Chinese origin) changes that noun into a verb. For example:</p>
+        Attaching 하다 to nouns (usually of Chinese origin) changes that noun into a verb. For example:
-        <ul>
+        *   요리 = cooking → 요리하다 = to cook
-          <li>요리 = cooking → 요리하다 = to cook</li>
+        *   결혼 = marriage → 결혼하다 = to marry
-          <li>결혼 = marriage → 결혼하다 = to marry</li>
+        *   말 = speech/speaking/words → 말하다 = to speak
-          <li>말 = speech/speaking/words → 말하다 = to speak</li>
+
-        </ul>
+        ~해: 해, ~ㄴ/은: 한, ~ㄴ/는다: 한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 할, ~니: 하니, ~ㅁ/음: 함, ~(으)려고: 하려고, ~(으)시: 하시, ~(으)면: 하면, ~(으)니: 하니
-        <p>~해: 해, ~ㄴ/은: 한, ~ㄴ/는다: 한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 할, ~니: 하니, ~ㅁ/음: 함, ~(으)려고: 하려고, ~(으)시: 하시, ~(으)면: 하면, ~(으)니: 하니</p>
       examples:
         - ko: 그것을 언제 **했어요**?
           en: When did you **do** that?
@@ -452,8 +455,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-25.mp3
       en: to speak
       notes: |
-        <p>The noun form of this word "말," translates to speech, or "something that one says."</p>
+        The noun form of this word "말," translates to speech, or "something that one says."
-        <p>~해: 말해, ~ㄴ/은: 말한, ~ㄴ/는다: 말한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 말합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 말할, ~니: 말하니, ~ㅁ/음: 말함, ~(으)려고: 말하려고, ~(으)시: 말하시, ~(으)면: 말하면, ~(으)니: 말하니</p>
+
+        ~해: 말해, ~ㄴ/은: 말한, ~ㄴ/는다: 말한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 말합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 말할, ~니: 말하니, ~ㅁ/음: 말함, ~(으)려고: 말하려고, ~(으)시: 말하시, ~(으)면: 말하면, ~(으)니: 말하니
       examples:
         - ko: "뭐라고 **말했어요**?"
           en: What did you **say**?
@@ -478,12 +482,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-26.mp3
       en: to understand
       notes: |
-        <p>In order to say that you don't understand, it is common to use:</p>
+        In order to say that you don't understand, it is common to use:
-        <ul>
+        *   저는 이해가 안 돼요 = I don't understand
-          <li>저는 이해가 안 돼요 = I don't understand</li>
+        *   저는 이해하지 못 하겠어요 = I don't understand
-          <li>저는 이해하지 못 하겠어요 = I don't understand</li>
+
-        </ul>
+        ~해: 이해해, ~ㄴ/은: 이해한, ~ㄴ/는다: 이해한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 이해합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 이해할, ~니: 이해하니, ~ㅁ/음: 이해함, ~(으)려고: 이해하려고, ~(으)시: 이해하시, ~(으)면: 이해하면, ~(으)니: 이해하니
-        <p>~해: 이해해, ~ㄴ/은: 이해한, ~ㄴ/는다: 이해한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 이해합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 이해할, ~니: 이해하니, ~ㅁ/음: 이해함, ~(으)려고: 이해하려고, ~(으)시: 이해하시, ~(으)면: 이해하면, ~(으)니: 이해하니</p>
       examples:
         - ko: 제 말을 **이해했어요**?
           en: Did you **understand** what I said (my speaking?)
@@ -500,14 +503,15 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-27.mp3
       en: to like
       notes: |
-        <p>좋다 is an adjective that means "good." 좋아하다 is a verb that means "like." For more information, see Lesson 15.</p>
+        좋다 is an adjective that means "good." 좋아하다 is a verb that means "like." For more information, see Lesson 15.
-        <p>~해: 좋아해, ~ㄴ/은: 좋아한, ~ㄴ/는다: 좋아한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 좋아합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 좋아할, ~니: 좋아하니, ~ㅁ/음: 좋아함, ~(으)려고: 좋아하려고, ~(으)시: 좋아하시, ~(으)면: 좋아하면, ~(으)니: 좋아하니</p>
+
+        ~해: 좋아해, ~ㄴ/은: 좋아한, ~ㄴ/는다: 좋아한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 좋아합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 좋아할, ~니: 좋아하니, ~ㅁ/음: 좋아함, ~(으)려고: 좋아하려고, ~(으)시: 좋아하시, ~(으)면: 좋아하면, ~(으)니: 좋아하니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 우리 학교를 **좋아해요**
           en: I **like** our school
         - ko: 저는 그 선생님을 **좋아해요**
           en: I **like** that teacher
-        - ko: 저는 수학을 제일 좋아해요
+        - ko: 저는 수학을 제일 **좋아해요**
           en: I **like** math most (math is my favorite)
         - ko: 아이들은 만화영화를 매우 **좋아해요**
           en: Children really **like** animated movies
@@ -525,9 +529,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-28.mp3
       en: to be big
       notes: |
-        <p>For more information on how to conjugate adjectives, see Lesson 4 and Lesson 5.</p>
+        For more information on how to conjugate adjectives, see Lesson 4 and Lesson 5.
-        <p>크다 follows the ㅡ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 커, ~ㄴ/은: 큰, ~ㅂ/습니다: 큽니다, ~ㄹ/을: 클, ~니: 크니, ~ㅁ/음: 큼, ~(으)려고: 크려고, ~(으)시: 크시, ~(으)면: 크면, ~(으)니: 크니</p>
+        크다 follows the ㅡ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.
+
+        ~아/어: 커, ~ㄴ/은: 큰, ~ㅂ/습니다: 큽니다, ~ㄹ/을: 클, ~니: 크니, ~ㅁ/음: 큼, ~(으)려고: 크려고, ~(으)시: 크시, ~(으)면: 크면, ~(으)니: 크니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 집은 아주 **커요**
           en: That house is very **big**
@@ -538,12 +544,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-29.mp3
       en: to be small
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "작따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "작따"
-        <p>~아/어: 작아, ~ㄴ/은: 작은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 작습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 작을, ~니: 작으니, ~ㅁ/음: 작음, ~(으)려고: 작으려고, ~(으)시: 작으시, ~(으)면: 작으면, ~(으)니: 작으니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 작아, ~ㄴ/은: 작은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 작습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 작을, ~니: 작으니, ~ㅁ/음: 작음, ~(으)려고: 작으려고, ~(으)시: 작으시, ~(으)면: 작으면, ~(으)니: 작으니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **작은** 집에서 살아요
           en: I live in a **small** house
-        - ko: 이것은 너무 작은가요?
+        - ko: 이것은 너무 **작은**가요?
           en: Is this too **small**?
         - ko: 당근을 **작은** 조각으로 자르세요
           en: Cut the carrots into **small** pieces, please
@@ -556,9 +563,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-30.mp3
       en: to be new
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "새롭따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "새롭따"
-        <p>새롭다 follows the ㅂ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 새로워, ~ㄴ/은: 새로운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 새롭습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 새로울, ~니: 새로우니, ~ㅁ/음: 새로움, ~(으)려고: 새로우려고, ~(으)시: 새로우시, ~(으)면: 새로우면, ~(으)니: 새로우니</p>
+        새롭다 follows the ㅂ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.
+
+        ~아/어: 새로워, ~ㄴ/은: 새로운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 새롭습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 새로울, ~니: 새로우니, ~ㅁ/음: 새로움, ~(으)려고: 새로우려고, ~(으)시: 새로우시, ~(으)면: 새로우면, ~(으)니: 새로우니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **새로운** 차를 샀어요
           en: I bought a **new** car
@@ -579,9 +588,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-31.mp3
       en: to be old (not age)
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "낙따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "낙따"
-        <p>This word is not used to describe a person, only an object. Instead, it describes that something is old/worn down. To describe a person you should use 늙다. To describe something that is old (but still nice, like a historical building), you should use 오래되다.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 낡아, ~ㄴ/은: 낡은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 낡습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 낡을, ~니: 낡으니, ~ㅁ/음: 낡음, ~(으)려고: 낡으려고, ~(으)시: 낡으시, ~(으)면: 낡으면, ~(으)니: 낡으니</p>
+        This word is not used to describe a person, only an object. Instead, it describes that something is old/worn down. To describe a person you should use 늙다. To describe something that is old (but still nice, like a historical building), you should use 오래되다.
+
+        ~아/어: 낡아, ~ㄴ/은: 낡은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 낡습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 낡을, ~니: 낡으니, ~ㅁ/음: 낡음, ~(으)려고: 낡으려고, ~(으)시: 낡으시, ~(으)면: 낡으면, ~(으)니: 낡으니
       examples:
         - ko: 이 학교 건물은 매우 **낡아요**
           en: This school's building is very **old**
@@ -592,7 +603,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-32.mp3
       en: to be expensive
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 비싸, ~ㄴ/은: 비싼, ~ㅂ/습니다: 비쌉니다, ~ㄹ/을: 비쌀, ~니: 비싸니, ~ㅁ/음: 비쌈, ~(으)려고: 비싸려고, ~(으)시: 비싸시, ~(으)면: 비싸면, ~(으)니: 비싸니</p>
+        ~아/어: 비싸, ~ㄴ/은: 비싼, ~ㅂ/습니다: 비쌉니다, ~ㄹ/을: 비쌀, ~니: 비싸니, ~ㅁ/음: 비쌈, ~(으)려고: 비싸려고, ~(으)시: 비싸시, ~(으)면: 비싸면, ~(으)니: 비싸니
       examples:
         - ko: 이것은 너무 **비싸요**
           en: This (thing) is too **expensive**
@@ -603,7 +614,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-33.mp3
       en: to not be expensive, to be cheap
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 싸, ~ㄴ/은: 싼, ~ㅂ/습니다: 쌉니다, ~ㄹ/을: 쌀, ~니: 싸니, ~ㅁ/음: 쌈, ~(으)려고: 싸려고, ~(으)시: 싸시, ~(으)면: 싸면, ~(으)니: 싸니</p>
+        ~아/어: 싸, ~ㄴ/은: 싼, ~ㅂ/습니다: 쌉니다, ~ㄹ/을: 쌀, ~니: 싸니, ~ㅁ/음: 쌈, ~(으)려고: 싸려고, ~(으)시: 싸시, ~(으)면: 싸면, ~(으)니: 싸니
       examples:
         - ko: 이 가게는 **싼** 음식을 팔아요
           en: this store sells **cheap/inexpensive** food
@@ -612,9 +623,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-34.mp3
       en: to be beautiful
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "아름답따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "아름답따"
-        <p>아름답다 follows the ㅂ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 아름다워, ~ㄴ/은: 아름다운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 아름답습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 아름다울, ~니: 아름다우니, ~ㅁ/음: 아름다움, ~(으)려고: 아름다우려고, ~(으)시: 아름다우시, ~(으)면: 아름다우면, ~(으)니: 아름다우니</p>
+        아름답다 follows the ㅂ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.
+
+        ~아/어: 아름다워, ~ㄴ/은: 아름다운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 아름답습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 아름다울, ~니: 아름다우니, ~ㅁ/음: 아름다움, ~(으)려고: 아름다우려고, ~(으)시: 아름다우시, ~(으)면: 아름다우면, ~(으)니: 아름다우니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 여자가 너무 **아름다워요**
           en: That girl is very **beautiful**
@@ -627,7 +640,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-35.mp3
       en: to be fat, to be chubby
       notes: |
-        <p>~해: 뚱뚱해, ~ㄴ/은: 뚱뚱한, ~ㅂ/습니다: 뚱뚱합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 뚱뚱할, ~니: 뚱뚱하니, ~ㅁ/음: 뚱뚱함, ~(으)려고: 뚱뚱하려고, ~(으)시: 뚱뚱하시, ~(으)면: 뚱뚱하면, ~(으)니: 뚱뚱하니</p>
+        ~해: 뚱뚱해, ~ㄴ/은: 뚱뚱한, ~ㅂ/습니다: 뚱뚱합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 뚱뚱할, ~니: 뚱뚱하니, ~ㅁ/음: 뚱뚱함, ~(으)려고: 뚱뚱하려고, ~(으)시: 뚱뚱하시, ~(으)면: 뚱뚱하면, ~(으)니: 뚱뚱하니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 사람은 너무 **뚱뚱해요**
           en: That person is very **fat**
@@ -638,8 +651,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-36.mp3
       en: to be long
       notes: |
-        <p>길다 follows the ㄹ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+        길다 follows the ㄹ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.
-        <p>~아/어: 길어, ~ㄴ/은: 긴, ~ㅂ/습니다: 깁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 길, ~니: 기니, ~ㅁ/음: 김, ~(으)려고: 길려고, ~(으)시: 기시, ~(으)면: 길면, ~(으)니: 기니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 길어, ~ㄴ/은: 긴, ~ㅂ/습니다: 깁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 길, ~니: 기니, ~ㅁ/음: 김, ~(으)려고: 길려고, ~(으)시: 기시, ~(으)면: 길면, ~(으)니: 기니
       examples:
         - ko: 저 여자의 머리는 **길어요**
           en: That girl's hair is **long**
@@ -654,9 +668,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-37.mp3
       en: to be good
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "조타"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "조타"
-        <p>Although this translates to "good," it is often used to say that one "likes" something. The grammar for this is taught in Lesson 15.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 좋아, ~ㄴ/은: 좋은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 좋습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 좋을, ~니: 좋으니, ~ㅁ/음: 좋음, ~(으)려고: 좋으려고, ~(으)시: 좋으시, ~(으)면: 좋으면, ~(으)니: 좋으니</p>
+        Although this translates to "good," it is often used to say that one "likes" something. The grammar for this is taught in Lesson 15.
+
+        ~아/어: 좋아, ~ㄴ/은: 좋은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 좋습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 좋을, ~니: 좋으니, ~ㅁ/음: 좋음, ~(으)려고: 좋으려고, ~(으)시: 좋으시, ~(으)면: 좋으면, ~(으)니: 좋으니
       examples:
         - ko: 우리 학교는 매우 **좋아요**
           en: Our school is very **good**
@@ -698,14 +714,15 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-3-40.mp3
       en: too (often used to mean 'very')
       notes: |
-        <p>Though 너무 means "too," it has gotten to the point in society where Korean people use "너무" to mean "very" as well (especially with the younger generation). Whereas "too" should indicate a negative meaning, 너무 can indicate both a positive and negative meaning.</p>
+        Though 너무 means "too," it has gotten to the point in society where Korean people use "너무" to mean "very" as well (especially with the younger generation). Whereas "too" should indicate a negative meaning, 너무 can indicate both a positive and negative meaning.
-        <p>For example, saying "이것은 너무 맛있어요" would not translate to "this is too delicious" but instead "this is very/so delicious."</p>
+
+        For example, saying "이것은 너무 맛있어요" would not translate to "this is too delicious" but instead "this is very/so delicious."
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 가끔 **너무** 많이 먹어요
           en: I eat too much sometimes
         - ko: 저는 어제 **너무** 아팠어요
           en: I was really sick yesterday
-        - ko: 한식은 너무 맛있어요
+        - ko: 한식은 **너무** 맛있어요
           en: Korean food is **very** delicious
         - ko: 그 남자가 키가 **너무** 커요
           en: That man is **very** tall

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/04-adjectives.md

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-1.mp3
       en: street
       notes: |
-        <p>This is also used to indicate that somebody is "on the way" somewhere. For example: 저는 집에 가는 길이에요 = I am on my way home. This grammar is taught in Lesson 113.</p>
+        This is also used to indicate that somebody is "on the way" somewhere. For example: 저는 집에 가는 길이에요 = I am on my way home. This grammar is taught in Lesson 113.
       examples:
         - ko: 이 **길**에서 오른 쪽으로 가세요
           en: Turn right at this **street**
@@ -92,8 +92,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-9.mp3
       en: bus stop
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "버스 정뉴장"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "버스 정뉴장"
-        <p>This refers to the bus stop for a public transportation style city bus. For inter-city buses, the word "버스 터미널" (bus terminal) is more frequently used.</p>
+
+        This refers to the bus stop for a public transportation style city bus. For inter-city buses, the word "버스 터미널" (bus terminal) is more frequently used.
       examples:
         - ko: "**버스 정류장**에서 버스를 타야 돼요"
           en: You must get on the bus at the **bus station**
@@ -117,8 +118,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-11.mp3
       en: bicycle
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation [Video #6]</p>
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation [Video #6]
-        <p><YouTube id="xhkKiuEMcks" /></p>
+
+        <YouTube id="xhkKiuEMcks" />
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **자전거**를 타는 것이 너무 좋아요
           en: I like riding **bicycles**
@@ -268,7 +270,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-20.mp3
       en: taste
       notes: |
-        <p>맛 and 있다 come together to make "delicious" but this literally means "to have taste." Likewise, the direct translation for "맛없다" or (맛이 없다) is "to have no taste"</p>
+        맛 and 있다 come together to make "delicious" but this literally means "to have taste." Likewise, the direct translation for "맛없다" or (맛이 없다) is "to have no taste"
       examples:
         - ko: "**맛**이 조금 이상해요"
           en: The **taste** is a little bit strange
@@ -368,7 +370,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-26.mp3
       en: to come
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 와, ~ㄴ/은: 온, ~ㄴ/는다: 온다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 옵니다, ~ㄹ/을: 올, ~니: 오니, ~ㅁ/음: 옴, ~(으)려고: 오려고, ~(으)시: 오시, ~(으)면: 오면, ~(으)니: 오니</p>
+        ~아/어: 와, ~ㄴ/은: 온, ~ㄴ/는다: 온다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 옵니다, ~ㄹ/을: 올, ~니: 오니, ~ㅁ/음: 옴, ~(으)려고: 오려고, ~(으)시: 오시, ~(으)면: 오면, ~(으)니: 오니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 사람은 미국에서 **왔어요**
           en: That person **came** from the United States
@@ -391,9 +393,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-27.mp3
       en: to finish
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "끈내다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "끈내다"
-        <p>It is often more common to use the passive form (끝나다) to indicate that you finished something. For example: "일이 끝났어요" = "The work is finished (which implies that you finished the work)". The grammar for this is talked about in Lesson 14.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 끝내, ~ㄴ/은: 끝낸, ~ㄴ/는다: 끝낸다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 끝냅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 끝낼, ~니: 끝내니, ~ㅁ/음: 끝냄, ~(으)려고: 끝내려고, ~(으)시: 끝내시, ~(으)면: 끝내면, ~(으)니: 끝내니</p>
+        It is often more common to use the passive form (끝나다) to indicate that you finished something. For example: "일이 끝났어요" = "The work is finished (which implies that you finished the work)". The grammar for this is talked about in Lesson 14.
+
+        ~아/어: 끝내, ~ㄴ/은: 끝낸, ~ㄴ/는다: 끝낸다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 끝냅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 끝낼, ~니: 끝내니, ~ㅁ/음: 끝냄, ~(으)려고: 끝내려고, ~(으)시: 끝내시, ~(으)면: 끝내면, ~(으)니: 끝내니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 저의 숙제를 **끝냈어요**
           en: I **finished** my homework
@@ -408,8 +412,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-28.mp3
       en: to dance
       notes: |
-        <p>The word "춤" is the noun "dance," as in "a dance." Coupled with the verb "추다" is means "to dance."</p>
+        The word "춤" is the noun "dance," as in "a dance." Coupled with the verb "추다" is means "to dance."
-        <p>~아/어: 춤춰, ~ㄴ/은: 춤춘, ~ㄴ/는다: 춤춘다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 춤춥니다, ~ㄹ/을: 춤출, ~니: 춤추니, ~ㅁ/음: 춤춤, ~(으)려고: 춤추려고, ~(으)시: 춤추시, ~(으)면: 춤추면, ~(으)니: 춤추니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 춤춰, ~ㄴ/은: 춤춘, ~ㄴ/는다: 춤춘다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 춤춥니다, ~ㄹ/을: 춤출, ~니: 춤추니, ~ㅁ/음: 춤춤, ~(으)려고: 춤추려고, ~(으)시: 춤추시, ~(으)면: 춤추면, ~(으)니: 춤추니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **춤추**는 것이 좋아요
           en: I like **dancing**
@@ -418,8 +423,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-29.mp3
       en: to know
       notes: |
-        <p>알다 follows the ㄹ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+        알다 follows the ㄹ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.
-        <p>~아/어: 알아, ~ㄴ/은: 안, ~ㄴ/는다: 안다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 압니다, ~ㄹ/을: 알, ~니: 아니, ~ㅁ/음: 앎, ~(으)려고: 알려고, ~(으)시: 아시, ~(으)면: 알면, ~(으)니: 아니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 알아, ~ㄴ/은: 안, ~ㄴ/는다: 안다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 압니다, ~ㄹ/을: 알, ~니: 아니, ~ㅁ/음: 앎, ~(으)려고: 알려고, ~(으)시: 아시, ~(으)면: 알면, ~(으)니: 아니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 그 사람을 **알아요**
           en: I **know** that person
@@ -446,15 +452,17 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-30.mp3
       en: to walk
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "걷따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "걷따"
-        <p>걷다 follows the ㄷ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 걸어, ~ㄴ/은: 걸은, ~ㄴ/는다: 걷는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 걷습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 걸을, ~니: 걷니, ~ㅁ/음: 걸음, ~(으)려고: 걸으려고, ~(으)시: 걸으시, ~(으)면: 걸으면, ~(으)니: 걸으니</p>
+        걷다 follows the ㄷ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.
+
+        ~아/어: 걸어, ~ㄴ/은: 걸은, ~ㄴ/는다: 걷는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 걷습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 걸을, ~니: 걷니, ~ㅁ/음: 걸음, ~(으)려고: 걸으려고, ~(으)시: 걸으시, ~(으)면: 걸으면, ~(으)니: 걸으니
       examples:
         - ko: 우리는 집에 **걸어**왔어요
           en: We **walked** home
         - ko: 저는 10분 동안 **걸었어요**
           en: I **walked** for 10 minutes
-        - ko: 여자는 학교에 걸었어요
+        - ko: 여자는 학교에 **걸었어요**
           en: The girl **walked** to school
         - ko: 그 여자는 항상 그렇게 **걸어요**
           en: That girl always **walks** like that
@@ -473,7 +481,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-31.mp3
       en: to learn
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 배워, ~ㄴ/은: 배운, ~ㄴ/는다: 배운다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 배웁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 배울, ~니: 배우니, ~ㅁ/음: 배움, ~(으)려고: 배우려고, ~(으)시: 배우시, ~(으)면: 배우면, ~(으)니: 배우니</p>
+        ~아/어: 배워, ~ㄴ/은: 배운, ~ㄴ/는다: 배운다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 배웁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 배울, ~니: 배우니, ~ㅁ/음: 배움, ~(으)려고: 배우려고, ~(으)시: 배우시, ~(으)면: 배우면, ~(으)니: 배우니
       examples:
         - ko: "한국어를 언제부터 **배웠어요**?"
           en: Since when did you **learn** Korean?
@@ -504,9 +512,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-33.mp3
       en: to think
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "생가카다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "생가카다"
-        <p>The noun form of this word translates to "a thought" or "an idea."</p>
+
-        <p>Typically the grammatical principle ~ㄴ/다고 precedes 생각하다 as if it is a quoted sentence. For more information, visit Lesson 52.</p>
+        The noun form of this word translates to "a thought" or "an idea."
+
+        Typically the grammatical principle ~ㄴ/다고 precedes 생각하다 as if it is a quoted sentence. For more information, visit Lesson 52.
       examples:
         - ko: 저도 그렇게 **생각해요**
           en: I **think** that way as well
@@ -525,9 +535,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-34.mp3
       en: to live
       notes: |
-        <p>살다 follows the ㄹ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+        살다 follows the ㄹ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.
-        <p>In order to say that you live in a place, it is acceptable to use "살고 있다." For example: 저는 한국에서 살고 있어요. Note that this directly translates to "I am living in Korea", whereas is English we would most likely say "I live in Korea." See Lesson 18.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 살아, ~ㄴ/은: 산, ~ㄴ/는다: 산다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 삽니다, ~ㄹ/을: 살, ~니: 사니, ~ㅁ/음: 삼, ~(으)려고: 살려고, ~(으)시: 사시, ~(으)면: 살면, ~(으)니: 사니</p>
+        In order to say that you live in a place, it is acceptable to use "살고 있다." For example: 저는 한국에서 살고 있어요. Note that this directly translates to "I am living in Korea", whereas is English we would most likely say "I live in Korea." See Lesson 18.
+
+        ~아/어: 살아, ~ㄴ/은: 산, ~ㄴ/는다: 산다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 삽니다, ~ㄹ/을: 살, ~니: 사니, ~ㅁ/음: 삼, ~(으)려고: 살려고, ~(으)시: 사시, ~(으)면: 살면, ~(으)니: 사니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 서울에서 **살**고 있어요
           en: I **live** in Seoul
@@ -551,9 +563,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-35.mp3
       en: to be finished
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "끈나다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "끈나다"
-        <p>This is the first passive verb you have come across. For more information on passive verbs, visit Lesson 14.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 끝나, ~ㄴ/은: 끝난, ~ㄴ/는다: 끝난다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 끝납니다, ~ㄹ/을: 끝날, ~니: 끝나니, ~ㅁ/음: 끝남, ~(으)려고: 끝나려고, ~(으)시: 끝나시, ~(으)면: 끝나면, ~(으)니: 끝나니</p>
+        This is the first passive verb you have come across. For more information on passive verbs, visit Lesson 14.
+
+        ~아/어: 끝나, ~ㄴ/은: 끝난, ~ㄴ/는다: 끝난다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 끝납니다, ~ㄹ/을: 끝날, ~니: 끝나니, ~ㅁ/음: 끝남, ~(으)려고: 끝나려고, ~(으)시: 끝나시, ~(으)면: 끝나면, ~(으)니: 끝나니
       examples:
         - ko: 이 콘서트가 벌써 **끝났어요**?
           en: Is the concert already **finished?**
@@ -581,8 +595,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-37.mp3
       en: to be handsome
       notes: |
-        <p>A composition of the adverb 잘 (well) and the verb 생기다 (to look like), which means it gets conjugated as a verb. It typically conjugates to the past tense (잘생겼다) even when talking about the present tense.</p>
+        A composition of the adverb 잘 (well) and the verb 생기다 (to look like), which means it gets conjugated as a verb. It typically conjugates to the past tense (잘생겼다) even when talking about the present tense.
-        <p>~아/어: 잘생겨, ~ㄴ/은: 잘생긴, ~ㄴ/는다: 잘생긴다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 잘생깁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 잘생길, ~니: 잘생기니, ~ㅁ/음: 잘생김, ~(으)려고: 잘생기려고, ~(으)시: 잘생기시, ~(으)면: 잘생기면, ~(으)니: 잘생기니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 잘생겨, ~ㄴ/은: 잘생긴, ~ㄴ/는다: 잘생긴다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 잘생깁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 잘생길, ~니: 잘생기니, ~ㅁ/음: 잘생김, ~(으)려고: 잘생기려고, ~(으)시: 잘생기시, ~(으)면: 잘생기면, ~(으)니: 잘생기니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 남자는 너무 **잘생겼어요**
           en: That man is very **handsome**
@@ -599,9 +614,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-38.mp3
       en: to be ugly
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "몯쌩기다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "몯쌩기다"
-        <p>A composition of the adverb 못 (not well, poorly) and the verb 생기다. Like 잘생기다, it is conjugated as a verb in the past tense.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 못생겨, ~ㄴ/은: 못생긴, ~ㄴ/는다: 못생긴다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 못생깁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 못생길, ~니: 못생기니, ~ㅁ/음: 못생김, ~(으)려고: 못생기려고, ~(으)시: 못생기시, ~(으)면: 못생기면, ~(으)니: 못생기니</p>
+        A composition of the adverb 못 (not well, poorly) and the verb 생기다. Like 잘생기다, it is conjugated as a verb in the past tense.
+
+        ~아/어: 못생겨, ~ㄴ/은: 못생긴, ~ㄴ/는다: 못생긴다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 못생깁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 못생길, ~니: 못생기니, ~ㅁ/음: 못생김, ~(으)려고: 못생기려고, ~(으)시: 못생기시, ~(으)면: 못생기면, ~(으)니: 못생기니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 남자는 너무 **못생겼어요**
           en: That man is very **ugly**
@@ -626,9 +643,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-40.mp3
       en: to be different
       notes: |
-        <p>다르다 follows the 르 irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+        다르다 follows the 르 irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.
-        <p>When saying something is different "from" something, 와/과/랑/이랑 must be attached to the noun that is being compared. See Lesson 15 for more information.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 달라, ~ㄴ/은: 다른, ~ㅂ/습니다: 다릅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 다를, ~니: 다르니, ~ㅁ/음: 다름, ~(으)려고: 다르려고, ~(으)시: 다르시, ~(으)면: 다르면, ~(으)니: 다르니</p>
+        When saying something is different "from" something, 와/과/랑/이랑 must be attached to the noun that is being compared. See Lesson 15 for more information.
+
+        ~아/어: 달라, ~ㄴ/은: 다른, ~ㅂ/습니다: 다릅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 다를, ~니: 다르니, ~ㅁ/음: 다름, ~(으)려고: 다르려고, ~(으)시: 다르시, ~(으)면: 다르면, ~(으)니: 다르니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **다른** 영화를 보고 싶어요
           en: I want to see a **different** movie
@@ -649,8 +668,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-41.mp3
       en: to be sad
       notes: |
-        <p>슬프다 follows the ㅡ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+        슬프다 follows the ㅡ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.
-        <p>~아/어: 슬퍼, ~ㄴ/은: 슬픈, ~ㅂ/습니다: 슬픕니다, ~ㄹ/을: 슬플, ~니: 슬프니, ~ㅁ/음: 슬픔, ~(으)려고: 슬프려고, ~(으)시: 슬프시, ~(으)면: 슬프면, ~(으)니: 슬프니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 슬퍼, ~ㄴ/은: 슬픈, ~ㅂ/습니다: 슬픕니다, ~ㄹ/을: 슬플, ~니: 슬프니, ~ㅁ/음: 슬픔, ~(으)려고: 슬프려고, ~(으)시: 슬프시, ~(으)면: 슬프면, ~(으)니: 슬프니
       examples:
         - ko: 우리 할아버지가 죽어서 저는 너무 **슬퍼요**
           en: I am very **sad** because my grandfather died
@@ -663,9 +683,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-42.mp3
       en: to be delicious
       notes: |
-        <p>Although technically a combination of the noun "맛" (taste) and "있다" (to have) 맛있다 is officially seen as one word (literally meaning "to have taste") and the pronunciation of ㅅ in "맛" is transferred to the next syllable. This makes the entire word sound like "마싣따."</p>
+        Although technically a combination of the noun "맛" (taste) and "있다" (to have) 맛있다 is officially seen as one word (literally meaning "to have taste") and the pronunciation of ㅅ in "맛" is transferred to the next syllable. This makes the entire word sound like "마싣따."
-        <p>Conversely, 맛없다, which means "to not be delicious," is officially seen as two words (literally meaning "to not have taste"). As such, the pronunciation of ㅅ in "맛" is usually not transferred to the next syllable and the entire word sounds like "마덥따"</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 맛있어, ~ㄴ/은: 맛있는, ~ㅂ/습니다: 맛있습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 맛있을, ~니: 맛있니, ~ㅁ/음: 맛있음, ~(으)려고: 맛있으려고, ~(으)시: 맛있으시, ~(으)면: 맛있으면, ~(으)니: 맛있으니</p>
+        Conversely, 맛없다, which means "to not be delicious," is officially seen as two words (literally meaning "to not have taste"). As such, the pronunciation of ㅅ in "맛" is usually not transferred to the next syllable and the entire word sounds like "마덥따"
+
+        ~아/어: 맛있어, ~ㄴ/은: 맛있는, ~ㅂ/습니다: 맛있습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 맛있을, ~니: 맛있니, ~ㅁ/음: 맛있음, ~(으)려고: 맛있으려고, ~(으)시: 맛있으시, ~(으)면: 맛있으면, ~(으)니: 맛있으니
       examples:
         - ko: "**맛있는** 것을 먹고 싶어요"
           en: I want to eat something **delicious**
@@ -680,9 +702,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-43.mp3
       en: to be fun, to be funny
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "재미읻따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "재미읻따"
-        <p>Like the word "맛있다," 재미있다 is made up of "재미" and "있다" (to have). Therefore, even though 재미있다 is an adjective (funny), it is conjugated like 있다.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 재미있어, ~ㄴ/은: 재미있는, ~ㅂ/습니다: 재미있습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 재미있을, ~니: 재미있니, ~ㅁ/음: 재미있음, ~(으)려고: 재미있으려고, ~(으)시: 재미있으시, ~(으)면: 재미있으면, ~(으)니: 재미있으니</p>
+        Like the word "맛있다," 재미있다 is made up of "재미" and "있다" (to have). Therefore, even though 재미있다 is an adjective (funny), it is conjugated like 있다.
+
+        ~아/어: 재미있어, ~ㄴ/은: 재미있는, ~ㅂ/습니다: 재미있습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 재미있을, ~니: 재미있니, ~ㅁ/음: 재미있음, ~(으)려고: 재미있으려고, ~(으)시: 재미있으시, ~(으)면: 재미있으면, ~(으)니: 재미있으니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 영화가 너무 **재미있었어요**
           en: That movie was very **funny**
@@ -699,11 +723,15 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-44.mp3
       en: to be many of, to be a lot of
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "만타"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "만타"
-        <p>An adjective that means "many," 많다 can be placed before a noun to describe it. For example: 많은 사람은 저를 좋아해요 (many people like me)</p>
+
-        <p>However, 많다 is more naturally used by using the ~는 것 principle. For example: "저를 좋아하는 사람은 많아요" (literally: there are many people who like me)</p>
+        An adjective that means "many," 많다 can be placed before a noun to describe it. For example: 많은 사람은 저를 좋아해요 (many people like me)
-        <p>The ~는 것 principle is very difficult to describe, and is talked about in detail from Lessons 26 to 33.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 많아, ~ㄴ/은: 많은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 많습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 많을, ~니: 많으니, ~ㅁ/음: 많음, ~(으)려고: 많으려고, ~(으)시: 많으시, ~(으)면: 많으면, ~(으)니: 많으니</p>
+        However, 많다 is more naturally used by using the ~는 것 principle. For example: "저를 좋아하는 사람은 많아요" (literally: there are many people who like me)
+
+        The ~는 것 principle is very difficult to describe, and is talked about in detail from Lessons 26 to 33.
+
+        ~아/어: 많아, ~ㄴ/은: 많은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 많습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 많을, ~니: 많으니, ~ㅁ/음: 많음, ~(으)려고: 많으려고, ~(으)시: 많으시, ~(으)면: 많으면, ~(으)니: 많으니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 회사에서 일하는 사람은 **많아요**
           en: There are **many** people who work at that company.
@@ -741,8 +769,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-46.mp3
       en: there
       notes: |
-        <p>The difference between "그" and "저" is the same as the difference between "거기" and "저기." "거기" is used when referring to a place that has already been mentioned, and "저기" is used when you are referring to a place that is farther away than "여기."</p>
+        The difference between "그" and "저" is the same as the difference between "거기" and "저기." "거기" is used when referring to a place that has already been mentioned, and "저기" is used when you are referring to a place that is farther away than "여기."
-        <p>거기 and ~에세 form to make "거기서".</p>
+
+        거기 and ~에세 form to make "거기서".
       examples:
         - ko: "**거기**서 언제부터 살았어요?"
           en: Since when did you live **there**?
@@ -761,8 +790,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-4-47.mp3
       en: there (when farther away)
       notes: |
-        <p>저기 and ~에서 form to make "저기서"</p>
+        저기 and ~에서 form to make "저기서"
-        <p>When trying to get the attention of somebody – for example, when you want to order something at a restaurant – it is common to say "저기요!" For example: "저기요! 지금 주문할게요!" = "Excuse me! We would like to order now!"</p>
+
+        When trying to get the attention of somebody – for example, when you want to order something at a restaurant – it is common to say "저기요!" For example: "저기요! 지금 주문할게요!" = "Excuse me! We would like to order now!"
       examples:
         - ko: "**저기**까지 걷자!"
           en: Let's walk that far/Let's walk as far as **there**
@@ -1354,7 +1384,7 @@ It is often more common to use the passive form (끝나다) to indicate that you
 
 - <TTS>일이 끝났어요</TTS> = <span class="md spoiler">The work is finished (which implies that you finished the work)</span>
 
-The grammar for this is talked about in [Lesson 14](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-9-16/lesson-14-korean-passive-verbs/).
+The grammar for this is talked about in [Lesson 14](./14-passive.md).
 
 Examples:
 
@@ -1534,7 +1564,7 @@ The pronunciation of this word is closer to “끈나다”
 
 Notes:
 
-This is the first passive verb you have come across. For more information on passive verbs, visit [Lesson 14](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-9-16/lesson-14-korean-passive-verbs/).
+This is the first passive verb you have come across. For more information on passive verbs, visit [Lesson 14](./14-passive.md).
 
 Examples:
 
@@ -2020,11 +2050,11 @@ When an adjective ends in “~있다” like this, instead of attaching ~ㄴ/은
 - 나는 맛있는 음식을 먹다 = <span class="md spoiler">I eat delicious food</span>
   - (나는 맛있는 음식을 먹어 / 저는 맛있는 음식을 먹어요 <AudioButton src="https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/sLesson-4-6.mp3" />)
 
-The difference here is due to what I call the “~는 것” principle. For now, you do not need to think about why ~는 is added instead of ~ㄴ/은. It is sufficient at this point to just memorize it as an exception. The concept behind this grammatical rule is introduced in [Lesson 26](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-26/) and I continue to discuss it into [other Lessons in Unit 2](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/). This concept is related to _verb_ _s_ being able to describe nouns. For example:
+The difference here is due to what I call the “~는 것” principle. For now, you do not need to think about why ~는 is added instead of ~ㄴ/은. It is sufficient at this point to just memorize it as an exception. The concept behind this grammatical rule is introduced in [Lesson 26](../unit-2/26-describing-nouns-with-verbs.md) and I continue to discuss it into [other Lessons in Unit 2](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/). This concept is related to _verb_ _s_ being able to describe nouns. For example:
 
 “The man who I met yesterday will go to the park that I want to go to”
 
-However, this is very complex and is the whole basis to the ~는 것 principle that I mentioned earlier. As I said, you will begin to learn about this in [Lesson 26](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-26/).
+However, this is very complex and is the whole basis to the ~는 것 principle that I mentioned earlier. As I said, you will begin to learn about this in [Lesson 26](../unit-2/26-describing-nouns-with-verbs.md).
 
 ## To be a lot of: 많다
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/05-tenses.md

@@ -5,13 +5,12 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson-5-s1.mp3
       en: younger sibling
       notes: |
-        <p>While technically this word means "younger sibling" Korean will refer to a close friend (who is younger than them) using this word. This often leads to dialogues like this:</p>
+        While technically this word means "younger sibling" Korean will refer to a close friend (who is younger than them) using this word. This often leads to dialogues like this:
-        <ul>
+        *   Korean person: "Hey! This is my 동생!"
-          <li>Korean person: "Hey! This is my 동생!"</li>
+        *   Me: "Really?"
-          <li>Me: "Really?"</li>
+        *   Korean person: "No, not really."
-          <li>Korean person: "No, not really."</li>
+
-        </ul>
+        To distinguish that somebody is actually related to you by blood, they use the word "친동생"
-        <p>To distinguish that somebody is actually related to you by blood, they use the word "친동생"</p>
       examples:
         - ko: 저 사람은 저의 **동생**이에요
           en: That person is my **younger sibling**
@@ -122,7 +121,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-8.mp3
       en: older man not related to you
       notes: |
-        <p>This word is used to refer to an older man whom you don't know. More broadly, it can be applied to the position that men have, for example "버스 아저씨" for "bus driver" or "택시 아저씨" for "taxi driver."</p>
+        This word is used to refer to an older man whom you don't know. More broadly, it can be applied to the position that men have, for example "버스 아저씨" for "bus driver" or "택시 아저씨" for "taxi driver."
       examples:
         - ko: "**아저씨**! 앉으세요!"
           en: "**Sir**, please sit down"
@@ -142,8 +141,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-10.mp3
       en: grandfather
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "하라버지"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "하라버지"
-        <p>You can use this word to refer to anybody who looks the age of a grandfather, not just your own grandfather.</p>
+
+        You can use this word to refer to anybody who looks the age of a grandfather, not just your own grandfather.
       examples:
         - ko: 우리 **할아버지**는 한국전쟁에서 싸웠어요
           en: Our **grandfather** fought in the Korean war
@@ -309,8 +309,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-23.mp3
       en: to expect
       notes: |
-        <p>The noun form of this word translates to "expectation"</p>
+        The noun form of this word translates to "expectation"
-        <p>The passive version of this word (기대되다) is commonly used to say that one is excited for something to happen. For more information on passive verbs, see Lesson 14.</p>
+
+        The passive version of this word (기대되다) is commonly used to say that one is excited for something to happen. For more information on passive verbs, see Lesson 14.
       examples:
         - ko: 선생님이 3시에 올 것을 **기대했어요**
           en: I **expected** the teacher to come at 3:00
@@ -319,7 +320,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-24.mp3
       en: to cross (a road/etc)
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 건너, ~ㄴ/은: 건넌, ~ㄴ/는다: 건넌다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 건넙니다, ~ㄹ/을: 건널, ~니: 건너니, ~ㅁ/음: 건넘, ~(으)려고: 건너려고, ~(으)시: 건너시, ~(으)면: 건너면, ~(으)니: 건너니</p>
+        ~아/어: 건너, ~ㄴ/은: 건넌, ~ㄴ/는다: 건넌다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 건넙니다, ~ㄹ/을: 건널, ~니: 건너니, ~ㅁ/음: 건넘, ~(으)려고: 건너려고, ~(으)시: 건너시, ~(으)면: 건너면, ~(으)니: 건너니
       examples:
         - ko: 빨리 **건너자**!
           en: Quick! Let's **cross**!
@@ -330,9 +331,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-25.mp3
       en: to throw
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video #1.</p>
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video #1.
-        <p><YouTube id="5oqbDZymdBM" /></p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 던져, ~ㄴ/은: 던진, ~ㄴ/는다: 던진다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 던집니다, ~ㄹ/을: 던질, ~니: 던지니, ~ㅁ/음: 던짐, ~(으)려고: 던지려고, ~(으)시: 던지시, ~(으)면: 던지면, ~(으)니: 던지니</p>
+        <YouTube id="5oqbDZymdBM" />
+
+        ~아/어: 던져, ~ㄴ/은: 던진, ~ㄴ/는다: 던진다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 던집니다, ~ㄹ/을: 던질, ~니: 던지니, ~ㅁ/음: 던짐, ~(으)려고: 던지려고, ~(으)시: 던지시, ~(으)면: 던지면, ~(으)니: 던지니
       examples:
         - ko: 수업시간 동안 종이를 **던지**지 마세요
           en: During class, don't **throw** paper please
@@ -343,8 +346,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-27.mp3
       en: to not like
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "시러하다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "시러하다"
-        <p>싫다 is an adjective that means "not good." 싫어하다 is a verb. Therefore, ~을/를 should be attached to the object in the sentence that one does not like.</p>
+
+        싫다 is an adjective that means "not good." 싫어하다 is a verb. Therefore, ~을/를 should be attached to the object in the sentence that one does not like.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 그 사람을 **싫어해요**
           en: I **don't like** that person
@@ -363,8 +367,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-28.mp3
       en: to leave somewhere
       notes: |
-        <p>This word is usually only used if you are leaving something forever or for a very long time. If you want to say that you left your house (and are returning), you should use the words "출발하다" (to depart) or "나가다" (to go out).</p>
+        This word is usually only used if you are leaving something forever or for a very long time. If you want to say that you left your house (and are returning), you should use the words "출발하다" (to depart) or "나가다" (to go out).
-        <p>~아/어: 떠나, ~ㄴ/은: 떠난, ~ㄴ/는다: 떠난다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 떠납니다, ~ㄹ/을: 떠날, ~니: 떠나니, ~ㅁ/음: 떠남, ~(으)려고: 떠나려고, ~(으)시: 떠나시, ~(으)면: 떠나면, ~(으)니: 떠나니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 떠나, ~ㄴ/은: 떠난, ~ㄴ/는다: 떠난다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 떠납니다, ~ㄹ/을: 떠날, ~니: 떠나니, ~ㅁ/음: 떠남, ~(으)려고: 떠나려고, ~(으)시: 떠나시, ~(으)면: 떠나면, ~(으)니: 떠나니
       examples:
         - ko: "한국은 언제 **떠났어요**?"
           en: When did you **leave** Korea?
@@ -401,7 +406,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-30.mp3
       en: to be boring
       notes: |
-        <p>In English we use similar words to describe that one is bored, and that something is boring. However, in Korean, these are separate words. If you are bored, you can use "심심하다." If something is boring (and thus, making you bored), you can use "지루하다"</p>
+        In English we use similar words to describe that one is bored, and that something is boring. However, in Korean, these are separate words. If you are bored, you can use "심심하다." If something is boring (and thus, making you bored), you can use "지루하다"
       examples:
         - ko: 수업은 매우 **지루해요**
           en: Class is so **boring**
@@ -410,10 +415,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-31.mp3
       en: for a person to be too thin
       notes: |
-        <p>마르다 follows the 르 Irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+        마르다 follows the 르 Irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.
-        <p>This is usually used in a negative way.</p>
+
-        <p>If you are telling somebody that they look (too) thin, this is usually used in the past tense. For example: 형! 너무 말랐어! = (Brother!) You look so thin!</p>
+        This is usually used in a negative way.
-        <p>~아/어: 말라, ~ㄴ/은: 마른, ~ㅂ/습니다: 마릅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 마를, ~니: 마르니, ~ㅁ/음: 마름, ~(으)려고: 마르려고, ~(으)시: 마르시, ~(으)면: 마르면, ~(으)니: 마르니</p>
+
+        If you are telling somebody that they look (too) thin, this is usually used in the past tense. For example: 형! 너무 말랐어! = (Brother!) You look so thin!
+
+        ~아/어: 말라, ~ㄴ/은: 마른, ~ㅂ/습니다: 마릅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 마를, ~니: 마르니, ~ㅁ/음: 마름, ~(으)려고: 마르려고, ~(으)시: 마르시, ~(으)면: 마르면, ~(으)니: 마르니
       examples:
         - ko: 보통 모델들은 **말라요**
           en: Models are usually **thin**
@@ -422,21 +430,24 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-33.mp3
       en: to be far away
       notes: |
-        <p>멀다 follows the ㄹ Irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+        멀다 follows the ㄹ Irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.
-        <p>~아/어: 멀어, ~ㄴ/은: 먼, ~ㅂ/습니다: 멉니다, ~ㄹ/을: 멀, ~니: 머니, ~ㅁ/음: 멂, ~(으)려고: 멀려고, ~(으)시: 머시, ~(으)면: 멀면, ~(으)니: 머니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 멀어, ~ㄴ/은: 먼, ~ㅂ/습니다: 멉니다, ~ㄹ/을: 멀, ~니: 머니, ~ㅁ/음: 멂, ~(으)려고: 멀려고, ~(으)시: 머시, ~(으)면: 멀면, ~(으)니: 머니
       examples:
         - ko: 우리 집은 너무 **멀어요**
           en: Our home is very **far**
-        - ko: 저는 먼 병원에 갔어요
+        - ko: 저는 **먼** 병원에 갔어요
           en: I went to a **far away** hospital (a hospital that is **far away**)
 
     - ko: 마르다
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-31.mp3
       en: to be dry
       notes: |
-        <p>마르다 follows the 르 Irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+        마르다 follows the 르 Irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.
-        <p>Most commonly used as "목 마르다" (literally: dry throat) to indicate that one is thirsty.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 말라, ~ㄴ/은: 마른, ~ㅂ/습니다: 마릅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 마를, ~니: 마르니, ~ㅁ/음: 마름, ~(으)려고: 마르려고, ~(으)시: 마르시, ~(으)면: 마르면, ~(으)니: 마르니</p>
+        Most commonly used as "목 마르다" (literally: dry throat) to indicate that one is thirsty.
+
+        ~아/어: 말라, ~ㄴ/은: 마른, ~ㅂ/습니다: 마릅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 마를, ~니: 마르니, ~ㅁ/음: 마름, ~(으)려고: 마르려고, ~(으)시: 마르시, ~(으)면: 마르면, ~(으)니: 마르니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 강은 완전히 **말랐어요**
           en: That river has completely **dried** up
@@ -445,8 +456,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-35.mp3
       en: to be similar
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "비스타다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "비스타다"
-        <p>~해: 비슷해, ~ㄴ/은: 비슷한, ~ㅂ/습니다: 비슷합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 비슷할, ~니: 비슷하니, ~ㅁ/음: 비슷함, ~(으)려고: 비슷하려고, ~(으)시: 비슷하시, ~(으)면: 비슷하면, ~(으)니: 비슷하니</p>
+
+        ~해: 비슷해, ~ㄴ/은: 비슷한, ~ㅂ/습니다: 비슷합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 비슷할, ~니: 비슷하니, ~ㅁ/음: 비슷함, ~(으)려고: 비슷하려고, ~(으)시: 비슷하시, ~(으)면: 비슷하면, ~(으)니: 비슷하니
       examples:
         - ko: 저와 저의 아버지는 너무 **비슷해요**
           en: My father and I are very **similar**
@@ -457,9 +469,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-36.mp3
       en: to not be good
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "실타"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "실타"
-        <p>싫다 can be used to say "one does not like" by attaching ~이/가 to an object. For more information, see Lesson 15.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 싫어, ~ㄴ/은: 싫은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 싫습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 싫을, ~니: 싫으니, ~ㅁ/음: 싫음, ~(으)려고: 싫으려고, ~(으)시: 싫으시, ~(으)면: 싫으면, ~(으)니: 싫으니</p>
+        싫다 can be used to say "one does not like" by attaching ~이/가 to an object. For more information, see Lesson 15.
+
+        ~아/어: 싫어, ~ㄴ/은: 싫은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 싫습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 싫을, ~니: 싫으니, ~ㅁ/음: 싫음, ~(으)려고: 싫으려고, ~(으)시: 싫으시, ~(으)면: 싫으면, ~(으)니: 싫으니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 그 사람이 **싫어요**
           en: I **don't like** that person
@@ -472,8 +486,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-32.mp3
       en: for an object to be old
       notes: |
-        <p>Like 낡다, 오래되다 can only be used to describe objects – but 낡다 implies that the object in question is also damaged/rugged in some form. Using 오래되다 simply implies that it has been a long time since something was built/released/bought, etc...</p>
+        Like 낡다, 오래되다 can only be used to describe objects – but 낡다 implies that the object in question is also damaged/rugged in some form. Using 오래되다 simply implies that it has been a long time since something was built/released/bought, etc...
-        <p>~아/어: 오래돼, ~ㄴ/은: 오래된, ~ㅂ/습니다: 오래됐다 (most common past tense form), ~ㄹ/을: 오래될, ~니: 오래되니, ~ㅁ/음: 오래됨, ~(으)려고: 오래되려고, ~(으)시: 오래되시, ~(으)면: 오래되면, ~(으)니: 오래되니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 오래돼, ~ㄴ/은: 오래된, ~ㅂ/습니다: 오래됐다 (most common past tense form), ~ㄹ/을: 오래될, ~니: 오래되니, ~ㅁ/음: 오래됨, ~(으)려고: 오래되려고, ~(으)시: 오래되시, ~(으)면: 오래되면, ~(으)니: 오래되니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 저의 **오래된** 핸드폰을 팔았어요
           en: I sold my **old** phone
@@ -490,8 +505,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Lesson27v45.mp3
       en: to be hungry
       notes: |
-        <p>This is sometimes as "배가 고프다"</p>
+        This is sometimes as "배가 고프다"
-        <p>~아/어: 배고파, ~ㄴ/은: 배고픈, ~ㅂ/습니다: 배고픕니다, ~ㄹ/을: 배고플, ~니: 배고프니, ~ㅁ/음: 배고픔, ~(으)려고: 배고프려고, ~(으)시: 배고프시, ~(으)면: 배고프면, ~(으)니: 배고프니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 배고파, ~ㄴ/은: 배고픈, ~ㅂ/습니다: 배고픕니다, ~ㄹ/을: 배고플, ~니: 배고프니, ~ㅁ/음: 배고픔, ~(으)려고: 배고프려고, ~(으)시: 배고프시, ~(으)면: 배고프면, ~(으)니: 배고프니
       examples:
         - ko: 나는 별로 **배고프지 않아**
           en: I'm not really **hungry**
@@ -569,8 +585,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-47.mp3
       en: the day after tomorrow
       notes: |
-        <p>Often said as "내일모레"</p>
+        Often said as "내일모레"
-        <p>This word is commonly misspelled as "모래" (which actually means "sand")</p>
+
+        This word is commonly misspelled as "모래" (which actually means "sand")
       examples:
         - ko: 학교가 **모레** 닫혀 있을 거예요
           en: The school will be closed **two days from now**
@@ -599,7 +616,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-49.mp3
       en: day
       notes: |
-        <p>When talking about a day, "날" should be used. For more information, see Lesson 11.</p>
+        When talking about a day, "날" should be used. For more information, see Lesson 11.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 토요**일**에 학교에 안 가요
           en: I don't go to school on Satur**day**
@@ -610,9 +627,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-5-50.mp3
       en: time
       notes: |
-        <p>You can use this word to indicate that something was done for a certain amount of hours. In addition, it can mean "time" as in "last time" or "this time." For more information, visit Lesson 11.</p>
+        You can use this word to indicate that something was done for a certain amount of hours. In addition, it can mean "time" as in "last time" or "this time." For more information, visit Lesson 11.
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video #1.</p>
+
-        <p><YouTube id="5oqbDZymdBM" /></p>
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video #1.
+
+        <YouTube id="5oqbDZymdBM" />
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 두 **시간** 동안 공부했어요
           en: I studied for two **hours**
@@ -1103,7 +1122,7 @@ The noun form of this word translates to “expectation”
 
 Notes:
 
-The passive version of this word (<TTS>기대되다</TTS>) is commonly used to say that <span class="md spoiler">one is excited for something to happen</span>. For more information on passive verbs, see [Lesson 14](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-9-16/lesson-14-korean-passive-verbs/).
+The passive version of this word (<TTS>기대되다</TTS>) is commonly used to say that <span class="md spoiler">one is excited for something to happen</span>. For more information on passive verbs, see [Lesson 14](./14-passive.md).
 
 Example:
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/06-honorifics.md

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-6-1.mp3
       en: shoe
       notes: |
-        <p>The suffix "화" usually denotes a specific type of shoe. For example: 운동화 (exercise shoes), 실내화 (shoes for inside)</p>
+        The suffix "화" usually denotes a specific type of shoe. For example: 운동화 (exercise shoes), 실내화 (shoes for inside)
       examples:
         - ko: 이 **신발**은 너무 불편해요
           en: These **shoes** are too uncomfortable
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ vocabulary:
       examples:
         - ko: 저의 여자 친구는 저보다 **나이**가 더 많아요
           en: My girlfriend is **older** than me
-        - ko: 나이가 많은 사람들은 항상 재채기를 시끄럽게 해요
+        - ko: "**나이**가 많은 사람들은 항상 재채기를 시끄럽게 해요"
           en: "**Old** people always sneeze loudly"
         - ko: 그 사람이 **나이**가 많지만 여전히 똑똑해요
           en: Although that person is **old**, he is still very smart
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ vocabulary:
       examples:
         - ko: 전화번호를 **종이**에 써 주세요
           en: Write your phone number on a piece of **paper** please
-        - ko: 저는 그 수학 문제를 연필과 종이로 풀었어요
+        - ko: 저는 그 수학 문제를 연필과 **종이**로 풀었어요
           en: I solved that math problem using a **paper** and a pencil
         - ko: 그 **종이**를 공책에 풀로 붙이세요!
           en: Stick that **paper** to your notebook using glue!
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-6-29.mp3
       en: movie
       notes: |
-        <p>In English, we use the words "watch," "see" and "looking at" in different situations depending on what our eyes are focused on. In Korean, all of those translate to "보다." Therefore, to "watch" a movie in Korean is "영화를 보다".</p>
+        In English, we use the words "watch," "see" and "looking at" in different situations depending on what our eyes are focused on. In Korean, all of those translate to "보다." Therefore, to "watch" a movie in Korean is "영화를 보다".
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 무서운 **영화**를 보고 싶어요
           en: I want to see a scary **movie**
@@ -341,10 +341,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-6-31.mp3
       en: to sit
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation [Video 14]</p>
+        This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation [Video 14]
-        <p><YouTube id="b8X6ryrJGeY" /></p>
+
-        <p>To say that one was sitting while doing something, you should attach "~아/어서" to 앉다. For example: "저는 앉아서 먹었어요" = "I sat down and ate." The grammar for this is introduced in Lesson 17.</p>
+        <YouTube id="b8X6ryrJGeY" />
-        <p>~아/어: 앉아, ~ㄴ/은: 앉은, ~ㄴ/는다: 앉는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 앉습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 앉을, ~니: 앉으니, ~ㅁ/음: 앉음, ~(으)려고: 앉으려고, ~(으)시: 앉으시, ~(으)면: 앉으면, ~(으)니: 앉으니</p>
+
+        To say that one was sitting while doing something, you should attach "~아/어서" to 앉다. For example: "저는 앉아서 먹었어요" = "I sat down and ate." The grammar for this is introduced in Lesson 17.
+
+        ~아/어: 앉아, ~ㄴ/은: 앉은, ~ㄴ/는다: 앉는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 앉습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 앉을, ~니: 앉으니, ~ㅁ/음: 앉음, ~(으)려고: 앉으려고, ~(으)시: 앉으시, ~(으)면: 앉으면, ~(으)니: 앉으니
       examples:
         - ko: 발이 아파서 **앉**고 싶어요
           en: I want to **sit** down because my feet are sore
@@ -361,7 +364,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-6-32.mp3
       en: to touch
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 만져, ~ㄴ/은: 만진, ~ㄴ/는다: 만진다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 만집니다, ~ㄹ/을: 만질, ~니: 만지니, ~ㅁ/음: 만짐, ~(으)려고: 만지려고, ~(으)시: 만지시, ~(으)면: 만지면, ~(으)니: 만지니</p>
+        ~아/어: 만져, ~ㄴ/은: 만진, ~ㄴ/는다: 만진다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 만집니다, ~ㄹ/을: 만질, ~니: 만지니, ~ㅁ/음: 만짐, ~(으)려고: 만지려고, ~(으)시: 만지시, ~(으)면: 만지면, ~(으)니: 만지니
       examples:
         - ko: 그것이 비싸서 **만지**지 마세요!
           en: That is very expensive, so please don't **touch** it!
@@ -372,7 +375,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-6-33.mp3
       en: to sleep
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 자, ~ㄴ/은: 잔, ~ㄴ/는다: 잔다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 잡니다, ~ㄹ/을: 잘, ~니: 자니, ~ㅁ/음: 잠, ~(으)려고: 자려고, ~(으)시: 자시, ~(으)면: 자면, ~(으)니: 자니</p>
+        ~아/어: 자, ~ㄴ/은: 잔, ~ㄴ/는다: 잔다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 잡니다, ~ㄹ/을: 잘, ~니: 자니, ~ㅁ/음: 잠, ~(으)려고: 자려고, ~(으)시: 자시, ~(으)면: 자면, ~(으)니: 자니
       examples:
         - ko: 너무 피곤해서 **자**고 싶어요
           en: I want to **sleep** because I am so tired
@@ -393,8 +396,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-6-35.mp3
       en: to see
       notes: |
-        <p>In English, there are many different ways to say that you are looking at something (to watch, to see, to look at). In Korean, "보다" takes on all of these meanings.</p>
+        In English, there are many different ways to say that you are looking at something (to watch, to see, to look at). In Korean, "보다" takes on all of these meanings.
-        <p>~아/어: 봐, ~ㄴ/은: 본, ~ㄴ/는다: 본다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 봅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 볼, ~니: 보니, ~ㅁ/음: 봄, ~(으)려고: 보려고, ~(으)시: 보시, ~(으)면: 보면, ~(으)니: 보니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 봐, ~ㄴ/은: 본, ~ㄴ/는다: 본다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 봅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 볼, ~니: 보니, ~ㅁ/음: 봄, ~(으)려고: 보려고, ~(으)시: 보시, ~(으)면: 보면, ~(으)니: 보니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 어제 **영화**를 봤어요
           en: I **saw** a movie yesterday
@@ -419,8 +423,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-6-36.mp3
       en: to wait
       notes: |
-        <p>In English, we say that one waits "for" something. In Korean, the common translation for "for" is ~기 위해. However, in Korean the particle "~을/를" is attached to the person/thing that one is waiting for. For example: "저는 친구를 기다리고 있어요" = "I am waiting for my friend."</p>
+        In English, we say that one waits "for" something. In Korean, the common translation for "for" is ~기 위해. However, in Korean the particle "~을/를" is attached to the person/thing that one is waiting for. For example: "저는 친구를 기다리고 있어요" = "I am waiting for my friend."
-        <p>~아/어: 기다려, ~ㄴ/은: 기다린, ~ㄴ/는다: 기다린다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 기다립니다, ~ㄹ/을: 기다릴, ~니: 기다리니, ~ㅁ/음: 기다림, ~(으)려고: 기다리려고, ~(으)시: 기다리시, ~(으)면: 기다리면, ~(으)니: 기다리니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 기다려, ~ㄴ/은: 기다린, ~ㄴ/는다: 기다린다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 기다립니다, ~ㄹ/을: 기다릴, ~니: 기다리니, ~ㅁ/음: 기다림, ~(으)려고: 기다리려고, ~(으)시: 기다리시, ~(으)면: 기다리면, ~(으)니: 기다리니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 30분 동안 **기다렸어요**
           en: I **waited** for 30 minutes
@@ -448,8 +453,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-6-38.mp3
       en: to promise
       notes: |
-        <p>The noun form of this verb (약속) translates to "a promise," and is often used to refer to plans that somebody has.</p>
+        The noun form of this verb (약속) translates to "a promise," and is often used to refer to plans that somebody has.
-        <p>For example: "저는 오늘 약속이 있어요" = "I have a promise, or 'I made a promise with somebody today, which means I have plans to meet him/her.'"</p>
+
+        For example: "저는 오늘 약속이 있어요" = "I have a promise, or 'I made a promise with somebody today, which means I have plans to meet him/her.'"
       examples:
         - ko: 그는 올 거라고 **약속했어요**
           en: He **promised** that he would come
@@ -458,8 +464,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-6-39.mp3
       en: to hear
       notes: |
-        <p>듣다 follows the ㄷ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+        듣다 follows the ㄷ irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.
-        <p>~아/어: 들어, ~ㄴ/은: 들은, ~ㄴ/는다: 듣는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 듣습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 들을, ~니: 듣니, ~ㅁ/음: 들음, ~(으)려고: 들으려고, ~(으)시: 들으시, ~(으)면: 들으면, ~(으)니: 들으니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 들어, ~ㄴ/은: 들은, ~ㄴ/는다: 듣는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 듣습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 들을, ~니: 듣니, ~ㅁ/음: 들음, ~(으)려고: 들으려고, ~(으)시: 들으시, ~(으)면: 들으면, ~(으)니: 들으니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 말을 못 **들었어요**
           en: I didn't **hear** that thing that you just said
@@ -476,8 +483,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-6-40.mp3
       en: to listen
       notes: |
-        <p>Although there is sometimes overlap in their usages, 듣다 is used when one hears something. However, by adding ~아/어보다 (the grammar of this is taught in Lesson 32) changes the verb into "to try/attempt to hear." In English, the act of trying/attempting to hear something is "listening."</p>
+        Although there is sometimes overlap in their usages, 듣다 is used when one hears something. However, by adding ~아/어보다 (the grammar of this is taught in Lesson 32) changes the verb into "to try/attempt to hear." In English, the act of trying/attempting to hear something is "listening."
-        <p>~아/어: 들어봐, ~ㄴ/은: 들어본, ~ㄴ/는다: 들어본다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 들어봅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 들어볼, ~니: 들어보니, ~ㅁ/음: 들어봄, ~(으)려고: 들어보려고, ~(으)시: 들어보시, ~(으)면: 들어보면, ~(으)니: 들어보니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 들어봐, ~ㄴ/은: 들어본, ~ㄴ/는다: 들어본다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 들어봅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 들어볼, ~니: 들어보니, ~ㅁ/음: 들어봄, ~(으)려고: 들어보려고, ~(으)시: 들어보시, ~(으)면: 들어보면, ~(으)니: 들어보니
       examples:
         - ko: 선생님의 말을 잘 **들어보세요**!
           en: "**listen** carefully to what the teacher says!"
@@ -515,8 +523,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-6-43.mp3
       en: to be surprised
       notes: |
-        <p>There are many adverbs in Korean that are used in very specific situations to add feeling to the meaning in the sentence. The word "깜짝" is used in sentences where one is surprised. By putting the word "깜짝" before "놀라다," it will make your Korean sound very good!</p>
+        There are many adverbs in Korean that are used in very specific situations to add feeling to the meaning in the sentence. The word "깜짝" is used in sentences where one is surprised. By putting the word "깜짝" before "놀라다," it will make your Korean sound very good!
-        <p>~아/어: 놀라, ~ㄴ/은: 놀란, ~ㄴ/는다: 놀란다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 놀랍니다, ~ㄹ/을: 놀랄, ~니: 놀라니, ~ㅁ/음: 놀람, ~(으)려고: 놀라려고, ~(으)시: 놀라시, ~(으)면: 놀라면, ~(으)니: 놀라니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 놀라, ~ㄴ/은: 놀란, ~ㄴ/는다: 놀란다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 놀랍니다, ~ㄹ/을: 놀랄, ~니: 놀라니, ~ㅁ/음: 놀람, ~(으)려고: 놀라려고, ~(으)시: 놀라시, ~(으)면: 놀라면, ~(으)니: 놀라니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 그 사람을 보고 깜짝 **놀랐어요**!
           en: I looked at that man and I was really **surprised**!
@@ -526,9 +535,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-6-44.mp3
       en: to be fast
       notes: |
-        <p>빠르다 follows the 르 irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+        빠르다 follows the 르 irregular. See Lesson 7 for more information.
-        <p>The adverb form of this word is 빨리</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 빨라, ~ㄴ/은: 빠른, ~ㅂ/습니다: 빠릅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 빠를, ~니: 빠르니, ~ㅁ/음: 빠름, ~(으)려고: 빠르려고, ~(으)시: 빠르시, ~(으)면: 빠르면, ~(으)니: 빠르니</p>
+        The adverb form of this word is 빨리
+
+        ~아/어: 빨라, ~ㄴ/은: 빠른, ~ㅂ/습니다: 빠릅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 빠를, ~니: 빠르니, ~ㅁ/음: 빠름, ~(으)려고: 빠르려고, ~(으)시: 빠르시, ~(으)면: 빠르면, ~(으)니: 빠르니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 차는 너무 **빨라요**
           en: That car is too **fast**
@@ -539,9 +550,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-6-45.mp3
       en: to be slow
       notes: |
-        <p>느리다 is used when "slow" has a negative meaning, usually from moving too slow.</p>
+        느리다 is used when "slow" has a negative meaning, usually from moving too slow.
-        <p>For the positive meaning, the adverb "천천히" is used. For example: "천천히 먹어" = "eat slowly"</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 느려, ~ㄴ/은: 느린, ~ㅂ/습니다: 느립니다, ~ㄹ/을: 느릴, ~니: 느리니, ~ㅁ/음: 느림, ~(으)려고: 느리려고, ~(으)시: 느리시, ~(으)면: 느리면, ~(으)니: 느리니</p>
+        For the positive meaning, the adverb "천천히" is used. For example: "천천히 먹어" = "eat slowly"
+
+        ~아/어: 느려, ~ㄴ/은: 느린, ~ㅂ/습니다: 느립니다, ~ㄹ/을: 느릴, ~니: 느리니, ~ㅁ/음: 느림, ~(으)려고: 느리려고, ~(으)시: 느리시, ~(으)면: 느리면, ~(으)니: 느리니
       examples:
         - ko: 이 인터넷은 왜 이렇게 **느려요**?
           en: Why is this internet so **slow**?
@@ -617,8 +630,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-6-50.mp3
       en: bottom
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation [Video 16]</p>
+        This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation [Video 16]
-        <p><YouTube id="NcbM1Vgvu9I" /></p>
+
+        <YouTube id="NcbM1Vgvu9I" />
       examples:
         - ko: 여기 **아래**에 사인해 주세요
           en: Please sign **below**, here

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/07-irregulars.md

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-2.mp3
       en: teacher
       notes: |
-        <p>교사 refers more to the position of a teacher. You would usually refer to a teacher by calling him/her "선생님." However, if you wanted to tell somebody what your position was, you could use 교사 (선생님 would also work here as well).</p>
+        교사 refers more to the position of a teacher. You would usually refer to a teacher by calling him/her "선생님." However, if you wanted to tell somebody what your position was, you could use 교사 (선생님 would also work here as well).
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 영어**교사**예요
           en: I am an English **teacher**
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-5.mp3
       en: location of work
       notes: |
-        <p>In English, we say "work" to refer to what is being done and where it is being done. For example "I am doing work at work." 직장 refers to the location in which you work.</p>
+        In English, we say "work" to refer to what is being done and where it is being done. For example "I am doing work at work." 직장 refers to the location in which you work.
       examples:
         - ko: 그는 **직장**에서 일찍 퇴근했어요
           en: He left **work** early
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-11.mp3
       en: hair (not on head), fur
       notes: |
-        <p>In English, we say "hair" for all of the hair on our body. However, in Korean, 털 is used to refer to any hair that is not on your head. It is also used to refer to the fur of an animal.</p>
+        In English, we say "hair" for all of the hair on our body. However, in Korean, 털 is used to refer to any hair that is not on your head. It is also used to refer to the fur of an animal.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 팔에 **털**이 많아요
           en: I have a lot of **hair** on my arms
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Lesson-7-8.mp3
       en: dinner, evening
       notes: |
-        <p>The word "저녁" can refer to the evening time, or the meal that is eaten at that time (dinner). To distinguish between them, 저녁식사 (dinner) and 저녁시간 (the evening) can also be used.</p>
+        The word "저녁" can refer to the evening time, or the meal that is eaten at that time (dinner). To distinguish between them, 저녁식사 (dinner) and 저녁시간 (the evening) can also be used.
       examples:
         - ko: "**저녁**으로 뭐 먹었어요?"
           en: What did you eat for **dinner**?
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Lesson7-9.mp3
       en: lunch, noonish
       notes: |
-        <p>The word "점심" can refer to the time around noon, or the meal that is eaten at that time (lunch). To distinguish between them, 점심식사 (lunch) and 점심시간 (noonish) can also be used.</p>
+        The word "점심" can refer to the time around noon, or the meal that is eaten at that time (lunch). To distinguish between them, 점심식사 (lunch) and 점심시간 (noonish) can also be used.
       examples:
         - ko: "**점심**으로 뭐 먹고 싶어요?"
           en: What do you want to eat for **lunch**?
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson-7-v1.mp3
       en: clothes
       notes: |
-        <p>One way and one form of telling somebody to put on clothes is to say "옷 입어." This sounds like "온 이버"</p>
+        One way and one form of telling somebody to put on clothes is to say "옷 입어." This sounds like "온 이버"
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 저의 **옷**을 벗었어요
           en: I took off my **clothes**
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-39.mp3
       en: morning
       notes: |
-        <p>This generally refers to any time before noon, but to refer to specifically refer to something early in the morning "새벽" can be used. "아침" refers to the time from breakfast until around noon.</p>
+        This generally refers to any time before noon, but to refer to specifically refer to something early in the morning "새벽" can be used. "아침" refers to the time from breakfast until around noon.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 내일 **오전**에 교회에 가야 돼요
           en: I have to go to church tomorrow in the **morning**
@@ -232,8 +232,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-13.mp3
       en: to search for, find
       notes: |
-        <p>In English, the words "looking for/searching" and "find" have a similar meaning but are used differently. We use "find" after something is found. However, before something is found we use "look for/search." In Korean, the 찾다 is used for both of these usages. This confusion often leads Korean people to incorrectly say things like "I am finding my brother."</p>
+        In English, the words "looking for/searching" and "find" have a similar meaning but are used differently. We use "find" after something is found. However, before something is found we use "look for/search." In Korean, the 찾다 is used for both of these usages. This confusion often leads Korean people to incorrectly say things like "I am finding my brother."
-        <p>~아/어: 찾아, ~ㄴ/은: 찾은, ~ㄴ/는다: 찾는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 찾습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 찾을, ~니: 찾으니, ~ㅁ/음: 찾음, ~(으)려고: 찾으려고, ~(으)시: 찾으시, ~(으)면: 찾으면, ~(으)니: 찾으니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 찾아, ~ㄴ/은: 찾은, ~ㄴ/는다: 찾는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 찾습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 찾을, ~니: 찾으니, ~ㅁ/음: 찾음, ~(으)려고: 찾으려고, ~(으)시: 찾으시, ~(으)면: 찾으면, ~(으)니: 찾으니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 저의 지갑을 **찾**고 있어요
           en: I am **looking** for my wallet
@@ -248,7 +249,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-15.mp3
       en: to teach
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 가르쳐, ~ㄴ/은: 가르친, ~ㄴ/는다: 가르친다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 가르칩니다, ~ㄹ/을: 가르칠, ~니: 가르치니, ~ㅁ/음: 가르침, ~(으)려고: 가르치려고, ~(으)시: 가르치시, ~(으)면: 가르치면, ~(으)니: 가르치니</p>
+        ~아/어: 가르쳐, ~ㄴ/은: 가르친, ~ㄴ/는다: 가르친다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 가르칩니다, ~ㄹ/을: 가르칠, ~니: 가르치니, ~ㅁ/음: 가르침, ~(으)려고: 가르치려고, ~(으)시: 가르치시, ~(으)면: 가르치면, ~(으)니: 가르치니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 고등학교에서 10년 동안 영어를 **가르쳤어요**
           en: I **taught** English at a high school for 10 years
@@ -269,8 +270,10 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-16.mp3
       en: to work
       notes: |
-        <p>The noun form of 일하다 (일) literally means "work" (as in, something you need to do). However, it is often used to refer to a task or anything that needs to be done. For example: "저는 내일 할 일이 있어요" = "I have something I need to do tomorrow"</p>
+        The noun form of 일하다 (일) literally means "work" (as in, something you need to do). However, it is often used to refer to a task or anything that needs to be done. For example:
-        <p>~해: 일해, ~ㄴ/은: 일한, ~ㄴ/는다: 일한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 일합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 일할, ~니: 일하니, ~ㅁ/음: 일함, ~(으)려고: 일하려고, ~(으)시: 일하시, ~(으)면: 일하면, ~(으)니: 일하니</p>
+        - "저는 내일 할 일이 있어요" = "I have something I need to do tomorrow"
+
+        ~해: 일해, ~ㄴ/은: 일한, ~ㄴ/는다: 일한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 일합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 일할, ~니: 일하니, ~ㅁ/음: 일함, ~(으)려고: 일하려고, ~(으)시: 일하시, ~(으)면: 일하면, ~(으)니: 일하니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 그 회사에서 **일해요**
           en: I **work** at/for that company
@@ -291,8 +294,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-17.mp3
       en: to build
       notes: |
-        <p>짓다 follows the ㅅ irregular</p>
+        짓다 follows the ㅅ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 지어, ~ㄴ/은: 지은, ~ㄴ/는다: 짓는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 짓습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 지을, ~니: 짓니, ~ㅁ/음: 지음, ~(으)려고: 지으려고, ~(으)시: 지으시, ~(으)면: 지으면, ~(으)니: 지으니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 지어, ~ㄴ/은: 지은, ~ㄴ/는다: 짓는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 짓습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 지을, ~니: 짓니, ~ㅁ/음: 지음, ~(으)려고: 지으려고, ~(으)시: 지으시, ~(으)면: 지으면, ~(으)니: 지으니
       examples:
         - ko: "그 집을 언제 **지었어요**?"
           en: When did you **build** that house?
@@ -311,10 +315,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-18.mp3
       en: to own, to possess
       notes: |
-        <p>When you use "있다" to indicate that you have something, you must put the particle ~이/가 on the object you have. For example: 저는 펜이 있어요</p>
+        When you use "있다" to indicate that you have something, you must put the particle ~이/가 on the object you have. For example: 저는 펜이 있어요
-        <p>However, you can attach ~을/을 to that object if you use ~가지고 있다.</p>
+
-        <p>갖다 is a shortened version of this word. See Lesson 97 for more information.</p>
+        However, you can attach ~을/을 to that object if you use ~가지고 있다.
-        <p>~아/어: 가져, ~ㄴ/은: 가진, ~ㄴ/는다: 가진다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 가집니다, ~ㄹ/을: 가질, ~니: 가지니, ~ㅁ/음: 가짐, ~(으)려고: 가지려고, ~(으)시: 가지시, ~(으)면: 가지면, ~(으)니: 가지니</p>
+
+        갖다 is a shortened version of this word. See Lesson 97 for more information.
+
+        ~아/어: 가져, ~ㄴ/은: 가진, ~ㄴ/는다: 가진다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 가집니다, ~ㄹ/을: 가질, ~니: 가지니, ~ㅁ/음: 가짐, ~(으)려고: 가지려고, ~(으)시: 가지시, ~(으)면: 가지면, ~(으)니: 가지니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 펜을 **가지**고 있어요
           en: I **have** a pen
@@ -333,8 +340,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-19.mp3
       en: to lock
       notes: |
-        <p>잠그다 follows the ㅡ irregular</p>
+        잠그다 follows the ㅡ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 잠가, ~ㄴ/은: 잠근, ~ㄴ/는다: 잠근다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 잠급니다, ~ㄹ/을: 잠글, ~니: 잠그니, ~ㅁ/음: 잠금, ~(으)려고: 잠그려고, ~(으)시: 잠그시, ~(으)면: 잠그면, ~(으)니: 잠그니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 잠가, ~ㄴ/은: 잠근, ~ㄴ/는다: 잠근다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 잠급니다, ~ㄹ/을: 잠글, ~니: 잠그니, ~ㅁ/음: 잠금, ~(으)려고: 잠그려고, ~(으)시: 잠그시, ~(으)면: 잠그면, ~(으)니: 잠그니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 문을 **잠갔어요**
           en: I **locked** the door
@@ -349,8 +357,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-20.mp3
       en: to forget
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어버리다 is added to some verbs to express the emotion that something was done and "thrown away" at the same time. It is commonly attached to 잊다 to express that something was "forgotten and thrown away."</p>
+        ~아/어버리다 is added to some verbs to express the emotion that something was done and "thrown away" at the same time. It is commonly attached to 잊다 to express that something was "forgotten and thrown away."
-        <p>~아/어: 잊어, ~ㄴ/은: 잊은, ~ㄴ/는다: 잊는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 잊습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 잊을, ~니: 잊으니, ~ㅁ/음: 잊음, ~(으)려고: 잊으려고, ~(으)시: 잊으시, ~(으)면: 잊으면, ~(으)니: 잊으니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 잊어, ~ㄴ/은: 잊은, ~ㄴ/는다: 잊는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 잊습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 잊을, ~니: 잊으니, ~ㅁ/음: 잊음, ~(으)려고: 잊으려고, ~(으)시: 잊으시, ~(으)면: 잊으면, ~(으)니: 잊으니
       examples:
         - ko: 저를 **잊**지 마세요!
           en: Don't **forget** me!
@@ -371,9 +380,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/Lesson3Vocab-help.mp3
       en: to help
       notes: |
-        <p>돕다 is an irregular ㅂ irregular. ㅂ changes to 오 when ~아/어 is added. However, ㅂ changes to 우 when any other vowel is added.</p>
+        돕다 is an irregular ㅂ irregular. ㅂ changes to 오 when ~아/어 is added. However, ㅂ changes to 우 when any other vowel is added.
-        <p>~아/어주다 is commonly added to this word, because usually when one helps somebody, it is a form of "giving"</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 도와, ~ㄴ/은: 도운, ~ㄴ/는다: 돕는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 돕습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 도울, ~니: 돕니, ~ㅁ/음: 도움, ~(으)려고: 도우려고, ~(으)시: 도우시, ~(으)면: 도우면, ~(으)니: 도우니</p>
+        ~아/어주다 is commonly added to this word, because usually when one helps somebody, it is a form of "giving"
+
+        ~아/어: 도와, ~ㄴ/은: 도운, ~ㄴ/는다: 돕는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 돕습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 도울, ~니: 돕니, ~ㅁ/음: 도움, ~(으)려고: 도우려고, ~(으)시: 도우시, ~(으)면: 도우면, ~(으)니: 도우니
       examples:
         - ko: "**도와**주세요!"
           en: "**help** me please!"
@@ -390,11 +401,15 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-21.mp3
       en: to give
       notes: |
-        <p>When giving something to a person who deserves respect, 드리다 is used.</p>
+        When giving something to a person who deserves respect, 드리다 is used.
-        <p>Often conjugated in the imperative voice (for example, ~세요) to ask for something. For example: "밥을 많이 주세요" = "Give me lots of rice"</p>
+
-        <p>Often gets placed after a verb if somebody does an action for somebody. For example: "이것을 만들어 주세요" = "Please, make this for me"</p>
+        Often conjugated in the imperative voice (for example, ~세요) to ask for something. For example: "밥을 많이 주세요" = "Give me lots of rice"
-        <p>See Lesson 41 for more information.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 줘, ~ㄴ/은: 준, ~ㄴ/는다: 준다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 줍니다, ~ㄹ/을: 줄, ~니: 주니, ~ㅁ/음: 줌, ~(으)려고: 주려고, ~(으)시: 주시, ~(으)면: 주면, ~(으)니: 주니</p>
+        Often gets placed after a verb if somebody does an action for somebody. For example: "이것을 만들어 주세요" = "Please, make this for me"
+
+        See Lesson 41 for more information.
+
+        ~아/어: 줘, ~ㄴ/은: 준, ~ㄴ/는다: 준다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 줍니다, ~ㄹ/을: 줄, ~니: 주니, ~ㅁ/음: 줌, ~(으)려고: 주려고, ~(으)시: 주시, ~(으)면: 주면, ~(으)니: 주니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 그릇을 **주**세요
           en: "**Give** me that bowl, please"
@@ -413,8 +428,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-36.mp3
       en: to be correct
       notes: |
-        <p>In every way, 맞다 looks, feels and sounds like an adjective. However, in Korean 맞다 is a verb. In most cases this is irrelevant, but keep this in mind when conjugating.</p>
+        In every way, 맞다 looks, feels and sounds like an adjective. However, in Korean 맞다 is a verb. In most cases this is irrelevant, but keep this in mind when conjugating.
-        <p>~아/어: 맞아, ~ㄴ/은: 맞은, ~ㄴ/는다: 맞는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 맞습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 맞을, ~니: 맞으니, ~ㅁ/음: 맞음, ~(으)려고: 맞으려고, ~(으)시: 맞으시, ~(으)면: 맞으면, ~(으)니: 맞으니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 맞아, ~ㄴ/은: 맞은, ~ㄴ/는다: 맞는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 맞습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 맞을, ~니: 맞으니, ~ㅁ/음: 맞음, ~(으)려고: 맞으려고, ~(으)시: 맞으시, ~(으)면: 맞으면, ~(으)니: 맞으니
       examples:
         - ko: 선생님! 이 거 **맞아요**?
           en: Teacher! Is this **correct**?
@@ -430,8 +446,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-22.mp3
       en: to be easy
       notes: |
-        <p>쉽다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+        쉽다 follows the ㅂ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 쉬워, ~ㄴ/은: 쉬운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 쉽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 쉬울, ~니: 쉬우니, ~ㅁ/음: 쉬움, ~(으)려고: 쉬우려고, ~(으)시: 쉬우시, ~(으)면: 쉬우면, ~(으)니: 쉬우니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 쉬워, ~ㄴ/은: 쉬운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 쉽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 쉬울, ~니: 쉬우니, ~ㅁ/음: 쉬움, ~(으)려고: 쉬우려고, ~(으)시: 쉬우시, ~(으)면: 쉬우면, ~(으)니: 쉬우니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 일은 너무 **쉬웠어요**
           en: that task was very **easy**
@@ -444,9 +461,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-23.mp3
       en: to be hot
       notes: |
-        <p>덥다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+        덥다 follows the ㅂ irregular
-        <p>덥다 is only used to talk about the weather or one's body, not the temperature of objects.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 더워, ~ㄴ/은: 더운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 덥습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 더울, ~니: 더우니, ~ㅁ/음: 더움, ~(으)려고: 더우려고, ~(으)시: 더우시, ~(으)면: 더우면, ~(으)니: 더우니</p>
+        덥다 is only used to talk about the weather or one's body, not the temperature of objects.
+
+        ~아/어: 더워, ~ㄴ/은: 더운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 덥습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 더울, ~니: 더우니, ~ㅁ/음: 더움, ~(으)려고: 더우려고, ~(으)시: 더우시, ~(으)면: 더우면, ~(으)니: 더우니
       examples:
         - ko: 오늘 날씨가 너무 **더워요**
           en: Today the weather is too **hot**
@@ -463,10 +482,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-24.mp3
       en: to miss (a thing)
       notes: |
-        <p>그립다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+        그립다 follows the ㅂ irregular
-        <p>"보고 싶다" can is used when one misses a person.</p>
+
-        <p>In English "to miss" is a verb. 그립다 is an adjective in Korean that describes the feeling that is felt when one misses something. It is more commonly used when one misses a non-person. As an adjective, it must get treated as one. Therefore, in order to say that one misses something, it is commonly used in the Subject – Object – Adjective form that is taught in Lesson 15.</p>
+        "보고 싶다" can is used when one misses a person.
-        <p>~아/어: 그리워, ~ㄴ/은: 그리운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 그립습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 그리울, ~니: 그리우니, ~ㅁ/음: 그리움, ~(으)려고: 그리우려고, ~(으)시: 그리우시, ~(으)면: 그리우면, ~(으)니: 그리우니</p>
+
+        In English "to miss" is a verb. 그립다 is an adjective in Korean that describes the feeling that is felt when one misses something. It is more commonly used when one misses a non-person. As an adjective, it must get treated as one. Therefore, in order to say that one misses something, it is commonly used in the Subject – Object – Adjective form that is taught in Lesson 15.
+
+        ~아/어: 그리워, ~ㄴ/은: 그리운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 그립습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 그리울, ~니: 그리우니, ~ㅁ/음: 그리움, ~(으)려고: 그리우려고, ~(으)시: 그리우시, ~(으)면: 그리우면, ~(으)니: 그리우니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 우리 학교가 **그리워요**
           en: I **miss** our school
@@ -479,8 +501,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-25.mp3
       en: to be cute
       notes: |
-        <p>귀엽다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+        귀엽다 follows the ㅂ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 귀여워, ~ㄴ/은: 귀여운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 귀엽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 귀여울, ~니: 귀여우니, ~ㅁ/음: 귀여움, ~(으)려고: 귀여우려고, ~(으)시: 귀여우시, ~(으)면: 귀여우면, ~(으)니: 귀여우니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 귀여워, ~ㄴ/은: 귀여운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 귀엽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 귀여울, ~니: 귀여우니, ~ㅁ/음: 귀여움, ~(으)려고: 귀여우려고, ~(으)시: 귀여우시, ~(으)면: 귀여우면, ~(으)니: 귀여우니
       examples:
         - ko: 저의 여자 친구는 너무 **귀여워요**
           en: My girlfriend is very **cute**
@@ -503,9 +526,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-26.mp3
       en: to be cold
       notes: |
-        <p>춥다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+        춥다 follows the ㅂ irregular
-        <p>춥다 is only used to talk about the weather or one's body, not the temperature of objects.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 추워, ~ㄴ/은: 추운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 춥습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 추울, ~니: 추우니, ~ㅁ/음: 추움, ~(으)려고: 추우려고, ~(으)시: 추우시, ~(으)면: 추우면, ~(으)니: 추우니</p>
+        춥다 is only used to talk about the weather or one's body, not the temperature of objects.
+
+        ~아/어: 추워, ~ㄴ/은: 추운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 춥습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 추울, ~니: 추우니, ~ㅁ/음: 추움, ~(으)려고: 추우려고, ~(으)시: 추우시, ~(으)면: 추우면, ~(으)니: 추우니
       examples:
         - ko: 캐나다는 겨울이 **추운** 나라예요
           en: Canada is a **cold** country in the winter
@@ -524,8 +549,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-27.mp3
       en: to be difficult
       notes: |
-        <p>어렵다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+        어렵다 follows the ㅂ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 어려워, ~ㄴ/은: 어려운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 어렵습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 어려울, ~니: 어려우니, ~ㅁ/음: 어려움, ~(으)려고: 어려우려고, ~(으)시: 어려우시, ~(으)면: 어려우면, ~(으)니: 어려우니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 어려워, ~ㄴ/은: 어려운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 어렵습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 어려울, ~니: 어려우니, ~ㅁ/음: 어려움, ~(으)려고: 어려우려고, ~(으)시: 어려우시, ~(으)면: 어려우면, ~(으)니: 어려우니
       examples:
         - ko: 수학은 너무 **어려워요**
           en: Math is too **difficult**
@@ -542,8 +568,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-28.mp3
       en: to be dirty
       notes: |
-        <p>더럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+        더럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 더러워, ~ㄴ/은: 더러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 더럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 더러울, ~니: 더러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 더러움, ~(으)려고: 더러우려고, ~(으)시: 더러우시, ~(으)면: 더러우면, ~(으)니: 더러우니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 더러워, ~ㄴ/은: 더러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 더럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 더러울, ~니: 더러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 더러움, ~(으)려고: 더러우려고, ~(으)시: 더러우시, ~(으)면: 더러우면, ~(으)니: 더러우니
       examples:
         - ko: 우리 집은 지금 매우 **더러워요**
           en: Our house is really **dirty** right now
@@ -558,8 +585,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-29.mp3
       en: to be busy
       notes: |
-        <p>바쁘다 follows the ㅡ irregular</p>
+        바쁘다 follows the ㅡ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 바빠, ~ㄴ/은: 바쁜, ~ㅂ/습니다: 바쁩니다, ~ㄹ/을: 바쁠, ~니: 바쁘니, ~ㅁ/음: 바쁨, ~(으)려고: 바쁘려고, ~(으)시: 바쁘시, ~(으)면: 바쁘면, ~(으)니: 바쁘니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 바빠, ~ㄴ/은: 바쁜, ~ㅂ/습니다: 바쁩니다, ~ㄹ/을: 바쁠, ~니: 바쁘니, ~ㅁ/음: 바쁨, ~(으)려고: 바쁘려고, ~(으)시: 바쁘시, ~(으)면: 바쁘면, ~(으)니: 바쁘니
       examples:
         - ko: 제가 너무 **바빠**서 내일 못 가요
           en: I can't go tomorrow because I am so **busy**
@@ -574,8 +602,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-30.mp3
       en: to be the same
       notes: |
-        <p>See Lesson 15 for more information</p>
+        See Lesson 15 for more information
-        <p>~아/어: 같아, ~ㄴ/은: 같은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 같습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 같을, ~니: 같으니, ~ㅁ/음: 같음, ~(으)려고: 같으려고, ~(으)시: 같으시, ~(으)면: 같으면, ~(으)니: 같으니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 같아, ~ㄴ/은: 같은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 같습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 같을, ~니: 같으니, ~ㅁ/음: 같음, ~(으)려고: 같으려고, ~(으)시: 같으시, ~(으)면: 같으면, ~(으)니: 같으니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **같은** 바지가 있어요
           en: I have the **same** pants
@@ -628,8 +657,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-33.mp3
       en: to be soft
       notes: |
-        <p>부드럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+        부드럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 부드러워, ~ㄴ/은: 부드러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 부드럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 부드러울, ~니: 부드러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 부드러움, ~(으)려고: 부드러우려고, ~(으)시: 부드러우시, ~(으)면: 부드러우면, ~(으)니: 부드러우니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 부드러워, ~ㄴ/은: 부드러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 부드럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 부드러울, ~니: 부드러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 부드러움, ~(으)려고: 부드러우려고, ~(으)시: 부드러우시, ~(으)면: 부드러우면, ~(으)니: 부드러우니
       examples:
         - ko: 그녀의 손은 **부드러워요**
           en: Her hands are very **soft**
@@ -668,8 +698,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Lesson-11-vocab-36.mp3
       en: to be pretty
       notes: |
-        <p>예쁘다 follows the ㅡ irregular</p>
+        예쁘다 follows the ㅡ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 예뻐, ~ㄴ/은: 예쁜, ~ㅂ/습니다: 예쁩니다, ~ㄹ/을: 예쁠, ~니: 예쁘니, ~ㅁ/음: 예쁨, ~(으)려고: 예쁘려고, ~(으)시: 예쁘시, ~(으)면: 예쁘면, ~(으)니: 예쁘니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 예뻐, ~ㄴ/은: 예쁜, ~ㅂ/습니다: 예쁩니다, ~ㄹ/을: 예쁠, ~니: 예쁘니, ~ㅁ/음: 예쁨, ~(으)려고: 예쁘려고, ~(으)시: 예쁘시, ~(으)면: 예쁘면, ~(으)니: 예쁘니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 여자가 너무 **예뻐요**
           en: That girl is very **pretty**
@@ -687,7 +718,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-7-38.mp3
       en: early
       notes: |
-        <p>일찍 is an adverb. The opposite of "early" is typically 늦다 which is an adjective. 늦게 can be used as the adverb to have the meaning of "late." For example: "우리는 일찍 도착했어요" = "We arrived early", "우리는 늦게 도착했어요" = "We arrived late (it would be awkward to say 'lately' in English)"</p>
+        일찍 is an adverb. The opposite of "early" is typically 늦다 which is an adjective. 늦게 can be used as the adverb to have the meaning of "late." For example:
+        - "우리는 일찍 도착했어요" = "We arrived early"
+        - "우리는 늦게 도착했어요" = "We arrived late (it would be awkward to say 'lately' in English)"
       examples:
         - ko: 우리는 내일 **일찍** 일어나야 돼요
           en: We need to wake up **early** tomorrow morning
@@ -798,9 +831,11 @@ sentence:
   ㅂ:
     - notes:
         - &ㅂ |
-          <p>If the last letter of a word stem ends in ㅂ (쉽다 = easy), the ㅂ changes to 우 when adding a vowel. 우 then gets added to the next syllable in the conjugated word.</p>
+          If the last letter of a word stem ends in ㅂ (쉽다 = easy), the ㅂ changes to 우 when adding a vowel. 우 then gets added to the next syllable in the conjugated word.
-          <p>This is mostly done with adjectives.</p>
+
-          <p>(Some of the few verbs where this rule applies are: 줍다 = to pick up, 눕다 = to lie down.)</p>
+          This is mostly done with adjectives.
+
+          (Some of the few verbs where this rule applies are: 줍다 = to pick up, 눕다 = to lie down.)
         - 쉽다 = 쉬 + 우 + 어 = 쉬워
       ko: 그것은 쉬워
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/Lesson-7-8-That-thing-is-easy.mp3
@@ -823,8 +858,9 @@ sentence:
     - notes:
         - *ㅂ
         - |
-          <p>In the words “돕다” (to help) and “곱다” (an uncommon way to say “beautiful”) ㅂ changes to 오 instead of 우, only when ~아/어 (or any derivative like ~았/었다 or ~아/어요*) is added.</p>
+          In the words “돕다” (to help) and “곱다” (an uncommon way to say “beautiful”) ㅂ changes to 오 instead of 우, only when ~아/어 (or any derivative like ~았/었다 or ~아/어요*) is added.
-          <p>When adding any other vowel, ㅂ changes to 우.</p>
+
+          When adding any other vowel, ㅂ changes to 우.
         - 돕다 = 도 + 오 + 았어요 = 도왔어요
       ko: 저는 저의 어머니를 도왔어요
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/Lesson-7-10-I-helped-my-mother.mp3
@@ -905,10 +941,13 @@ sentence:
 
   ㅡ:
     - notes: &ㅡ |
-        <p>If the vowel in the second last syllable is ㅏ or ㅗ, 아 is added.</p>
+        If the vowel in the second last syllable is ㅏ or ㅗ, 아 is added.
-        <p>If the vowel in the second last syllable is anything other than ㅏ or ㅗ, 어 is added.</p>
+
-        <p>When ~아/어 is added to a stem where the last letter is ㅡ, ~아/어 merges to the stem and the ㅡ is eliminated.</p>
+        If the vowel in the second last syllable is anything other than ㅏ or ㅗ, 어 is added.
-        <p>This merging of ~아/어 to the stem occurs when ~아/어 is added, or any of its derivatives, including ~아/어요 and past tense conjugations like ~았/었어 or ~았/었어요.</p>
+
+        When ~아/어 is added to a stem where the last letter is ㅡ, ~아/어 merges to the stem and the ㅡ is eliminated.
+
+        This merging of ~아/어 to the stem occurs when ~아/어 is added, or any of its derivatives, including ~아/어요 and past tense conjugations like ~았/었어 or ~았/었어요.
       ko: 저는 문을 잠갔어요
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/16-I-locked-the-door.mp3
       en: I locked the door
@@ -955,10 +994,13 @@ sentence:
   르:
     - notes:
         - &르 |
-          <p>This irregular only applies when adding ~아/어 (or any of its derivatives) to a stem and not when adding any other grammatical principles that starts with a vowel or consonant.</p>
+          This irregular only applies when adding ~아/어 (or any of its derivatives) to a stem and not when adding any other grammatical principles that starts with a vowel or consonant.
-          <p>When adding ~아/어 to these words, an additional ㄹ is created and placed in the syllable preceding 르 as the last consonant.</p>
+
-          <p>The 르 also gets changed to either 러 or 라 (depending on if you are adding 어 or 아).</p>
+          When adding ~아/어 to these words, an additional ㄹ is created and placed in the syllable preceding 르 as the last consonant.
-          <p>This is done to both verbs and adjectives (the only exceptions are 따르다 = to follow/to pour; and 푸르다 = to be calming blue).</p>
+
+          The 르 also gets changed to either 러 or 라 (depending on if you are adding 어 or 아).
+
+          This is done to both verbs and adjectives (the only exceptions are 따르다 = to follow/to pour; and 푸르다 = to be calming blue).
         - 다르다 = 다르 + 아요 = 다 + ㄹ + 라요 = 달라요
       ko: 그것은 달라요
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/That-thing-is-different.mp3
@@ -2328,7 +2370,7 @@ When adding ~ㄴ/은 to a stem which ends in ㄹ, the ㄹ is removed and ㄴ is
 - 멀 + ㄴ = <TTS>먼</TTS>
 - 저는 먼 병원에 갔어요 <AudioButton src="https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/21-I-went-to-a-far-away-hospital.mp3" /> = <span class="md spoiler">I went to a far away hospital (a hospital that is far away)</span>
 
-There will be times when you have to add ~ㄴ/은 to verbs stems as well, but you haven’t learned about this yet. I introduce this concept in [Lesson 26](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-26/), and then talk about the irregular being applied in [Lesson 28](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-28/). I don’t want you to think about this too much until those lessons, but just so you know, the concept is the same as adding ~ㄴ/은 to an adjective. For example:
+There will be times when you have to add ~ㄴ/은 to verbs stems as well, but you haven’t learned about this yet. I introduce this concept in [Lesson 26](../unit-2/26-describing-nouns-with-verbs.md), and then talk about the irregular being applied in [Lesson 28](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-28/). I don’t want you to think about this too much until those lessons, but just so you know, the concept is the same as adding ~ㄴ/은 to an adjective. For example:
 
 - 열다 = <span class="md spoiler">to open</span>
   - 열 + ㄴ = <TTS>연</TTS>
@@ -2471,7 +2513,7 @@ This same idea can be applied to grammatical additions that will be introduced i
 Each time a new format/style of addition is introduced in my lessons, I will explain how irregulars adapt to it. This only needs to be done once for each format, because each successive addition with the same format will create the same change to irregulars. Below is a list of grammatical principles you will learn in future lessons. Each one follows a particular style. In each of these lessons, I will explain how they cause irregular words to change. Furthermore, I will explain the other grammatical principles that follow the same format that will create the same change:
 
 - ~ㄹ/을 ([Lesson 9](./09-conjugate-이다.md))
-- ~니 ([Lesson 21](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-17-25-2/lesson-21-asking-questions-in-korean-why-when-where-and-who/))
+- ~니 ([Lesson 21](./21-why-when-where-who.md))
 - ~ㅁ/음 ([Lesson 29](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-29/))
 - ~(으)려고 ([Lesson 32](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-32/))
 - ~(으)시다 ([Lesson 39](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-34-41/lesson-39/))

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/08-adverbs.md

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ vocabulary:
           en: If you want to go to **university**, you have to study hard
         - ko: 아들이 **대학교**를 졸업해서 우리는 축하를 해야 돼요
           en: Now that our son has graduated from **University**, we need to congratulate him
-        - ko: 원래 대학교에 갈 계획이 있었지만 수능을 잘 못 봐서 대학교에 갈 수 없었어요
+        - ko: 원래 **대학교**에 갈 계획이 있었지만 수능을 잘 못 봐서 대학교에 갈 수 없었어요
           en: I had plans to go to **university**, but I couldn't get in because I did poorly on the SAT test
 
     - ko: 트럭
@@ -44,8 +44,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-3.mp3
       en: (the color) black
       notes: |
-        <p>This is a combination of the adjective "검다" (black) and "색" (color). Put together, the word is a noun that means "the color black," but is often placed before nouns to describe them (like an adjective) anyways. Therefore, you can often see this (and other words of color) used before a noun to describe it and also at the end of a sentence (attached to 이다).</p>
+        This is a combination of the adjective "검다" (black) and "색" (color). Put together, the word is a noun that means "the color black," but is often placed before nouns to describe them (like an adjective) anyways. Therefore, you can often see this (and other words of color) used before a noun to describe it and also at the end of a sentence (attached to 이다).
-        <p>When Korean people describe something by color in English, they will often say something like "I like the black-colored shirt." This is the result of them directly translating "검은색 셔츠," whereas in English we would just say "black shirt."</p>
+
+        When Korean people describe something by color in English, they will often say something like "I like the black-colored shirt." This is the result of them directly translating "검은색 셔츠," whereas in English we would just say "black shirt."
       examples:
         - ko: 저의 차는 **검은색**이에요
           en: My car is **black**
@@ -66,8 +67,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-4.mp3
       en: beverage, drink
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "음뇨수"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "음뇨수"
-        <p>This is commonly used to refer to drinks like Coke, cider (which is similar to Sprite) and other carbonated beverages.</p>
+
+        This is commonly used to refer to drinks like Coke, cider (which is similar to Sprite) and other carbonated beverages.
       examples:
         - ko: "**음료수**를 주문할래요?"
           en: Shall we order some **drinks**?
@@ -156,8 +158,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-33.mp3
       en: night
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 5.</p>
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 5.
-        <p><YouTube id="wMRfpE9JdUo" /></p>
+
+        <YouTube id="wMRfpE9JdUo" />
       examples:
         - ko: "오늘 **밤**에 뭐 할 거예요?"
           en: What are you doing to**night**?
@@ -172,8 +175,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-34.mp3
       en: last night
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "어제빰"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "어제빰"
-        <p>When two nouns are combined together to make one noun, and the first noun does not end in a consonant, the consonant 'ㅅ' is added purely for ease of pronunciation.</p>
+
+        When two nouns are combined together to make one noun, and the first noun does not end in a consonant, the consonant 'ㅅ' is added purely for ease of pronunciation.
       examples:
         - ko: 우리는 **어젯밤**에 밥을 많이 먹었어요
           en: We ate a lot **last night**
@@ -186,9 +190,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-37.mp3
       en: daytime
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "낟"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "낟"
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 5.</p>
+
-        <p><YouTube id="wMRfpE9JdUo" /></p>
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 5.
+
+        <YouTube id="wMRfpE9JdUo" />
       examples:
         - ko: 그 사람은 일을 안 하고 **낮**에 잠을 자기만 해요
           en: That person doesn't work and just sleeps **during the day**
@@ -228,9 +234,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-10.mp3
       en: to play
       notes: |
-        <p>놀다 follows the ㄹ irregular</p>
+        놀다 follows the ㄹ irregular
-        <p>Although "playing" is usually reserved for kids in English, adults in Korean will also say that they "play" with friends. This typically means that they met and had a good time.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 놀아, ~ㄴ/은: 논, ~ㄴ/는다: 논다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 놉니다, ~ㄹ/을: 놀, ~니: 노니, ~ㅁ/음: 놈, ~(으)려고: 놀려고, ~(으)시: 노시, ~(으)면: 놀면, ~(으)니: 노니</p>
+        Although "playing" is usually reserved for kids in English, adults in Korean will also say that they "play" with friends. This typically means that they met and had a good time.
+
+        ~아/어: 놀아, ~ㄴ/은: 논, ~ㄴ/는다: 논다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 놉니다, ~ㄹ/을: 놀, ~니: 노니, ~ㅁ/음: 놈, ~(으)려고: 놀려고, ~(으)시: 노시, ~(으)면: 놀면, ~(으)니: 노니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 어제 친구랑 **놀았어요**
           en: I **played** with a friend yesterday
@@ -243,9 +251,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-11.mp3
       en: to use
       notes: |
-        <p>쓰다 follows the ㅡ irregular</p>
+        쓰다 follows the ㅡ irregular
-        <p>사용하다 is another common way to say "use"</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 써, ~ㄴ/은: 쓴, ~ㄴ/는다: 쓴다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 씁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 쓸, ~니: 쓰니, ~ㅁ/음: 씀, ~(으)려고: 쓰려고, ~(으)시: 쓰시, ~(으)면: 쓰면, ~(으)니: 쓰니</p>
+        사용하다 is another common way to say "use"
+
+        ~아/어: 써, ~ㄴ/은: 쓴, ~ㄴ/는다: 쓴다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 씁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 쓸, ~니: 쓰니, ~ㅁ/음: 씀, ~(으)려고: 쓰려고, ~(으)시: 쓰시, ~(으)면: 쓰면, ~(으)니: 쓰니
       examples:
         - ko: 제가 이것을 **써**도 돼요?
           en: May I **use** this?
@@ -270,7 +280,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-11.mp3
       en: to write
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 써, ~ㄴ/은: 쓴, ~ㄴ/는다: 쓴다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 씁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 쓸, ~니: 쓰니, ~ㅁ/음: 씀, ~(으)려고: 쓰려고, ~(으)시: 쓰시, ~(으)면: 쓰면, ~(으)니: 쓰니</p>
+        ~아/어: 써, ~ㄴ/은: 쓴, ~ㄴ/는다: 쓴다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 씁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 쓸, ~니: 쓰니, ~ㅁ/음: 씀, ~(으)려고: 쓰려고, ~(으)시: 쓰시, ~(으)면: 쓰면, ~(으)니: 쓰니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 저의 여자 친구를 위해 편지를 **썼어요**
           en: I **wrote** a letter for my girlfriend
@@ -287,9 +297,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Lesson8-14.mp3
       en: to make a mistake
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "실쑤하다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "실쑤하다"
-        <p>The noun form of this word ("실수") translates to "a mistake"</p>
+
-        <p>By adding "~하다" you can say "to make a mistake"</p>
+        The noun form of this word ("실수") translates to "a mistake"
+
+        By adding "~하다" you can say "to make a mistake"
       examples:
         - ko: 범죄자는 그의 **실수**를 인정했어요
           en: The criminal acknowledged his **mistakes**
@@ -311,8 +323,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-15.mp3
       en: to catch, to grab, to grasp
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "잡따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "잡따"
-        <p>~아/어: 잡아, ~ㄴ/은: 잡은, ~ㄴ/는다: 잡는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 잡습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 잡을, ~니: 잡으니, ~ㅁ/음: 잡음, ~(으)려고: 잡으려고, ~(으)시: 잡으시, ~(으)면: 잡으면, ~(으)니: 잡으니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 잡아, ~ㄴ/은: 잡은, ~ㄴ/는다: 잡는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 잡습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 잡을, ~니: 잡으니, ~ㅁ/음: 잡음, ~(으)려고: 잡으려고, ~(으)시: 잡으시, ~(으)면: 잡으면, ~(으)니: 잡으니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 공을 **잡았어요**
           en: I **caught** the ball
@@ -323,8 +336,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-16.mp3
       en: to read
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "익따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "익따"
-        <p>~아/어: 읽어, ~ㄴ/은: 읽은, ~ㄴ/는다: 읽는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 읽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 읽을, ~니: 읽으니, ~ㅁ/음: 읽음, ~(으)려고: 읽으려고, ~(으)시: 읽으시, ~(으)면: 읽으면, ~(으)니: 읽으니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 읽어, ~ㄴ/은: 읽은, ~ㄴ/는다: 읽는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 읽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 읽을, ~니: 읽으니, ~ㅁ/음: 읽음, ~(으)려고: 읽으려고, ~(으)시: 읽으시, ~(으)면: 읽으면, ~(으)니: 읽으니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 이제 더 **읽**기 싫어요
           en: I don't want to **read** anymore
@@ -339,23 +353,26 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-17.mp3
       en: to pay for
       notes: |
-        <p>내다 can have many other meanings. See Lesson 14 for more information.</p>
+        내다 can have many other meanings. See Lesson 14 for more information.
-        <p>~아/어: 내, ~ㄴ/은: 낸, ~ㄴ/는다: 낸다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 냅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 낼, ~니: 내니, ~ㅁ/음: 냄, ~(으)려고: 내려고, ~(으)시: 내시, ~(으)면: 내면, ~(으)니: 내니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 내, ~ㄴ/은: 낸, ~ㄴ/는다: 낸다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 냅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 낼, ~니: 내니, ~ㅁ/음: 냄, ~(으)려고: 내려고, ~(으)시: 내시, ~(으)면: 내면, ~(으)니: 내니
       examples:
         - ko: 이번에 제가 **낼 거예요**
           en: I will **pay** this time
         - ko: 아빠가 돈을 이미 **낸** 것 같아요
           en: It seems like dad already **paid**
-        - ko: 우리가 청구서를 늦게라도 낼 거예요
+        - ko: 우리가 청구서를 늦게라도 **낼** 거예요
           en: We are going to **pay** the bill, even if it is a little late
 
     - ko: 받다
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Lesson-8-28.mp3
       en: to get, to receive, to acquire
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "받따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "받따"
-        <p>See Lesson 14 for more information</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 받아, ~ㄴ/은: 받은, ~ㄴ/는다: 받는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 받습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 받을, ~니: 받으니, ~ㅁ/음: 받음, ~(으)려고: 받으려고, ~(으)시: 받으시, ~(으)면: 받으면, ~(으)니: 받으니</p>
+        See Lesson 14 for more information
+
+        ~아/어: 받아, ~ㄴ/은: 받은, ~ㄴ/는다: 받는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 받습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 받을, ~니: 받으니, ~ㅁ/음: 받음, ~(으)려고: 받으려고, ~(으)시: 받으시, ~(으)면: 받으면, ~(으)니: 받으니
       examples:
         - ko: 제가 보낸 돈을 **받았어요**?
           en: Did you **get** the money that I sent?
@@ -376,8 +393,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-20.mp3
       en: to arrive
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "도차카다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "도차카다"
-        <p>~해: 도착해, ~ㄴ/은: 도착한, ~ㄴ/는다: 도착한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 도착합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 도착할, ~니: 도착하니, ~ㅁ/음: 도착함, ~(으)려고: 도착하려고, ~(으)시: 도착하시, ~(으)면: 도착하면, ~(으)니: 도착하니</p>
+
+        ~해: 도착해, ~ㄴ/은: 도착한, ~ㄴ/는다: 도착한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 도착합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 도착할, ~니: 도착하니, ~ㅁ/음: 도착함, ~(으)려고: 도착하려고, ~(으)시: 도착하시, ~(으)면: 도착하면, ~(으)니: 도착하니
       examples:
         - ko: 우리가 목적지에 거의 **도착했어요**
           en: We have almost **arrived** at our destination
@@ -392,7 +410,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Lesson8-21.mp3
       en: to travel
       notes: |
-        <p>The noun form of this word ("여행") translates to "a trip"</p>
+        The noun form of this word ("여행") translates to "a trip"
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 6개월 동안 **여행했어요**
           en: I **traveled** for 6 months
@@ -414,8 +432,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-21.mp3
       en: to be perfect
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "완벼카다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "완벼카다"
-        <p>The noun form of this word "완벽" translates to "perfection"</p>
+
+        The noun form of this word "완벽" translates to "perfection"
       examples:
         - ko: 그녀는 **완벽한** 선생님이에요
           en: She is a **perfect** teacher
@@ -430,8 +449,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/Lesson8vocab-sick.mp3
       en: to be sick, to be sore
       notes: |
-        <p>This is used to indicate that you are sick (with a cold or something similar), and to indicate that a part of your body is sore.</p>
+        This is used to indicate that you are sick (with a cold or something similar), and to indicate that a part of your body is sore.
-        <p>~아/어: 아파, ~ㄴ/은: 아픈, ~ㅂ/습니다: 아픕니다, ~ㄹ/을: 아플, ~니: 아프니, ~ㅁ/음: 아픔, ~(으)려고: 아프려고, ~(으)시: 아프시, ~(으)면: 아프면, ~(으)니: 아프니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 아파, ~ㄴ/은: 아픈, ~ㅂ/습니다: 아픕니다, ~ㄹ/을: 아플, ~니: 아프니, ~ㅁ/음: 아픔, ~(으)려고: 아프려고, ~(으)시: 아프시, ~(으)면: 아프면, ~(으)니: 아프니
       examples:
         - ko: 어제 운동을 해서 오늘 저의 팔이 **아파요**
           en: my arms are **sore** because I exercised yesterday
@@ -484,8 +504,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-24.mp3
       en: to be young
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "점따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "점따"
-        <p>~아/어: 젊어, ~ㄴ/은: 젊은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 젊습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 젊을, ~니: 젊으니, ~ㅁ/음: 젊음, ~(으)려고: 젊으려고, ~(으)시: 젊으시, ~(으)면: 젊으면, ~(으)니: 젊으니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 젊어, ~ㄴ/은: 젊은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 젊습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 젊을, ~니: 젊으니, ~ㅁ/음: 젊음, ~(으)려고: 젊으려고, ~(으)시: 젊으시, ~(으)면: 젊으면, ~(으)니: 젊으니
       examples:
         - ko: 그녀는 다른 사람보다 **젊**어 보여요
           en: She looks **younger** than other people
@@ -494,9 +515,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-25.mp3
       en: to be old
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "늑따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "늑따"
-        <p>This is typically only used when somebody is actually old, not when somebody is comparatively older than somebody else.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 늙어, ~ㄴ/은: 늙은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 늙습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 늙을, ~니: 늙으니, ~ㅁ/음: 늙음, ~(으)려고: 늙으려고, ~(으)시: 늙으시, ~(으)면: 늙으면, ~(으)니: 늙으니</p>
+        This is typically only used when somebody is actually old, not when somebody is comparatively older than somebody else.
+
+        ~아/어: 늙어, ~ㄴ/은: 늙은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 늙습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 늙을, ~니: 늙으니, ~ㅁ/음: 늙음, ~(으)려고: 늙으려고, ~(으)시: 늙으시, ~(으)면: 늙으면, ~(으)니: 늙으니
       examples:
         - ko: "**늙**은 아주머니는 넘어졌어요"
           en: The **old** lady fell over
@@ -505,8 +528,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Lesson8vocabbad.mp3
       en: to be bad
       notes: |
-        <p>나쁘다 follows the ㅡ irregular</p>
+        나쁘다 follows the ㅡ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 나빠, ~ㄴ/은: 나쁜, ~ㅂ/습니다: 나쁩니다, ~ㄹ/을: 나쁠, ~니: 나쁘니, ~ㅁ/음: 나쁨, ~(으)려고: 나쁘려고, ~(으)시: 나쁘시, ~(으)면: 나쁘면, ~(으)니: 나쁘니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 나빠, ~ㄴ/은: 나쁜, ~ㅂ/습니다: 나쁩니다, ~ㄹ/을: 나쁠, ~니: 나쁘니, ~ㅁ/음: 나쁨, ~(으)려고: 나쁘려고, ~(으)시: 나쁘시, ~(으)면: 나쁘면, ~(으)니: 나쁘니
       examples:
         - ko: 그것은 건강에 **나빠요**
           en: That is **bad** for your health
@@ -530,7 +554,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-28.mp3
       en: immediately
       notes: |
-        <p>바로 can be used to indicate that something happens immediately (in terms of time) or that something is "immediately" close to something (in terms of space).</p>
+        바로 can be used to indicate that something happens immediately (in terms of time) or that something is "immediately" close to something (in terms of space).
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **바로** 갔어요
           en: I left **immediately**
@@ -545,10 +569,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-27.mp3
       en: immediately
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "즉씨"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "즉씨"
-        <p>즉시 can only be used to indicate that something happens immediately (in terms of time). It is less common than 바로.</p>
+
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 4.</p>
+        즉시 can only be used to indicate that something happens immediately (in terms of time). It is less common than 바로.
-        <p><YouTube id="M7YRA_3Betw" /></p>
+
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 4.
+
+        <YouTube id="M7YRA_3Betw" />
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 그 무서운 것을 보고 **즉시** 뛰어갔어요
           en: I ran away **immediately** after I saw that scary thing
@@ -592,7 +619,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-30.mp3
       en: sometimes
       notes: |
-        <p>In English, we would never say "very sometimes," but in Korean "아주 가끔" is commonly used to stress that something happens "only sometimes."</p>
+        In English, we would never say "very sometimes," but in Korean "아주 가끔" is commonly used to stress that something happens "only sometimes."
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 서울에 **가끔** 가요
           en: I go to Seoul **sometimes**
@@ -603,8 +630,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vLesson-8-31.mp3
       en: many/a lot of
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "마니"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "마니"
-        <p>This is the adverb form of "많다"</p>
+
+        This is the adverb form of "많다"
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 저의 여자 친구에게 선물을 **많이** 줬어요
           en: I gave my girlfriend **a lot of** presents
@@ -696,7 +724,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wLesson-1-28.mp3
       en: not
       notes: |
-        <p>안 is placed before a verb or adjective to turn it into a negative word. The meaning is synonymous to ~지 않다.</p>
+        안 is placed before a verb or adjective to turn it into a negative word. The meaning is synonymous to ~지 않다.
       examples:
         - ko: 그 여자는 **안** 아름다워요
           en: That girl is **not** beautiful
@@ -714,8 +742,9 @@ vocabulary:
 sentence:
   when_and_where:
     - notes: &ww-particle |
-        <p>In the first sentence, “hospital” is the thing that you are building – so it is an object, which requires you to use the 을/를 particle.</p>
+        In the first sentence, “hospital” is the thing that you are building – so it is an object, which requires you to use the 을/를 particle.
-        <p>In the second sentence, the hospital is the place in which you went to – so it is a place, which requires it to have the 에 particle.</p>
+
+        In the second sentence, the hospital is the place in which you went to – so it is a place, which requires it to have the 에 particle.
       ko: 저는 병원을 지었어요
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/Lesson8-1I-built-a-hospital.mp3
       en: I built a hospital
@@ -769,8 +798,9 @@ sentence:
 
   how_much:
     - notes: &adverb |
-        <p>When adding these types of adverbs to sentences, no particle needs to be attached.</p>
+        When adding these types of adverbs to sentences, no particle needs to be attached.
-        <p>While other adverbs are generally free to be placed anywhere in a sentence, adverbs like this that indicate a degree to which something is done are typically placed immediately before the verb.</p>
+
+        While other adverbs are generally free to be placed anywhere in a sentence, adverbs like this that indicate a degree to which something is done are typically placed immediately before the verb.
       ko: 저는 저의 친구를 자주 만나요
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/Lesson8-4I-meet-my-friend-often.mp3
       en: I meet my friend often
@@ -814,8 +844,9 @@ sentence:
       en: I lived happily
 
     - notes: &multiple-adverbs |
-        <p>You can use more than one adverb in a sentence.</p>
+        You can use more than one adverb in a sentence.
-        <p>Though you can do that, using two adverbs that indicate the ‘degree of something’ is generally not done in Korean.</p>
+
+        Though you can do that, using two adverbs that indicate the ‘degree of something’ is generally not done in Korean.
       ko: 저는 매우 빨리 달렸어요
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/Lesson-8-10-I-ran-really-quickly.mp3
       en: I ran really quickly
@@ -842,8 +873,9 @@ sentence:
 
   negative:
     - notes: &neg-before |
-        <p>There are two ways you can make a sentence negative:</p>
+        There are two ways you can make a sentence negative:
-        <p>1. By adding 안, which acts as an adverb in the sentence. 안 is typically placed immediately before the final verb or adjective.</p>
+
+        1. By adding 안, which acts as an adverb in the sentence. 안 is typically placed immediately before the final verb or adjective.
       ko: 그 여자는 안 예뻐요
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/Lesson8-10That-girl-isnt-pretty.mp3
       en: That girl isn’t pretty
@@ -859,8 +891,9 @@ sentence:
       en: I’m not going to school tomorrow
 
     - notes: &neg-final |
-        <p>There are two ways you can make a sentence negative:</p>
+        There are two ways you can make a sentence negative:
-        <p>2. By adding ~지 않다 to the stem of the final verb or adjective. 않다 then becomes the verb or adjective in that sentence and must be conjugated accordingly.</p>
+
+        1. By adding ~지 않다 to the stem of the final verb or adjective. 않다 then becomes the verb or adjective in that sentence and must be conjugated accordingly.
       ko: 그 여자는 예쁘지 않아요
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/Lesson8-11That-girl-isnt-pretty.mp3
       en: That girl isn’t pretty
@@ -929,8 +962,11 @@ sentence:
       en: I didn’t travel
 
     - notes: &neg-no-separator |
-        <p>Many adjectives end in ~하다. It is unnatural to remove the ~하다 in these words and place “안” between them. You can’t separate an adjective and “act” on it with ~하다 because they are adjectives. For example, the following would be incorrect:</p>
+        Many adjectives end in ~하다. It is unnatural to remove the ~하다 in these words and place “안” between them. You can’t separate an adjective and “act” on it with ~하다 because they are adjectives. For example, the following would be incorrect:
-        <p>- 저는 행복을 안 해요 (This does not mean “I am not happy”)</p><p>However, you could use ~지 않다 on a -하다 adjective or place “안” before the word without separating it.</p>
+
+        - 저는 행복을 안 해요 (This does not mean “I am not happy”)
+
+        However, you could use ~지 않다 on a -하다 adjective or place “안” before the word without separating it.
       ko: 저는 안 행복해요
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/Lesson8nnsent1.mp3
       en: I am not happy
@@ -1507,7 +1543,7 @@ Common Usages:
 
 - <TTS>청구서를 내다</TTS> = <span class="md spoiler">to pay a bill</span>
 
-Notes: 내다 can have many other meanings. See [Lesson 14](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-9-16/lesson-14-korean-passive-verbs/) for more information.
+Notes: 내다 can have many other meanings. See [Lesson 14](./14-passive.md) for more information.
 
 Examples:
 
@@ -1528,7 +1564,7 @@ Common Usages:
 - <TTS>감동 받다</TTS> = <span class="md spoiler">to be impressed (literally “to receive an impression”)</span>
 - <TTS>존경 받다</TTS> = <span class="md spoiler">to be respected (literally “to receive respect”)</span>
 
-See [Lesson 14](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-9-16/lesson-14-korean-passive-verbs/) for more information
+See [Lesson 14](./14-passive.md) for more information
 
 Examples:
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/09-conjugate-이다.md

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Lesson-11-vocab-6.mp3
       en: a sign
       notes: |
-        <p>This refers to the signs that hang outside stores or other places of businesses, not the traffic signs on the road.</p>
+        This refers to the signs that hang outside stores or other places of businesses, not the traffic signs on the road.
       examples:
         - ko: 한국에는 노래방**간판**이 많아요
           en: There are a lot of no-rae bang **signs** in Korea
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Lesson-11-vocab-23.mp3
       en: subway
       notes: |
-        <p>지하 means "underground." 철 means "train." In theory this word means "underground train," but it is often used to refer to the metro system in general.</p>
+        지하 means "underground." 철 means "train." In theory this word means "underground train," but it is often used to refer to the metro system in general.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 지금 **지하철**을 타고 있어요
           en: I am on the **subway** now
@@ -270,13 +270,29 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Lesson-11-vocab-24.mp3
       en: to become
       notes: |
-        <p>One of the usages of 되다 is to make a verb change to the passive voice. This is introduced in <a href="https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-9-16/lesson-14-korean-passive-verbs/">Lesson 14</a>. For example: "점심이 학교에 준비되었어요" = "The lunch was provided by the school"</p>
+        One of the usages of 되다 is to make a verb change to the passive voice. This is introduced in Lesson 14. For example:
-        <p>In addition to this, there are many ways 되다 can be used. This is just a small sample:</p>
+        - "점심이 학교에 준비되었어요" = "The lunch was provided by the school"
-        <p>To indicate that one becomes something: "미래에 저는 의사가 되고 싶어요" = "I want to be a doctor in the future", "저는 언젠가 선생님이 되고 싶어요" = "I want to become a teacher someday"</p>
+
-        <p>To indicate that you have been doing something for a certain amount of time: "밥을 먹은 지 5분 됐어요" = "I have been eating for 5 minutes", "운동한 지 오래 됐어요?" = "Have you been exercising for a long time?"</p>
+        In addition to this, there are many ways 되다 can be used. This is just a small sample:
-        <p>To indicate that something that something is "ready" or "done" or "finished": "밥이 아직 안 됐어요" = "The rice isn't ready yet", "저는 갈 준비 됐어요" = "I am ready to go", "Wifi가 잘 안 돼요" = "The WiFi doesn't work well"</p>
+
-        <p>To indicate that one can or cannot do something: "지금 가도 돼요?" = "May I go now?", "안 가도 돼요" = "You don't have to go"</p>
+        To indicate that one becomes something:
-        <p>~아/어: 돼, ~ㄴ/은: 된, ~ㄴ/는다: 된다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 됩니다, ~ㄹ/을: 될, ~니: 되니, ~ㅁ/음: 됨, ~(으)려고: 되려고, ~(으)시: 되시, ~(으)면: 되면, ~(으)니: 되니</p>
+        - "미래에 저는 의사가 되고 싶어요" = "I want to be a doctor in the future"
+        - "저는 언젠가 선생님이 되고 싶어요" = "I want to become a teacher someday"
+
+        To indicate that you have been doing something for a certain amount of time:
+        - "밥을 먹은 지 5분 됐어요" = "I have been eating for 5 minutes"
+        - "운동한 지 오래 됐어요?" = "Have you been exercising for a long time?"
+
+        To indicate that something that something is "ready" or "done" or "finished":
+        - "밥이 아직 안 됐어요" = "The rice isn't ready yet"
+        - "저는 갈 준비 됐어요" = "I am ready to go"
+        - "Wifi가 잘 안 돼요" = "The WiFi doesn't work well"
+
+        To indicate that one can or cannot do something:
+        - "지금 가도 돼요?" = "May I go now?"
+        - "안 가도 돼요" = "You don't have to go"
+
+        ~아/어: 돼, ~ㄴ/은: 된, ~ㄴ/는다: 된다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 됩니다, ~ㄹ/을: 될, ~니: 되니, ~ㅁ/음: 됨, ~(으)려고: 되려고, ~(으)시: 되시, ~(으)면: 되면, ~(으)니: 되니
       examples:
         - ko: 점심이 학교에 준비**되었어요**
           en: The lunch was provided by the school
@@ -303,9 +319,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Lesson-11-vocab-25.mp3
       en: to start
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation [Video 14]</p>
+        This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation \[Video 14\]
-        <p><YouTube id="b8X6ryrJGeY" /></p>
+
-        <p>~해: 시작해, ~ㄴ/은: 시작한, ~ㄴ/는다: 시작한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 시작합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 시작할, ~니: 시작하니, ~ㅁ/음: 시작함, ~(으)려고: 시작하려고, ~(으)시: 시작하시, ~(으)면: 시작하면, ~(으)니: 시작하니</p>
+        <YouTube id="b8X6ryrJGeY" />
+
+        ~해: 시작해, ~ㄴ/은: 시작한, ~ㄴ/는다: 시작한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 시작합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 시작할, ~니: 시작하니, ~ㅁ/음: 시작함, ~(으)려고: 시작하려고, ~(으)시: 시작하시, ~(으)면: 시작하면, ~(으)니: 시작하니
       examples:
         - ko: 그는 밥을 벌써 먹기 **시작했어요**
           en: He **started** eating already
@@ -318,9 +336,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Lesson-11-vocab-26.mp3
       en: to act
       notes: |
-        <p>The noun form of this word ("행동") translates to "an action."</p>
+        The noun form of this word ("행동") translates to "an action."
-        <p>This meaning is not "to act" in the sense of an actor or actress. Instead, this meaning is similar to somebody doing something, for example: "act responsibly".</p>
+
-        <p>~해: 행동해, ~ㄴ/은: 행동한, ~ㄴ/는다: 행동한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 행동합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 행동할, ~니: 행동하니, ~ㅁ/음: 행동함, ~(으)려고: 행동하려고, ~(으)시: 행동하시, ~(으)면: 행동하면, ~(으)니: 행동하니</p>
+        This meaning is not "to act" in the sense of an actor or actress. Instead, this meaning is similar to somebody doing something, for example: "act responsibly".
+
+        ~해: 행동해, ~ㄴ/은: 행동한, ~ㄴ/는다: 행동한다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 행동합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 행동할, ~니: 행동하니, ~ㅁ/음: 행동함, ~(으)려고: 행동하려고, ~(으)시: 행동하시, ~(으)면: 행동하면, ~(으)니: 행동하니
       examples:
         - ko: 부모님 앞에서 그렇게 **행동하**지 마세요
           en: Don't **act** that way in front of your parents
@@ -363,7 +383,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Lesson-11-vocab-30.mp3
       en: to lose
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 잃어, ~ㄴ/은: 잃은, ~ㄴ/는다: 잃는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 잃습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 잃을, ~니: 잃으니, ~ㅁ/음: 잃음, ~(으)려고: 잃으려고, ~(으)시: 잃으시, ~(으)면: 잃으면, ~(으)니: 잃으니</p>
+        ~아/어: 잃어, ~ㄴ/은: 잃은, ~ㄴ/는다: 잃는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 잃습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 잃을, ~니: 잃으니, ~ㅁ/음: 잃음, ~(으)려고: 잃으려고, ~(으)시: 잃으시, ~(으)면: 잃으면, ~(으)니: 잃으니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 열쇠를 **잃어버렸어요**
           en: I **lost** my keys
@@ -374,9 +394,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Lesson-11-vocab-31.mp3
       en: to lose
       notes: |
-        <p>Sometimes you will find two verbs connected by "~아/어". This grammatical principle is fairly complex and isn't discussed in great detail until Lesson 70.</p>
+        Sometimes you will find two verbs connected by "~아/어". This grammatical principle is fairly complex and isn't discussed in great detail until Lesson 70.
-        <p>A basic explanation for now is that "~아/어" essentially has no real meaning, and that the meaning of both verbs comes out. "버리다" is probably the most common verb that you will find after a verb and ~아/어. Constructions in this format "(verb + ~아/어 + 버리다) add emotion to a sentence. The emotion is as if something was "thrown away" or done without any real thinking of the consequences.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 잃어버려, ~ㄴ/은: 잃어버린, ~ㄴ/는다: 잃어버린다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 잃어버립니다, ~ㄹ/을: 잃어버릴, ~니: 잃어버리니, ~ㅁ/음: 잃어버림, ~(으)려고: 잃어버리려고, ~(으)시: 잃어버리시, ~(으)면: 잃어버리면, ~(으)니: 잃어버리니</p>
+        A basic explanation for now is that "~아/어" essentially has no real meaning, and that the meaning of both verbs comes out. "버리다" is probably the most common verb that you will find after a verb and ~아/어. Constructions in this format "(verb + ~아/어 + 버리다) add emotion to a sentence. The emotion is as if something was "thrown away" or done without any real thinking of the consequences.
+
+        ~아/어: 잃어버려, ~ㄴ/은: 잃어버린, ~ㄴ/는다: 잃어버린다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 잃어버립니다, ~ㄹ/을: 잃어버릴, ~니: 잃어버리니, ~ㅁ/음: 잃어버림, ~(으)려고: 잃어버리려고, ~(으)시: 잃어버리시, ~(으)면: 잃어버리면, ~(으)니: 잃어버리니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 열쇠를 **잃어버렸어요**
           en: I **lost** my keys
@@ -389,8 +411,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/32.mp3
       en: to put on one's clothes, to wear
       notes: |
-        <p>The word 입히다 is used when you are putting the clothes on somebody else</p>
+        The word 입히다 is used when you are putting the clothes on somebody else
-        <p>~아/어: 입어, ~ㄴ/은: 입은, ~ㄴ/는다: 입는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 입습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 입을, ~니: 입으니, ~ㅁ/음: 입음, ~(으)려고: 입으려고, ~(으)시: 입으시, ~(으)면: 입으면, ~(으)니: 입으니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 입어, ~ㄴ/은: 입은, ~ㄴ/는다: 입는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 입습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 입을, ~니: 입으니, ~ㅁ/음: 입음, ~(으)려고: 입으려고, ~(으)시: 입으시, ~(으)면: 입으면, ~(으)니: 입으니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 보통 **까만** 양복을 **입어요**
           en: I usually **wear** black suits
@@ -409,8 +432,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Lesson-11-vocab-32.mp3
       en: to take off one's clothes
       notes: |
-        <p>The word 벗기다 is used when you are taking the clothes off of somebody else</p>
+        The word 벗기다 is used when you are taking the clothes off of somebody else
-        <p>~아/어: 벗어, ~ㄴ/은: 벗은, ~ㄴ/는다: 벗는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 벗습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 벗을, ~니: 벗으니, ~ㅁ/음: 벗음, ~(으)려고: 벗으려고, ~(으)시: 벗으시, ~(으)면: 벗으면, ~(으)니: 벗으니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 벗어, ~ㄴ/은: 벗은, ~ㄴ/는다: 벗는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 벗습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 벗을, ~니: 벗으니, ~ㅁ/음: 벗음, ~(으)려고: 벗으려고, ~(으)시: 벗으시, ~(으)면: 벗으면, ~(으)니: 벗으니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 저의 옷을 **벗었어요**
           en: I **took off** my clothes
@@ -421,7 +445,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Lesson-11-vocab-33.mp3
       en: to laugh
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 웃어, ~ㄴ/은: 웃은, ~ㄴ/는다: 웃는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 웃습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 웃을, ~니: 웃으니, ~ㅁ/음: 웃음, ~(으)려고: 웃으려고, ~(으)시: 웃으시, ~(으)면: 웃으면, ~(으)니: 웃으니</p>
+        ~아/어: 웃어, ~ㄴ/은: 웃은, ~ㄴ/는다: 웃는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 웃습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 웃을, ~니: 웃으니, ~ㅁ/음: 웃음, ~(으)려고: 웃으려고, ~(으)시: 웃으시, ~(으)면: 웃으면, ~(으)니: 웃으니
       examples:
         - ko: "**웃**지 마세요!"
           en: Please don't **laugh**!
@@ -433,10 +457,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Lesson-11-vocab-34.mp3
       en: to be shy
       notes: |
-        <p>부끄럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+        부끄럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular
-        <p>This word is more common than you would think. Korean people are generally very shy and thus, this word is used a lot. It is an irregular adjective. See Lesson 7 for more information.</p>
+
-        <p>The addition of ~아/어하다 is commonly done when the speaker is not the person who is shy. This grammar is explained in Lesson 105</p>
+        This word is more common than you would think. Korean people are generally very shy and thus, this word is used a lot. It is an irregular adjective. See Lesson 7 for more information.
-        <p>~아/어: 부끄러워, ~ㄴ/은: 부끄러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 부끄럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 부끄러울, ~니: 부끄러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 부끄러움, ~(으)려고: 부끄러우려고, ~(으)시: 부끄러우시, ~(으)면: 부끄러우면, ~(으)니: 부끄러우니</p>
+
+        The addition of ~아/어하다 is commonly done when the speaker is not the person who is shy. This grammar is explained in Lesson 105
+
+        ~아/어: 부끄러워, ~ㄴ/은: 부끄러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 부끄럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 부끄러울, ~니: 부끄러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 부끄러움, ~(으)려고: 부끄러우려고, ~(으)시: 부끄러우시, ~(으)면: 부끄러우면, ~(으)니: 부끄러우니
       examples:
         - ko: 제가 너무 **부끄러워서** 발표를 못해요
           en: I can't do presentations because I am so **shy**
@@ -475,7 +502,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Lesson-11-vocab-39.mp3
       en: now/present
       notes: |
-        <p>Generally a wider length of time than "지금" or "이제"</p>
+        Generally a wider length of time than "지금" or "이제"
       examples:
         - ko: "**현재** 날씨는 평소보다 조금 추워요"
           en: The **present/recent** weather is colder than normal
@@ -753,13 +780,13 @@ sentence:
       en: I will study English
 
     - notes: |
-        <p>When you add ~ㄹ/을 to a stem of a word that ends in ㄹ, the ㄹ is dropped and ㄹ is attached directly to the stem. In effect, you removed something and replace it with exactly the same thing.</p>
+        When you add ~ㄹ/을 to a stem of a word that ends in ㄹ, the ㄹ is dropped and ㄹ is attached directly to the stem. In effect, you removed something and replace it with exactly the same thing.
-        <p>For example:</p>
+
-        <ul>
+        For example:
-        <li>갈다 + ㄹ/을 = 갈</li>
+
-        <li>빨다 + ㄹ/을 = 빨</li>
+        *   갈다 + ㄹ/을 = 갈
-        <li>열다 + ㄹ/을 = 열</li>
+        *   빨다 + ㄹ/을 = 빨
-        </ul>
+        *   열다 + ㄹ/을 = 열
       ko: 저는 문을 열 거예요
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Lesson9-32I-will-open-the-door.mp3
       en: I will open the door
@@ -1260,7 +1287,7 @@ Example:
 
 <Details>
 
-One of the usages of 되다 is to make a verb change to the passive voice. This is introduced in [Lesson 14](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-9-16/lesson-14-korean-passive-verbs/). For example:
+One of the usages of 되다 is to make a verb change to the passive voice. This is introduced in [Lesson 14](./14-passive.md). For example:
 
 - <TTS class="md">점심이 학교에 준비되었어요</TTS> = <span class="md spoiler">The lunch was provided by the school</span>
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/10-numbers.md

@@ -260,8 +260,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson10v30.mp3
       en: the first time/beginning
       notes: |
-        <p>This can be used in sentences when you are talking about the first time something is being done. Or it can be used as an adverb to have the meaning "in the beginning"</p>
+        This can be used in sentences when you are talking about the first time something is being done. Or it can be used as an adverb to have the meaning "in the beginning"
-        <p>See below in this lesson for more information.</p>
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **처음에** 우리 학교가 좋지 않았어요
           en: I didn't like our school at **first**
@@ -283,7 +282,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson10v31.mp3
       en: last
       notes: |
-        <p>There are two similar but different meanings for the word "last" in English. 마지막 is used for only ONE of those meanings. 마지막 is used to talk about something that is the last thing in the end of sequence – as in "first meal… second meal… third meal… fourth meal… last meal." It is NOT used to talk about something in the past, as in "last night I went to bed late." See below in this lesson for more information.</p>
+        There are two similar but different meanings for the word "last" in English. 마지막 is used for only ONE of those meanings. 마지막 is used to talk about something that is the last thing in the end of sequence – as in "first meal… second meal… third meal… fourth meal… last meal." It is NOT used to talk about something in the past, as in "last night I went to bed late." See below in this lesson for more information.
       examples:
         - ko: 이 수업은 우리의 **마지막** 수업이에요
           en: This is our **last** class
@@ -303,10 +302,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson10v32.mp3
       en: counter for 1st/2nd/3rd/etc..
       notes: |
-        <p>This can be added as a counter after a number to mean 1st/2nd/3rd/etc.</p>
+        This can be added as a counter after a number to mean 1st/2nd/3rd/etc.
-        <p>When saying "first", "첫" replaces "한".</p>
+
-        <p>After "first," you can use the regular Korean numbers. Just like with counters, the numbers 2 - 4 change when 번째 follows.</p>
+        When saying "first", "첫" replaces "한".
-        <p>After the number four, the words don't change when adding 번째.</p>
+
+        After "first," you can use the regular Korean numbers. Just like with counters, the numbers 2 - 4 change when 번째 follows.
+
+        After the number four, the words don't change when adding 번째.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 열 **번째**로 도착한 사람이었어요
           en: I was the 10**th** person to arrive
@@ -315,7 +317,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson10v33.mp3
       en: first (1st)
       notes: |
-        <p>Can be shortened to "첫째" in some situations, usually when the following word is a counter or somebody's children. For example: "첫째 아들" = "first son", "첫째 주" = "first week"</p>
+        Can be shortened to "첫째" in some situations, usually when the following word is a counter or somebody's children. For example:
+        - "첫째 아들" = "first son"
+        - "첫째 주" = "first week"
       examples:
         - ko: 저의 **첫 번째** 친구는 착했어요
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson10-33.mp3
@@ -327,7 +331,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson10v34.mp3
       en: second (2nd)
       notes: |
-        <p>Can be shortened to "둘째" in some situations, usually when the following word is a counter or somebody's children. For example: "둘째 아들" = "second daughter", "둘째 날" = "second day"</p>
+        Can be shortened to "둘째" in some situations, usually when the following word is a counter or somebody's children. For example:
+        - "둘째 아들" = "second daughter"
+        - "둘째 날" = "second day"
       examples:
         - ko: 그 **두 번째** 선생님은 똑똑했어요
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson10-35.mp3
@@ -340,7 +346,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson10v35.mp3
       en: counter for things
       notes: |
-        <p>Counters are used in Korean to count various things. Different counters are used for things like people, books, animals, etc. "개" is the general counter that can be used to count most things that don't have a specific counter (or if you don't know the specific counter-word for something). See below in this lesson for more information.</p>
+        Counters are used in Korean to count various things. Different counters are used for things like people, books, animals, etc. "개" is the general counter that can be used to count most things that don't have a specific counter (or if you don't know the specific counter-word for something). See below in this lesson for more information.
       examples:
         - ko: 펜 두 **개**를 주세요
           en: Give me two pens, please
@@ -353,7 +359,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson10v36.mp3
       en: counter for behaviors/actions
       notes: |
-        <p>This can be used to indicate the amount of times something is done. In the end, it acts as an adverb and particles are not usually attached to it.</p>
+        This can be used to indicate the amount of times something is done. In the end, it acts as an adverb and particles are not usually attached to it.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 한국에 5**번** 갔어요
           en: I went to Korea 5 **times**
@@ -391,8 +397,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson10v40.mp3
       en: o'clock
       notes: |
-        <p>When telling time, "시" is put after the hour. For example: 5시 = 5:00</p>
+        When telling time, "시" is put after the hour. For example: 5시 = 5:00
-        <p>When talking about "hours," the word "시간" is used. See Lesson 11 for more information.</p>
+
+        When talking about "hours," the word "시간" is used. See Lesson 11 for more information.
       examples:
         - ko: 지금은 6**시**30분이에요
           en: Now, it is 6:30
@@ -405,7 +412,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson10v41.mp3
       en: minute
       notes: |
-        <p>When telling time, "분" is put after the minute. It also means "minute" in regular situations. See Lesson 11 for more information.</p>
+        When telling time, "분" is put after the minute. It also means "minute" in regular situations. See Lesson 11 for more information.
       examples:
         - ko: 우리가 30**분** 후에 만날래요?
           en: Shall we meet in 30 **minutes**?
@@ -431,7 +438,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson10v43.mp3
       en: years old
       notes: |
-        <p>When using a number before "살," you should use the Korean numbers. However, once you get above 50, it is not uncommon to use the Chinese numbers.</p>
+        When using a number before "살," you should use the Korean numbers. However, once you get above 50, it is not uncommon to use the Chinese numbers.
       examples:
         - ko: 저의 여자 친구는 스물 **살**이에요
           en: My girlfriend is 20 **years old**
@@ -1188,7 +1195,7 @@ _It is also possible to put the number-counter combination before the noun that
 - 다섯 개의 펜 <AudioButton src="https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson10-6.mp3" /> = <span class="md spoiler">5 pens</span>
 - 마흔네 개의 펜 <AudioButton src="https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson10-8.mp3" /> = <span class="md spoiler">44 pens</span>
 
-*The purpose and function of ~*의 *in this type of construction is discussed in [Lesson 23](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-17-25-2/lesson-23/). As I said, it is usually less common to count using this method, so for now, don’t worry about this grammar. I simply want you to know that it can be done. Pay more attention to the “*사람 두 명*” form instead of the “*두 명의 사람*” form.*
+*The purpose and function of ~*의 *in this type of construction is discussed in [Lesson 23](./23-ㅎ-irregulars-colors.md). As I said, it is usually less common to count using this method, so for now, don’t worry about this grammar. I simply want you to know that it can be done. Pay more attention to the “*사람 두 명*” form instead of the “*두 명의 사람*” form.*
 
 ————
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/11-time.md

@@ -171,8 +171,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v3.mp3
       en: office worker
       notes: |
-        <p>If I asked 100 people in Canada what their job is, I would probably only get the answer "office worker" a few times. In Korea however, probably 50% of the people would respond with "office worker." Many Korean people work for big companies in offices, not all doing the same thing obviously, but I'm not exactly sure what they're all doing in there. Korea has no real natural resources, so the major industry is just "working and business."</p>
+        If I asked 100 people in Canada what their job is, I would probably only get the answer "office worker" a few times. In Korea however, probably 50% of the people would respond with "office worker." Many Korean people work for big companies in offices, not all doing the same thing obviously, but I'm not exactly sure what they're all doing in there. Korea has no real natural resources, so the major industry is just "working and business."
-        <p>You will see the suffix "원" attached to different words to refer to people.</p>
+
+        You will see the suffix "원" attached to different words to refer to people.
       examples:
         - ko: 한국에서는 **회사원**이 진짜 많아요
           en: There are a lot of **office workers** in Korea
@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v4.mp3
       en: a cook/chef
       notes: |
-        <p>You will see the suffix "사" attached to different words that indicate some sort of specialized job. For example: 의사 (doctor), 교사 (teacher), 강사 (instructor)</p>
+        You will see the suffix "사" attached to different words that indicate some sort of specialized job. For example: 의사 (doctor), 교사 (teacher), 강사 (instructor)
       examples:
         - ko: "**요리사**들은 음식을 준비해요"
           en: "**Chefs** prepare food"
@@ -194,8 +195,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v5.mp3
       en: a driver
       notes: |
-        <p>This is not the same "사" in 요리사.</p>
+        This is not the same "사" in 요리사.
-        <p>"기사님" is common when talking to bus and taxi drivers</p>
+
+        "기사님" is common when talking to bus and taxi drivers
       examples:
         - ko: 버스**운전사**는 승객들을 버스에 서울역에서 태웠어요
           en: The bus **driver** took on riders at Seoul Station
@@ -205,8 +207,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v6.mp3
       en: to run
       notes: |
-        <p>"뛰다" is another common way to say "to run"</p>
+        "뛰다" is another common way to say "to run"
-        <p>~아/어: 달려, ~ㄴ/은: 달린, ~ㄴ/는다: 달린다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 달립니다, ~ㄹ/을: 달릴, ~니: 달리니, ~ㅁ/음: 달림, ~(으)려고: 달리려고, ~(으)시: 달리시, ~(으)면: 달리면, ~(으)니: 달리니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 달려, ~ㄴ/은: 달린, ~ㄴ/는다: 달린다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 달립니다, ~ㄹ/을: 달릴, ~니: 달리니, ~ㅁ/음: 달림, ~(으)려고: 달리려고, ~(으)시: 달리시, ~(으)면: 달리면, ~(으)니: 달리니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 매우 빨리 **달렸어요**
           en: I **ran** really quickly
@@ -254,8 +257,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v9.mp3
       en: to die
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "죽따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "죽따"
-        <p>~아/어: 죽어, ~ㄴ/은: 죽은, ~ㄴ/는다: 죽는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 죽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 죽을, ~니: 죽으니, ~ㅁ/음: 죽음, ~(으)려고: 죽으려고, ~(으)시: 죽으시, ~(으)면: 죽으면, ~(으)니: 죽으니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 죽어, ~ㄴ/은: 죽은, ~ㄴ/는다: 죽는다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 죽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 죽을, ~니: 죽으니, ~ㅁ/음: 죽음, ~(으)려고: 죽으려고, ~(으)시: 죽으시, ~(으)면: 죽으면, ~(으)니: 죽으니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 사람은 10년 전에 **죽었어요**
           en: That person **died** 10 years ago
@@ -271,11 +275,15 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v10.mp3
       en: to be scared
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "두렵따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "두렵따"
-        <p>두렵다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>무섭다 and 두렵다 both translate to "scary." 무섭다 is more typically used to describe the feeling of being scared, usually as it applies to something shocking or something outright scary like snakes or spiders. 두렵다 is more about psychological things in the future, like the fear of death or the fear of tomorrow.</p>
+        두렵다 follows the ㅂ irregular
-        <p>두렵다 and 무섭다 typically describe that something is scary, but it can be used to indicate that you are scared of that thing by using the Subject – Object – Adjective form introduced in Lesson 15.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 두려워, ~ㄴ/은: 두려운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 두렵습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 두려울, ~니: 두려우니, ~ㅁ/음: 두려움, ~(으)려고: 두려우려고, ~(으)시: 두려우시, ~(으)면: 두려우면, ~(으)니: 두려우니</p>
+        무섭다 and 두렵다 both translate to "scary." 무섭다 is more typically used to describe the feeling of being scared, usually as it applies to something shocking or something outright scary like snakes or spiders. 두렵다 is more about psychological things in the future, like the fear of death or the fear of tomorrow.
+
+        두렵다 and 무섭다 typically describe that something is scary, but it can be used to indicate that you are scared of that thing by using the Subject – Object – Adjective form introduced in Lesson 15.
+
+        ~아/어: 두려워, ~ㄴ/은: 두려운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 두렵습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 두려울, ~니: 두려우니, ~ㅁ/음: 두려움, ~(으)려고: 두려우려고, ~(으)시: 두려우시, ~(으)면: 두려우면, ~(으)니: 두려우니
       examples:
         - ko: 그녀를 잃는 것이 **두려워요**
           en: I am **afraid** of losing her
@@ -288,8 +296,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v11.mp3
       en: to be strange
       notes: |
-        <p>The noun form of this word translates to "abnormality"</p>
+        The noun form of this word translates to "abnormality"
-        <p>~해: 이상해, ~ㄴ/은: 이상한, ~ㅂ/습니다: 이상합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 이상할, ~니: 이상하니, ~ㅁ/음: 이상함, ~(으)려고: 이상하려고, ~(으)시: 이상하시, ~(으)면: 이상하면, ~(으)니: 이상하니</p>
+
+        ~해: 이상해, ~ㄴ/은: 이상한, ~ㅂ/습니다: 이상합니다, ~ㄹ/을: 이상할, ~니: 이상하니, ~ㅁ/음: 이상함, ~(으)려고: 이상하려고, ~(으)시: 이상하시, ~(으)면: 이상하면, ~(으)니: 이상하니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 건물은 **이상해** 보여요
           en: That building looks **strange**
@@ -305,10 +314,15 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v12.mp3
       en: for, during, while
       notes: |
-        <p>Used to indicate how long something is being done. Often placed after an indication of time.</p>
+        Used to indicate how long something is being done. Often placed after an indication of time.
-        <p>For example: "10분 동안" = "10 minutes"</p>
+
-        <p>In this same sense, it can be placed after a noun that describes a time. For example: "방학 동안" = "during vacation", "수업 시간 동안" = "during class time"</p>
+        For example: "10분 동안" = "10 minutes"
-        <p>Also used with ~는 것 (Introduced in Lesson 26) to say "while." For example: "제가 공부하는 동안" = "while I was studying"</p>
+
+        In this same sense, it can be placed after a noun that describes a time. For example:
+        - "방학 동안" = "during vacation", "수업 시간 동안" = "during class time"
+
+        Also used with ~는 것 (Introduced in Lesson 26) to say "while." For example:
+        - "제가 공부하는 동안" = "while I was studying"
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 30분 **동안** 공부했어요
           en: I studied **for** 30 minutes
@@ -337,7 +351,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v13.mp3
       en: month
       notes: |
-        <p>When counting months, you can either use 달 or 개월. When using 달, you must use the pure Korean numbers, and when using 개월, you must use the Sino-Korean numbers. There is no difference in meaning, and both are used frequently</p>
+        When counting months, you can either use 달 or 개월. When using 달, you must use the pure Korean numbers, and when using 개월, you must use the Sino-Korean numbers. There is no difference in meaning, and both are used frequently
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 두 **달** 동안 한국어 수업을 들었어요
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson11-58.mp3
@@ -351,7 +365,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v14.mp3
       en: month (counter)
       notes: |
-        <p>When counting months, you can either use 달 or 개월. When using 달, you must use the pure Korean numbers, and when using 개월, you must use the Sino-Korean numbers. There is no difference in meaning, and both are used frequently</p>
+        When counting months, you can either use 달 or 개월. When using 달, you must use the pure Korean numbers, and when using 개월, you must use the Sino-Korean numbers. There is no difference in meaning, and both are used frequently
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 2**개월** 동안 한국어 수업을 들었어요
           en: I took a Korean class for 2 **months**
@@ -364,7 +378,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11nal.mp3
       en: day
       notes: |
-        <p>날 is used as a stand alone word and not counted. It is used when talking about a specific day by itself.</p>
+        날 is used as a stand alone word and not counted. It is used when talking about a specific day by itself.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 그 **날**에 갔어요
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson11-40.mp3
@@ -381,7 +395,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v15.mp3
       en: one day
       notes: |
-        <p>When counting the number of days, you can usually say something like "5일" (five days). However, for a small number of days (one day, two days) there is a special word that corresponds to that number of days. "일 일" to mean "one day" would never be used.</p>
+        When counting the number of days, you can usually say something like "5일" (five days). However, for a small number of days (one day, two days) there is a special word that corresponds to that number of days. "일 일" to mean "one day" would never be used.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **하루**에 3시간 동안 공부해요
           en: I study for three hours in **one day**
@@ -405,7 +419,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v16.mp3
       en: two days
       notes: |
-        <p>When counting the number of days, you can usually say something like "5일" (five days). However, for a small number of days (one day, two days) there is a special word that corresponds to that number of days. "이 일" to mean "two days" would be used, but 이틀 would be more common.</p>
+        When counting the number of days, you can usually say something like "5일" (five days). However, for a small number of days (one day, two days) there is a special word that corresponds to that number of days. "이 일" to mean "two days" would be used, but 이틀 would be more common.
       examples:
         - ko: 우리는 계곡에 **이틀** 동안 갈 거예요
           en: We are going to the valley for **two days**
@@ -422,7 +436,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v17.mp3
       en: three days
       notes: |
-        <p>Even though "사" ('four') is in the word "사흘," I assure you that 사흘 means "3 days." Many Korean people think that "사흘" actually means "four days," and I have pwned some Korean people by showing them that it actually means "three days" by looking it up in the Korean-Korean dictionary with them.</p>
+        Even though "사" ('four') is in the word "사흘," I assure you that 사흘 means "3 days." Many Korean people think that "사흘" actually means "four days," and I have pwned some Korean people by showing them that it actually means "three days" by looking it up in the Korean-Korean dictionary with them.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **사흘** 동안 밥을 안 먹었어요
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson11-32.mp3
@@ -432,8 +446,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v18.mp3
       en: last week
       notes: |
-        <p>지난 can be placed before some indicators of time to mean "last ...."</p>
+        지난 can be placed before some indicators of time to mean "last ...."
-        <p>There are two similar but different meanings for the word "last" in English. 지난 is used for only ONE of those meanings. 지난 is used to talk about something in the past, as in "last night I went to bed late." It is not used to talk about the last thing in a sequence. See Lessons 10 and 11 for more information.</p>
+
+        There are two similar but different meanings for the word "last" in English. 지난 is used for only ONE of those meanings. 지난 is used to talk about something in the past, as in "last night I went to bed late." It is not used to talk about the last thing in a sequence. See Lessons 10 and 11 for more information.
       examples:
         - ko: "**지난** **주**에 저는 계획이 많았어요"
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson11-53.mp3
@@ -498,11 +513,11 @@ vocabulary:
           en: I will go to the US **next week**
         - ko: 저는 **다음** **주**에 시험 공부를 할 거예요
           en: "**Next week**, I will study for an exam"
-        - ko: 다음 주 목요일은 휴가인가?
+        - ko: "**다음** 주 목요일은 휴가인가?"
           en: Is **next Thursday** a holiday?
-        - ko: 아직 간 적이 없어요. 하지만 다음 주에 가 볼 거예요
+        - ko: 아직 간 적이 없어요. 하지만 **다음** 주에 가 볼 거예요
           en: I haven't been there yet. But, I am going (to try) to go **next week**
-        - ko: 우리는 다음 주에 그 문제에 대한 회의를 열 거예요
+        - ko: 우리는 **다음** 주에 그 문제에 대한 회의를 열 거예요
           en: We are going to hold a meeting **next week** about that problem
 
     - ko: 다음 달
@@ -552,8 +567,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v27.mp3
       en: in my whole life
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation [Video 12]</p>
+        This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation \[Video 12\]
-        <p><YouTube id="8SWqPYuQskA" /></p>
+
+        <YouTube id="8SWqPYuQskA" />
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **평생** 동안 하키를 했어요
           en: I played hockey my **whole life**
@@ -568,8 +584,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson11v28.mp3
       en: usually
       notes: |
-        <p>This can be used as an adverb, for example: "저는 보통 아침 식사를 안 먹어요" = "I usually don't eat breakfast"</p>
+        This can be used as an adverb, for example:
-        <p>It can also be used before a noun to mean "typical" or "usual" for example: "그것은 보통 일이에요" = "That is (just) typical work"</p>
+        - "저는 보통 아침 식사를 안 먹어요" = "I usually don't eat breakfast"
+
+        It can also be used before a noun to mean "typical" or "usual" for example:
+        - "그것은 보통 일이에요" = "That is (just) typical work"
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **보통** 아침 식사를 안 먹어요
           en: I **usually** don't eat breakfast
@@ -1553,7 +1572,7 @@ At this point you are probably asking saying “Okay, I understand how to say th
 - I will go in 10 minutes, or
 - I came 10 minutes ago”
 
-You will learn how to create those types of sentences when you learn about <TTS>전</TTS> and <TTS>후</TTS> in [Lesson 24](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-17-25-2/lesson-24/). For the moment, there is a ton of content in this lesson, so try to focus on what is presented here.
+You will learn how to create those types of sentences when you learn about <TTS>전</TTS> and <TTS>후</TTS> in [Lesson 24](./24-before-after-since-within.md). For the moment, there is a ton of content in this lesson, so try to focus on what is presented here.
 
 ## Korean Seconds (초)
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/12-more-particles.md

@@ -31,8 +31,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v4.mp3
       en: noise/sound
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video #1.</p>
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video #1.
-        <p><YouTube id="5oqbDZymdBM" /></p>
+
+        <YouTube id="5oqbDZymdBM" />
       examples:
         - ko: 무슨 **소리**예요?
           en: What is that **sound**?
@@ -70,9 +71,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v8.mp3
       en: chicken
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "닥"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "닥"
-        <p>Typically, the pronunciation of words with four-letter syllables merge with the pronunciation of an attaching grammatical principle. For example, "값" is pronounced as "kap" but 값을 is pronounced as "갑슬." However, the ㄹ in 닭 is usually not pronounced in these cases. For example, 닭을 is usually pronounced as "닥을" or "다글" and 닭이 is usually pronounced as "다기" or "닥이."</p>
+
-        <p>When eating Western style chicken (like in KFC), Korean people use the word "치킨"</p>
+        Typically, the pronunciation of words with four-letter syllables merge with the pronunciation of an attaching grammatical principle. For example, "값" is pronounced as "kap" but 값을 is pronounced as "갑슬." However, the ㄹ in 닭 is usually not pronounced in these cases. For example, 닭을 is usually pronounced as "닥을" or "다글" and 닭이 is usually pronounced as "다기" or "닥이."
+
+        When eating Western style chicken (like in KFC), Korean people use the word "치킨"
       examples:
         - ko: 그 농장은 **닭**을 키워요
           en: That farm raises **chickens**
@@ -128,8 +131,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v13.mp3
       en: to whisper
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "속싸기다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "속싸기다"
-        <p>~아/어: 속삭여, ~ㄴ/은: 속삭인, ~ㄴ/는다: 속삭인다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 속삭입니다, ~ㄹ/을: 속삭일, ~니: 속삭이니, ~ㅁ/음: 속삭임, ~(으)려고: 속삭이려고, ~(으)시: 속삭이시, ~(으)면: 속삭이면, ~(으)니: 속삭이니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 속삭여, ~ㄴ/은: 속삭인, ~ㄴ/는다: 속삭인다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 속삭입니다, ~ㄹ/을: 속삭일, ~니: 속삭이니, ~ㅁ/음: 속삭임, ~(으)려고: 속삭이려고, ~(으)시: 속삭이시, ~(으)면: 속삭이면, ~(으)니: 속삭이니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 그녀의 귀에 **속삭였어요**
           en: I **whispered** into her ear
@@ -148,7 +152,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v15.mp3
       en: to change
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 바꿔, ~ㄴ/은: 바꾼, ~ㄴ/는다: 바꾼다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 바꿉니다, ~ㄹ/을: 바꿀, ~니: 바꾸니, ~ㅁ/음: 바꿈, ~(으)려고: 바꾸려고, ~(으)시: 바꾸시, ~(으)면: 바꾸면, ~(으)니: 바꾸니</p>
+        ~아/어: 바꿔, ~ㄴ/은: 바꾼, ~ㄴ/는다: 바꾼다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 바꿉니다, ~ㄹ/을: 바꿀, ~니: 바꾸니, ~ㅁ/음: 바꿈, ~(으)려고: 바꾸려고, ~(으)시: 바꾸시, ~(으)면: 바꾸면, ~(으)니: 바꾸니
       examples:
         - ko: 우리는 계획을 **바꿔**야 돼요
           en: We have to **change** our plans
@@ -174,7 +178,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v17.mp3
       en: to fall
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 넘어져, ~ㄴ/은: 넘어진, ~ㄴ/는다: 넘어진다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 넘어집니다, ~ㄹ/을: 넘어질, ~니: 넘어지니, ~ㅁ/음: 넘어짐, ~(으)려고: 넘어지려고, ~(으)시: 넘어지시, ~(으)면: 넘어지면, ~(으)니: 넘어지니</p>
+        ~아/어: 넘어져, ~ㄴ/은: 넘어진, ~ㄴ/는다: 넘어진다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 넘어집니다, ~ㄹ/을: 넘어질, ~니: 넘어지니, ~ㅁ/음: 넘어짐, ~(으)려고: 넘어지려고, ~(으)시: 넘어지시, ~(으)면: 넘어지면, ~(으)니: 넘어지니
       examples:
         - ko: 길이 미끄러워서 저는 **넘어졌어요**
           en: I **fell over** because the road is slippery
@@ -189,7 +193,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v18.mp3
       en: to read a book
       notes: |
-        <p>This word less common and more difficult than "읽다." When using 독서하다, within the meaning of the verb is that one is reading a book. You don't need to include the object "책" if using this verb. It is common in its noun form "독서" to refer to the noun of reading a book.</p>
+        This word less common and more difficult than "읽다." When using 독서하다, within the meaning of the verb is that one is reading a book. You don't need to include the object "책" if using this verb. It is common in its noun form "독서" to refer to the noun of reading a book.
       examples:
         - ko: 심심할 때 **독서**를 하는 것이 좋아요
           en: When bored, **reading books** is good
@@ -219,7 +223,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v20.mp3
       en: to drink
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 마셔, ~ㄴ/은: 마신, ~ㄴ/는다: 마신다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 마십니다, ~ㄹ/을: 마실, ~니: 마시니, ~ㅁ/음: 마심, ~(으)려고: 마시려고, ~(으)시: 마시시, ~(으)면: 마시면, ~(으)니: 마시니</p>
+        ~아/어: 마셔, ~ㄴ/은: 마신, ~ㄴ/는다: 마신다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 마십니다, ~ㄹ/을: 마실, ~니: 마시니, ~ㅁ/음: 마심, ~(으)려고: 마시려고, ~(으)시: 마시시, ~(으)면: 마시면, ~(으)니: 마시니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 애기에게 우유를 **마시**라고 했어요
           en: I told the baby to **drink** his milk
@@ -238,9 +242,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v21.mp3
       en: to get off, to go down, to come down
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video #6</p>
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video #6
-        <p><YouTube id="xhkKiuEMcks" /></p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 내려, ~ㄴ/은: 내린, ~ㄴ/는다: 내린다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 내립니다, ~ㄹ/을: 내릴, ~니: 내리니, ~ㅁ/음: 내림, ~(으)려고: 내리려고, ~(으)시: 내리시, ~(으)면: 내리면, ~(으)니: 내리니</p>
+        <YouTube id="xhkKiuEMcks" />
+
+        ~아/어: 내려, ~ㄴ/은: 내린, ~ㄴ/는다: 내린다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 내립니다, ~ㄹ/을: 내릴, ~니: 내리니, ~ㅁ/음: 내림, ~(으)려고: 내리려고, ~(으)시: 내리시, ~(으)면: 내리면, ~(으)니: 내리니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 다음 정류장에서 **내릴** **거예요**
           en: I'm going to **get off** at the next stop
@@ -254,8 +260,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v22.mp3
       en: to come out
       notes: |
-        <p>Aside from literally meaning "to come out" Korean people use this word to say that somebody is "in" a movie or TV show. In English, I would say "Will Smith is in Men in Black." In Korean, they would say "Will Smith은 Men in Black에 나왔어요."</p>
+        Aside from literally meaning "to come out" Korean people use this word to say that somebody is "in" a movie or TV show. In English, I would say "Will Smith is in Men in Black." In Korean, they would say "Will Smith은 Men in Black에 나왔어요."
-        <p>~아/어: 나와, ~ㄴ/은: 나온, ~ㄴ/는다: 나온다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 나옵니다, ~ㄹ/을: 나올, ~니: 나오니, ~ㅁ/음: 나옴, ~(으)려고: 나오려고, ~(으)시: 나오시, ~(으)면: 나오면, ~(으)니: 나오니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 나와, ~ㄴ/은: 나온, ~ㄴ/는다: 나온다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 나옵니다, ~ㄹ/을: 나올, ~니: 나오니, ~ㅁ/음: 나옴, ~(으)려고: 나오려고, ~(으)시: 나오시, ~(으)면: 나오면, ~(으)니: 나오니
       examples:
         - ko: 학생들은 교실에서 **나왔어요**
           en: The students **came out** of the classroom
@@ -266,7 +273,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v23.mp3
       en: to go out
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 나가, ~ㄴ/은: 나간, ~ㄴ/는다: 나간다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 나갑니다, ~ㄹ/을: 나갈, ~니: 나가니, ~ㅁ/음: 나감, ~(으)려고: 나가려고, ~(으)시: 나가시, ~(으)면: 나가면, ~(으)니: 나가니</p>
+        ~아/어: 나가, ~ㄴ/은: 나간, ~ㄴ/는다: 나간다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 나갑니다, ~ㄹ/을: 나갈, ~니: 나가니, ~ㅁ/음: 나감, ~(으)려고: 나가려고, ~(으)시: 나가시, ~(으)면: 나가면, ~(으)니: 나가니
       examples:
         - ko: 밖에 **나갈래요**?
           en: Shall we **go** **out**side?
@@ -276,16 +283,18 @@ vocabulary:
           en: All the teachers **left** (went out)
         - ko: 문을 열어서 밖으로 **나갔어요**
           en: I opened the door and then **went outside**
-        - ko: 그는 방금 나갔어요
+        - ko: 그는 방금 **나갔어요**
           en: He just **left**
 
     - ko: 쓰다
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v24.mp3
       en: to cover one's head
       notes: |
-        <p>쓰다 follows the ㅡ irregular</p>
+        쓰다 follows the ㅡ irregular
-        <p>The word 씌우다 is used when covering somebody's head with something. The most common case this would come up is when holding an umbrella for somebody.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 써, ~ㄴ/은: 쓴, ~ㄴ/는다: 쓴다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 씁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 쓸, ~니: 쓰니, ~ㅁ/음: 씀, ~(으)려고: 쓰려고, ~(으)시: 쓰시, ~(으)면: 쓰면, ~(으)니: 쓰니</p>
+        The word 씌우다 is used when covering somebody's head with something. The most common case this would come up is when holding an umbrella for somebody.
+
+        ~아/어: 써, ~ㄴ/은: 쓴, ~ㄴ/는다: 쓴다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 씁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 쓸, ~니: 쓰니, ~ㅁ/음: 씀, ~(으)려고: 쓰려고, ~(으)시: 쓰시, ~(으)면: 쓰면, ~(으)니: 쓰니
       examples:
         - ko: 저의 아버지가 저 모자를 매일 **써**요
           en: My dad **wears** that hat every day
@@ -294,9 +303,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v25.mp3
       en: to not know
       notes: |
-        <p>모르다 follows the 르 irregular</p>
+        모르다 follows the 르 irregular
-        <p>Although "모르겠다" is technically the future tense of the word, it is often used in the present tense to mean "I don't know."</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 몰라, ~ㄴ/은: 모른, ~ㄴ/는다: 모른다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 모릅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 모를, ~니: 모르니, ~ㅁ/음: 모름, ~(으)려고: 모르려고, ~(으)시: 모르시, ~(으)면: 모르면, ~(으)니: 모르니</p>
+        Although "모르겠다" is technically the future tense of the word, it is often used in the present tense to mean "I don't know."
+
+        ~아/어: 몰라, ~ㄴ/은: 모른, ~ㄴ/는다: 모른다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 모릅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 모를, ~니: 모르니, ~ㅁ/음: 모름, ~(으)려고: 모르려고, ~(으)시: 모르시, ~(으)면: 모르면, ~(으)니: 모르니
       examples:
         - ko: 우리가 언제 도착할지 **모르겠어요**
           en: I **don't know** when we will arrive
@@ -321,7 +332,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v27.mp3
       en: to buy
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 사, ~ㄴ/은: 산, ~ㄴ/는다: 산다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 삽니다, ~ㄹ/을: 살, ~니: 사니, ~ㅁ/음: 삶, ~(으)려고: 사려고, ~(으)시: 사시, ~(으)면: 사면, ~(으)니: 사니</p>
+        ~아/어: 사, ~ㄴ/은: 산, ~ㄴ/는다: 산다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 삽니다, ~ㄹ/을: 살, ~니: 사니, ~ㅁ/음: 삶, ~(으)려고: 사려고, ~(으)시: 사시, ~(으)면: 사면, ~(으)니: 사니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 사과만 **샀어요**
           en: I only **bought** apples
@@ -346,8 +357,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v28.mp3
       en: to sell
       notes: |
-        <p>팔다 follows the ㄹ irregular</p>
+        팔다 follows the ㄹ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 팔아, ~ㄴ/은: 판, ~ㄴ/는다: 판다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 팝니다, ~ㄹ/을: 팔, ~니: 파니, ~ㅁ/음: 팖, ~(으)려고: 팔려고, ~(으)시: 파시, ~(으)면: 팔면, ~(으)니: 파니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 팔아, ~ㄴ/은: 판, ~ㄴ/는다: 판다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 팝니다, ~ㄹ/을: 팔, ~니: 파니, ~ㅁ/음: 팖, ~(으)려고: 팔려고, ~(으)시: 파시, ~(으)면: 팔면, ~(으)니: 파니
       examples:
         - ko: 우리는 밥과 빵을 **팔아요**
           en: We **sell** rice and bread
@@ -369,9 +381,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v29.mp3
       en: to be thin
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "얄따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "얄따"
-        <p>This is not used to talk about people, only when talking about objects being thin</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 얇아, ~ㄴ/은: 얇은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 얇습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 얇을, ~니: 얇으니, ~ㅁ/음: 얇음, ~(으)려고: 얇으려고, ~(으)시: 얇으시, ~(으)면: 얇으면, ~(으)니: 얇으니</p>
+        This is not used to talk about people, only when talking about objects being thin
+
+        ~아/어: 얇아, ~ㄴ/은: 얇은, ~ㅂ/습니다: 얇습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 얇을, ~니: 얇으니, ~ㅁ/음: 얇음, ~(으)려고: 얇으려고, ~(으)시: 얇으시, ~(으)면: 얇으면, ~(으)니: 얇으니
       examples:
         - ko: 이 종이는 너무 **얇아요**
           en: This paper is too **thin**
@@ -380,8 +394,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v30.mp3
       en: to be moderate
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "적땅하다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "적땅하다"
-        <p>This word is often used in the adverb form to make "적당히" (moderately)</p>
+
+        This word is often used in the adverb form to make "적당히" (moderately)
       examples:
         - ko: "**적당히** 먹어!"
           en: Eat **moderately** (don't eat too much!)
@@ -390,7 +405,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v31.mp3
       en: to be young
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 어려, ~ㄴ/은: 어린, ~ㅂ/습니다: 어립니다, ~ㄹ/을: 어릴, ~니: 어리니, ~ㅁ/음: 어림, ~(으)려고: 어리려고, ~(으)시: 어리시, ~(으)면: 어리면, ~(으)니: 어리니</p>
+        ~아/어: 어려, ~ㄴ/은: 어린, ~ㅂ/습니다: 어립니다, ~ㄹ/을: 어릴, ~니: 어리니, ~ㅁ/음: 어림, ~(으)려고: 어리려고, ~(으)시: 어리시, ~(으)면: 어리면, ~(으)니: 어리니
       examples:
         - ko: 저의 여자 친구는 **어려요**
           en: My girlfriend is **young**
@@ -407,7 +422,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v32.mp3
       en: to be glad
       notes: |
-        <p>~아/어: 기뻐, ~ㄴ/은: 기쁜, ~ㅂ/습니다: 기쁩니다, ~ㄹ/을: 기쁠, ~니: 기쁘니, ~ㅁ/음: 기쁨, ~(으)려고: 기쁘려고, ~(으)시: 기쁘시, ~(으)면: 기쁘면, ~(으)니: 기쁘니</p>
+        ~아/어: 기뻐, ~ㄴ/은: 기쁜, ~ㅂ/습니다: 기쁩니다, ~ㄹ/을: 기쁠, ~니: 기쁘니, ~ㅁ/음: 기쁨, ~(으)려고: 기쁘려고, ~(으)시: 기쁘시, ~(으)면: 기쁘면, ~(으)니: 기쁘니
       examples:
         - ko: 우리가 만나서 **기뻐요**
           en: I am **glad** that we met
@@ -453,9 +468,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v36.mp3
       en: side/direction
       notes: |
-        <p>쪽 is a noun, but a special noun. I refer to these sometimes as "pseudo-nouns" in my lessons. Other nouns like this are 적 (Lesson 32) and 수 (Lesson 45). 쪽 can only ever be used when some sort of context is given to it.</p>
+        쪽 is a noun, but a special noun. I refer to these sometimes as "pseudo-nouns" in my lessons. Other nouns like this are 적 (Lesson 32) and 수 (Lesson 45). 쪽 can only ever be used when some sort of context is given to it.
-        <p>I talk about the use of 쪽 in a Korean sign in this Youtube Video.</p>
+
-        <p><YouTube id="6swm1JYafsE" /></p>
+        I talk about the use of 쪽 in a Korean sign in this Youtube Video.
+
+        <YouTube id="6swm1JYafsE" />
       examples:
         - ko: 우리가 저**쪽**으로 가야 돼요
           en: We have to go **that way (in that direction)**
@@ -498,12 +515,15 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson12v39.mp3
       en: some ___, how many (used with a counter)
       notes: |
-        <p>몇 is placed before a counter to ask "how many" of something. For example: "펜 몇 개 있어요?" = "How many pens do you have" (see Lesson 22 for more information)</p>
+        몇 is placed before a counter to ask "how many" of something. For example:
-        <p>몇 can also be used to mean "some." For example: "저는 사과 몇 개를 샀어요" = "I bought some apples" (see Lesson 12 for more information)</p>
+        - "펜 몇 개 있어요?" = "How many pens do you have" (see Lesson 22 for more information)
+
+        몇 can also be used to mean "some." For example:
+        - "저는 사과 몇 개를 샀어요" = "I bought some apples" (see Lesson 12 for more information)
       examples:
-        - ko: 저는 친구 몇 명을 만났어요
+        - ko: 저는 친구 **몇** 명을 만났어요
           en: I met **some** friends
-        - ko: 친구가 몇 명 있어요?
+        - ko: 친구가 **몇** 명 있어요?
           en: "**How many** friends do you have?"
 
     - ko: 층
@@ -1166,7 +1186,7 @@ Example:
 - 저는 녹차를 엄마랑 같이 **마셨어요** = <span class="md spoiler">I **drank** green tea with my mom</span>
 - 저는 친구들이랑 커피를 **마셨어요** = <span class="md spoiler">I **drank** coffee with my friends</span>
 - **술**을 **마셨어요**? = <span class="md spoiler">Were you **drinking** (alcohol)?</span>
-- 뭐 **마실래요**? = Depending on the situation, this could mean “<span class="md spoiler">Shall we drink something?</span>” or “<span class="md spoiler">What shall we drink</span>.” <TTS>뭐</TTS> could represent <span class="md spoiler">a question (“what”)</span> or <span class="md spoiler">something ambiguous (“something”)</span>. I talk about making this distinction in [Lesson 25](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-17-25-2/lesson-25/).
+- 뭐 **마실래요**? = Depending on the situation, this could mean “<span class="md spoiler">Shall we drink something?</span>” or “<span class="md spoiler">What shall we drink</span>.” <TTS>뭐</TTS> could represent <span class="md spoiler">a question (“what”)</span> or <span class="md spoiler">something ambiguous (“something”)</span>. I talk about making this distinction in [Lesson 25](./25-anybody-everybody.md).
 
 </Details>
 
@@ -1480,7 +1500,7 @@ Notes:
 
 쪽 is a noun, but a special noun. I refer to these sometimes as “pseudo-nouns” in my lessons. Other nouns like this are <TTS>적</TTS> ([Lesson 32](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-32/)) and <TTS>수</TTS> ([Lesson 45](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-42-50/lesson-45/)). 쪽 can only ever be used when <span class="md spoiler">some sort of context is given to it</span>.
 
-You can see that if you describe it using the concepts in [Lesson 26](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-26/):
+You can see that if you describe it using the concepts in [Lesson 26](../unit-2/26-describing-nouns-with-verbs.md):
 
 - 저는 다른 사람들이 가는 쪽으로 갈 거예요 = <span class="md spoiler">I will go in the direction that other people are going</span>
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/13-and-with.md

@@ -5,10 +5,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v1.mp3
       en: fact
       notes: |
-        <p>Often used at the start of sentences to mean "actually..." When used like this, it is common to colloquially say "실은..."</p>
+        Often used at the start of sentences to mean "actually..." When used like this, it is common to colloquially say "실은..."
-        <p>Also commonly used as the noun in a quoted version of ~는 것. For example: "그녀는 아이가 죽었다는 사실을 숨겼어요" = "She hid (the fact that) her child died"</p>
+
-        <p>See <a href="https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-3-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-3-lessons-51-58/lesson-52/">Lesson 52</a> for more information on this.</p>
+        Also commonly used as the noun in a quoted version of ~는 것. For example: "그녀는 아이가 죽었다는 사실을 숨겼어요" = "She hid (the fact that) her child died"
-        <p>It can also be used to literally mean "fact"</p>
+
+        See [Lesson 52](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-3-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-3-lessons-51-58/lesson-52/) for more information on this.
+
+        It can also be used to literally mean "fact"
       examples:
         - ko: 그것은 **사실**이에요?
           en: Is that **true**? (is that a **fact**?)
@@ -58,7 +61,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v5.mp3
       en: land
       notes: |
-        <p>'독도는 우리땅이다' is a famous saying that Korean people use to express that Dokdo, the disputed territory between Korea and Japan belongs to Korea. This was written on a sign by a fan during the 2012 Olympics in London and when the Korean team one, a Korean player took the sign and ran around the field with it. The player got in a lot of trouble for bringing political elements into the Olympics. By the way, Dokdo does belong to Korea.</p>
+        '독도는 우리땅이다' is a famous saying that Korean people use to express that Dokdo, the disputed territory between Korea and Japan belongs to Korea. This was written on a sign by a fan during the 2012 Olympics in London and when the Korean team one, a Korean player took the sign and ran around the field with it. The player got in a lot of trouble for bringing political elements into the Olympics. By the way, Dokdo does belong to Korea.
       examples:
         - ko: 한국은 다른 나라보다 **땅**이 작아요
           en: Korea's **land** is small compared to other countries
@@ -87,8 +90,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v8.mp3
       en: trash/garbage
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 5.</p>
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 5.
-        <p><YouTube id="wMRfpE9JdUo" /></p>
+
+        <YouTube id="wMRfpE9JdUo" />
       examples:
         - ko: "**쓰레기**를 버려 주세요"
           en: Please throw out your **garbage**
@@ -182,8 +186,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v18.mp3
       en: to rise, to get up
       notes: |
-        <p>There are many adverbs that are used in specific situations to give a sentence feel or emphasis. To indicate that one "sprang" up, the adverb 벌떡 can be used.</p>
+        There are many adverbs that are used in specific situations to give a sentence feel or emphasis. To indicate that one "sprang" up, the adverb 벌떡 can be used.
-        <p>일어나다 literally means "to get up" from a sitting/laying position to a standing position. However, it is often used to indicate that one "wakes up" because one usually "gets up" from bed when they wake up. As such, the translation of "일어나다" could be "to get up" or "to wake up" depending on the situation.</p>
+
+        일어나다 literally means "to get up" from a sitting/laying position to a standing position. However, it is often used to indicate that one "wakes up" because one usually "gets up" from bed when they wake up. As such, the translation of "일어나다" could be "to get up" or "to wake up" depending on the situation.
       examples:
         - ko: "언제 **일어났어요**?"
           en: When did you **get up**?
@@ -216,8 +221,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v21.mp3
       en: to come in
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "드러오다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "드러오다"
-        <p>Formed by combining 들다 (to enter) and 오다 (to come). See Lesson 15 for more information.</p>
+
+        Formed by combining 들다 (to enter) and 오다 (to come). See Lesson 15 for more information.
       examples:
         - ko: 학생들은 9시에 학교에 **들어왔어요**
           en: The students **came into** the school at 9:00
@@ -228,10 +234,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v22.mp3
       en: to go in
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "드러가다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "드러가다"
-        <p>Formed by combining 들다 (to enter) and 가다 (to go). See Lesson 15 for more information.</p>
+
-        <p>"들어가세요" is often said to people when they leave a place, almost as a greeting like "goodbye."</p>
+        Formed by combining 들다 (to enter) and 가다 (to go). See Lesson 15 for more information.
-        <p>Often used with ~아/어 있다 to indicate that something contains something. For example: "김치에 고추가 들어가 있어요" = "There is red peppers in 김치"</p>
+
+        "들어가세요" is often said to people when they leave a place, almost as a greeting like "goodbye."
+
+        Often used with ~아/어 있다 to indicate that something contains something. For example: "김치에 고추가 들어가 있어요" = "There is red peppers in 김치"
       examples:
         - ko: 샴푸가 눈에 **들어갔어요**
           en: Shampoo **went** **into** my eyes
@@ -252,8 +261,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v23.mp3
       en: to enter (the verb form of 'admission')
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "입짱하다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "입짱하다"
-        <p>The noun form of this word translates to "admission"</p>
+
+        The noun form of this word translates to "admission"
       examples:
         - ko: 몇 시부터 **입장할** 수 있어요?
           en: From what time can we **enter**?
@@ -270,9 +280,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v25.mp3
       en: to be interesting
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "흥미롭따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "흥미롭따"
-        <p>흥미롭다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 흥미로워, ~ㄴ/은: 흥미로운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 흥미롭습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 흥미로울, ~니: 흥미로우니, ~ㅁ/음: 흥미로움, ~(으)려고: 흥미로우려고, ~(으)시: 흥미로우시, ~(으)면: 흥미로우면, ~(으)니: 흥미로우니</p>
+        흥미롭다 follows the ㅂ irregular
+
+        ~아/어: 흥미로워, ~ㄴ/은: 흥미로운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 흥미롭습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 흥미로울, ~니: 흥미로우니, ~ㅁ/음: 흥미로움, ~(으)려고: 흥미로우려고, ~(으)시: 흥미로우시, ~(으)면: 흥미로우면, ~(으)니: 흥미로우니
       examples:
         - ko: 화학은 매우 **흥미로워요**
           en: Chemistry is very **interesting**
@@ -285,10 +297,16 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v26.mp3
       en: to be late
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "늗따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "늗따"
-        <p>This is often irrelevant, but 늦다 is both a verb and an adjective. As a verb, it usually indicates that one arrives late. For example: "우리가 늦어서 죄송해요" = "Sorry we arrived late"</p>
+
-        <p>It is often used as an adjective to describe a time that is late. For example: "우리는 늦은 저녁을 먹었어요" = "We ate a late dinner"</p>
+        This is often irrelevant, but 늦다 is both a verb and an adjective. As a verb, it usually indicates that one arrives late. For example:
-        <p>As an adjective, ~게 is often added to it in order to create an adverb. For example: "그녀는 언제나 늦게 와요" = "She comes late every time"</p>
+        - "우리가 늦어서 죄송해요" = "Sorry we arrived late"
+
+        It is often used as an adjective to describe a time that is late. For example:
+        - "우리는 늦은 저녁을 먹었어요" = "We ate a late dinner"
+
+        As an adjective, ~게 is often added to it in order to create an adverb. For example:
+        - "그녀는 언제나 늦게 와요" = "She comes late every time"
       examples:
         - ko: 우리가 **늦**어서 죄송해요
           en: Sorry we arrived **late**
@@ -303,7 +321,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v27.mp3
       en: to be cool, to be relaxing
       notes: |
-        <p>In addition to meaning "cool" (as in temperature), this word is often used to describe the feeling you get when somebody gives you a massage.</p>
+        In addition to meaning "cool" (as in temperature), this word is often used to describe the feeling you get when somebody gives you a massage.
       examples:
         - ko: 요즘에 날씨가 **시원해요**
           en: These days the weather is **cool**
@@ -316,8 +334,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v28.mp3
       en: to be jealous
       notes: |
-        <p>The noun form of this word translates to "jealousy" or "envy"</p>
+        The noun form of this word translates to "jealousy" or "envy"
-        <p>Often used as "질투가 나다." See Lesson 14 for more information on how the word "나다" works in these situations.</p>
+
+        Often used as "질투가 나다." See Lesson 14 for more information on how the word "나다" works in these situations.
       examples:
         - ko: 저의 남자 친구는 항상 **질투해요**
           en: My boyfriend is always **jealous**
@@ -326,9 +345,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v29.mp3
       en: to be spicy
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "맵따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "맵따"
-        <p>맵다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 매워, ~ㄴ/은: 매운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 맵습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 매울, ~니: 매우니, ~ㅁ/음: 매움, ~(으)려고: 매우려고, ~(으)시: 매우시, ~(으)면: 매우면, ~(으)니: 매우니</p>
+        맵다 follows the ㅂ irregular
+
+        ~아/어: 매워, ~ㄴ/은: 매운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 맵습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 매울, ~니: 매우니, ~ㅁ/음: 매움, ~(으)려고: 매우려고, ~(으)시: 매우시, ~(으)면: 매우면, ~(으)니: 매우니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **매운** 것을 못 먹어요
           en: I can't eat **spicy** things
@@ -341,8 +362,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v30.mp3
       en: to be sorry
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video #3.</p>
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video #3.
-        <p><YouTube id="Q2KFITCbZ5s" /></p>
+
+        <YouTube id="Q2KFITCbZ5s" />
       examples:
         - ko: 늦게 와서 **죄송합니다**!
           en: "**Sorry** for coming late!"
@@ -361,9 +383,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v32.mp3
       en: to be heavy
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "무겁따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "무겁따"
-        <p>무겁다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 무거워, ~ㄴ/은: 무거운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 무겁습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 무거울, ~니: 무거우니, ~ㅁ/음: 무거움, ~(으)려고: 무거우려고, ~(으)시: 무거우시, ~(으)면: 무거우면, ~(으)니: 무거우니</p>
+        무겁다 follows the ㅂ irregular
+
+        ~아/어: 무거워, ~ㄴ/은: 무거운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 무겁습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 무거울, ~니: 무거우니, ~ㅁ/음: 무거움, ~(으)려고: 무거우려고, ~(으)시: 무거우시, ~(으)면: 무거우면, ~(으)니: 무거우니
       examples:
         - ko: 이 가방은 너무 **무거워요**
           en: This bag is too **heavy**
@@ -374,9 +398,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v33.mp3
       en: to be light
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "가볍따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "가볍따"
-        <p>가볍다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 가벼워, ~ㄴ/은: 가벼운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 가볍습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 가벼울, ~니: 가벼우니, ~ㅁ/음: 가벼움, ~(으)려고: 가벼우려고, ~(으)시: 가벼우시, ~(으)면: 가벼우면, ~(으)니: 가벼우니</p>
+        가볍다 follows the ㅂ irregular
+
+        ~아/어: 가벼워, ~ㄴ/은: 가벼운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 가볍습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 가벼울, ~니: 가벼우니, ~ㅁ/음: 가벼움, ~(으)려고: 가벼우려고, ~(으)시: 가벼우시, ~(으)면: 가벼우면, ~(으)니: 가벼우니
       examples:
         - ko: 이 가방은 **가벼워요**
           en: This bag is **light**
@@ -398,9 +424,12 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson13v20.mp3
       en: to be familiar with something
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "익쑤카다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "익쑤카다"
-        <p>The most common definition of 익숙하다 is "to be familiar with," but in sentences I prefer to use "to be used to."</p>
+
-        <p>For example, if you buy a new pair of shoes, and you still kind of prefer your previous shoes, you could say "새로운 신발에 아직 익숙하지 않아요." ("I'm not used to the new shoes yet").</p>
+        The most common definition of 익숙하다 is "to be familiar with," but in sentences I prefer to use "to be used to."
+
+        For example, if you buy a new pair of shoes, and you still kind of prefer your previous shoes, you could say
+        - "새로운 신발에 아직 익숙하지 않아요." ("I'm not used to the new shoes yet").
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 한국 음식 맛에 **익숙해요**
           en: I am **used to** the taste of Korean food
@@ -1158,7 +1187,7 @@ Common Usages:
 
 Notes:
 
-Often used as “<TTS>질투가 나다</TTS>.” See [Lesson 14](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-9-16/lesson-14-korean-passive-verbs/) for more information on how the word “나다” works in these situations.
+Often used as “<TTS>질투가 나다</TTS>.” See [Lesson 14](./14-passive.md) for more information on how the word “나다” works in these situations.
 
 Example:
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/14-passive.md

@@ -5,8 +5,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson14v1.mp3
       en: smell
       notes: |
-        <p>It is hard for an English speaker to understand this word. "냄새" is a noun that means "smell." If you want to say that something is smelly (adjective), you need to use the verb 나다, which is very confusing. 나다 acts as a passive verb which is introduced in Lesson 14.</p>
+        It is hard for an English speaker to understand this word. "냄새" is a noun that means "smell." If you want to say that something is smelly (adjective), you need to use the verb 나다, which is very confusing. 나다 acts as a passive verb which is introduced in Lesson 14.
-        <p>For a positive/good smell, the word "향" is more commonly used.</p>
+
+        For a positive/good smell, the word "향" is more commonly used.
       examples:
         - ko: 그 방에서 **냄새**가 나요
           en: That room is **smelly** (A **smell** is coming out of that room)
@@ -102,8 +103,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson14v8.mp3
       en: memory
       notes: |
-        <p>The verb form of this word translates to "to remember"</p>
+        The verb form of this word translates to "to remember"
-        <p>The word 나다 is often used to indicate that a memory "comes" up. See Lesson 14 for more information.</p>
+
+        The word 나다 is often used to indicate that a memory "comes" up. See Lesson 14 for more information.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 그 사람의 이름이 **기억**이 안 나요
           en: I can't **remember** that person's name
@@ -162,9 +164,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson14v13.mp3
       en: to turn off
       notes: |
-        <p>The passive form of this word is "꺼지다" (to be turned off)</p>
+        The passive form of this word is "꺼지다" (to be turned off)
-        <p>끄다 follows the ㅡ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 꺼, ~ㄴ/은: 끈, ~ㄴ/는다: 끈다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 끕니다, ~ㄹ/을: 끌, ~니: 끄니, ~ㅁ/음: 끔, ~(으)려고: 끄려고, ~(으)시: 끄시, ~(으)면: 끄면, ~(으)니: 끄니</p>
+        끄다 follows the ㅡ irregular
+
+        ~아/어: 꺼, ~ㄴ/은: 끈, ~ㄴ/는다: 끈다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 끕니다, ~ㄹ/을: 끌, ~니: 끄니, ~ㅁ/음: 끔, ~(으)려고: 끄려고, ~(으)시: 끄시, ~(으)면: 끄면, ~(으)니: 끄니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 불을 **껐어요**
           en: I **turned** the lights **off**
@@ -175,8 +179,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson14v14.mp3
       en: to hide oneself
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "숨따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "숨따"
-        <p>This is used when somebody hides his/herself. When hiding an object, 숨기다 is used.</p>
+
+        This is used when somebody hides his/herself. When hiding an object, 숨기다 is used.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 큰 박스 뒤에 **숨었어요**
           en: I **hid** behind a big box
@@ -185,8 +190,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson14v15.mp3
       en: to hide an object
       notes: |
-        <p>When hiding oneself, the word 숨다 is used. For example: "저는 박스 뒤에 숨었어요"</p>
+        When hiding oneself, the word 숨다 is used. For example: "저는 박스 뒤에 숨었어요"
-        <p>However, when hiding an object, 숨기다 is used.</p>
+
+        However, when hiding an object, 숨기다 is used.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 반지를 박스 안에 **숨겼어요**
           en: I **hid** the ring in a box
@@ -205,8 +211,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson14v17.mp3
       en: to lay an object down
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "노타"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "노타"
-        <p>The passive form of this word is "놓이다" (to be placed on something)</p>
+
+        The passive form of this word is "놓이다" (to be placed on something)
       examples:
         - ko: 펜을 탁자에 **놓으세요**!
           en: "**Put** your pens on the table!"
@@ -217,9 +224,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson14v18.mp3
       en: to lie down
       notes: |
-        <p>눕다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+        눕다 follows the ㅂ irregular
-        <p>The word 눕히다 is used to indicate that you laid another person down</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 누워, ~ㄴ/은: 누운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 눕습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 누울, ~니: 누우니, ~ㅁ/음: 누움, ~(으)려고: 누우려고, ~(으)시: 누우시, ~(으)면: 누우면, ~(으)니: 누우니</p>
+        The word 눕히다 is used to indicate that you laid another person down
+
+        ~아/어: 누워, ~ㄴ/은: 누운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 눕습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 누울, ~니: 누우니, ~ㅁ/음: 누움, ~(으)려고: 누우려고, ~(으)시: 누우시, ~(으)면: 누우면, ~(으)니: 누우니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 침대에 잠깐 **눕**고 싶어요
           en: I want to **lie down** for just a second
@@ -264,7 +273,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson14v22.mp3
       en: to include
       notes: |
-        <p>See Lesson 71 for more information</p>
+        See Lesson 71 for more information
       examples:
         - ko: 이 가격은 세금을 **포함해요**
           en: This price **includes** tax
@@ -277,17 +286,16 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson14v23.mp3
       en: to make something come up/arise/occur
       notes: |
-        <p>Words ending in 내다 can usually be switched to end in 나다 to change the meaning from active to passive (and vice-versa). However, not all words ending in 나다 have an equivalent 내다 verb (and vice-versa). 나다 and 내다 can be used as standalone verbs as well as be attached to other words. Both of their meanings are very complex and depend heavily on the situation. When used by itself, it usually translates to "pay" or to "submit". For example:</p>
+        Words ending in 내다 can usually be switched to end in 나다 to change the meaning from active to passive (and vice-versa). However, not all words ending in 나다 have an equivalent 내다 verb (and vice-versa). 나다 and 내다 can be used as standalone verbs as well as be attached to other words. Both of their meanings are very complex and depend heavily on the situation. When used by itself, it usually translates to "pay" or to "submit". For example:
-        <ul>
+
-          <li>돈을 내다 = to pay (money)</li>
+        *   돈을 내다 = to pay (money)
-          <li>세금을 내다 = to pay taxes</li>
+        *   세금을 내다 = to pay taxes
-          <li>신청 서류를 내다 = to submit an application form</li>
+        *   신청 서류를 내다 = to submit an application form
-        </ul>
+
-        <p>However, it can be found attached to many words that also have a 나다 (passive) equivalent:</p>
+        However, it can be found attached to many words that also have a 나다 (passive) equivalent:
-        <ul>
+
-          <li>저는 컴퓨터를 고장 냈어요 = I broke the computer</li>
+        *   저는 컴퓨터를 고장 냈어요 = I broke the computer
-          <li>저는 숙제를 끝냈어요 = I finished my homework</li>
+        *   저는 숙제를 끝냈어요 = I finished my homework
-        </ul>
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 컴퓨터를 고장 **냈어요**
           en: I broke the computer
@@ -318,8 +326,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson14v26.mp3
       en: to impress
       notes: |
-        <p>The noun form of this word translates to "impression"</p>
+        The noun form of this word translates to "impression"
-        <p>More commonly used as 감동받다 (to be impressed) and 감동시키다 (to impress)</p>
+
+        More commonly used as 감동받다 (to be impressed) and 감동시키다 (to impress)
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 당신의 말에 **감동받았어요**
           en: I was **impressed** with what you said
@@ -330,7 +339,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson14v27.mp3
       en: to stand
       notes: |
-        <p>To indicate that you went from the sitting/lying down position to standing, the word "일어나다" (to get up) should be used.</p>
+        To indicate that you went from the sitting/lying down position to standing, the word "일어나다" (to get up) should be used.
       examples:
         - ko: 우리는 한 시간 동안 줄에 **서 있었어요**
           en: We were **standing** in the line for an hour
@@ -366,7 +375,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson14v30.mp3
       en: to have something you didn't have
       notes: |
-        <p>Words ending in 나다 can usually be switched to end in 내다 to change the meaning from passive to active (and vice-versa). However, not all words ending in 나다 have an equivalent 내다 verb (and vice-versa). 나다 and 내다 can be used as standalone verbs as well as be attached to other words. Both of their meanings are very complex and depend heavily on the situation. I discuss this more deeply in this lesson. Furthermore, a detailed list of many ways 나다 can be used is shown in Lesson 128.</p>
+        Words ending in 나다 can usually be switched to end in 내다 to change the meaning from passive to active (and vice-versa). However, not all words ending in 나다 have an equivalent 내다 verb (and vice-versa). 나다 and 내다 can be used as standalone verbs as well as be attached to other words. Both of their meanings are very complex and depend heavily on the situation. I discuss this more deeply in this lesson. Furthermore, a detailed list of many ways 나다 can be used is shown in Lesson 128.
       examples:
         - ko: 좋은 생각이 **났어요**!
           en: I **have** a good idea
@@ -404,8 +413,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson14v34.mp3
       en: for an object to be lying down
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "노이다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "노이다"
-        <p>The active form of this word is "놓다" (to put down)</p>
+
+        The active form of this word is "놓다" (to put down)
       examples:
         - ko: 펜이 탁자에 **놓여 있어요**
           en: The pen is **on** the table (**lying on** the table)
@@ -436,8 +446,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson14v37.mp3
       en: to be tricked
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "속따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "속따"
-        <p>The active form of this word is "속이다" (to trick)</p>
+
+        The active form of this word is "속이다" (to trick)
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 친구에게 **속았어요**
           en: I was **tricked** by my friend

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/15-good-carry-similar.md

@@ -248,13 +248,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v17.mp3
       en: past
       notes: |
-        <ul>
+        * 저는 **과거**에 그런 행동을 많이 했어요 = I acted like that a lot in the **past**
-        <li>저는 <strong>과거</strong>에 그런 행동을 많이 했어요 = <span class="md spoiler">I acted like that a lot in the <strong>past</strong></span></li>
+
-        </ul>
+        It can also be used as a noun, for example:
-        <p>It can also be used as a noun, for example:</p>
+
-        <ul>
+        * 그의 **과거**는 큰 비밀이에요 = His **past** is a big secret
-        <li>그의 <strong>과거</strong>는 큰 비밀이에요 = <span class="md spoiler">His <strong>past</strong> is a big secret</span></li>
-        </ul>
       examples:
         - ko: "저는 **과거**에 그런 행동을 많이 했어요"
           en: "I acted like that a lot in the **past**"
@@ -298,9 +296,9 @@ vocabulary:
           en: The **picture** is hanging on the wall
         - ko: 저는 그 **그림**이 마음에 들어요
           en: I like that **picture**
-        - ko: "**그** 그림은 높은 가치가 있어요"
+        - ko: "그 **그림**은 높은 가치가 있어요"
           en: That **picture** has a high value
-        - ko: 그 학생은 그림을 잘 그리는 재능을 가지고 있어요
+        - ko: 그 학생은 **그림**을 잘 그리는 재능을 가지고 있어요
           en: That student has a talent for **drawing** (**pictures**)
         - ko: 그 **그림**을 볼 때 배경이 무슨 의미가 있는지 생각해 보세요
           en: When you look at the **painting,** try to think about what meaning the background has
@@ -316,10 +314,13 @@ vocabulary:
         - ko: 꿈속에
           en: in one's dream
       notes: |
-        <p>Korean people can’t explain the difference between <TTS>안</TTS> and <TTS>속</TTS>.</p>
+        Korean people can’t explain the difference between 안 and 속.
-        <p>속 is more commonly used when, if you enter something, the place will be <span class="md spoiler">filled with stuff and is not “empty”</span>. Conversely, “안” would be more commonly used when, if you enter something, the place is <span class="md spoiler">basically empty</span>.</p>
+
-        <p>For example, if you enter water or if you enter your body. In both cases, “속” would be used to refer to the inside of a body, or the inside of water. If you enter your body, it is filled with stuff, and if you enter the water, it is still all water.</p>
+        속 is more commonly used when, if you enter something, the place will be filled with stuff and is not “empty”. Conversely, “안” would be more commonly used when, if you enter something, the place is basically empty.
-        <p>The opposite is if you are talking about a room, or a building. You can go into those places and it is relatively empty.</p>
+
+        For example, if you enter water or if you enter your body. In both cases, “속” would be used to refer to the inside of a body, or the inside of water. If you enter your body, it is filled with stuff, and if you enter the water, it is still all water.
+
+        The opposite is if you are talking about a room, or a building. You can go into those places and it is relatively empty.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **속**이 안 좋아요
           en: I don't feel good (my **insides** aren't good)
@@ -329,9 +330,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v19.mp3
       en: to lift, to carry, to hold
       notes: |
-        <p>들다 follows the ㄹ irregular</p>
+        들다 follows the ㄹ irregular
-        <p>들다 can be used in many different ways. "to lift/carry/hold something" is one of the main overarching usages. See below in this lesson for more information</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 들어, ~ㄴ/은: 든, ~ㄴ/는다: 든다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 듭니다, ~ㄹ/을: 들, ~니: 드니, ~ㅁ/음: 듦, ~(으)려고: 들려고, ~(으)시: 드시, ~(으)면: 들면, ~(으)니: 드니</p>
+        들다 can be used in many different ways. "to lift/carry/hold something" is one of the main overarching usages. See below in this lesson for more information
+
+        ~아/어: 들어, ~ㄴ/은: 든, ~ㄴ/는다: 든다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 듭니다, ~ㄹ/을: 들, ~니: 드니, ~ㅁ/음: 듦, ~(으)려고: 들려고, ~(으)시: 드시, ~(으)면: 들면, ~(으)니: 드니
       usages:
         - ko: 고개를 들다
           en: to raise one's head
@@ -353,9 +356,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v20.mp3
       en: to enter, to go into
       notes: |
-        <p>들다 follows the ㄹ irregular</p>
+        들다 follows the ㄹ irregular
-        <p>들다 can be used in many different ways. "to enter, go into" is one of the main overarching usages. See below in this lesson for more information</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 들어, ~ㄴ/은: 든, ~ㄴ/는다: 든다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 듭니다, ~ㄹ/을: 들, ~니: 드니, ~ㅁ/음: 듦, ~(으)려고: 들려고, ~(으)시: 드시, ~(으)면: 들면, ~(으)니: 드니</p>
+        들다 can be used in many different ways. "to enter, go into" is one of the main overarching usages. See below in this lesson for more information
+
+        ~아/어: 들어, ~ㄴ/은: 든, ~ㄴ/는다: 든다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 듭니다, ~ㄹ/을: 들, ~니: 드니, ~ㅁ/음: 듦, ~(으)려고: 들려고, ~(으)시: 드시, ~(으)면: 들면, ~(으)니: 드니
       usages:
         - ko: 들어가다
           en: to go in
@@ -374,15 +379,23 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v21.mp3
       en: to bring an object
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "가저오다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "가저오다"
-        <p>This is not used when you "bring" a person somewhere. Instead, the word "데려오다" is used</p>
+
-        <p>가져오다 often translates to "to bring" and 가져가다 often translates to "to take." However, the translation of "to bring" could work for both 가져오다 and 가져가다.</p>
+        This is not used when you "bring" a person somewhere. Instead, the word "데려오다" is used
-        <p>가지다 means "to possess" and "오다" and "가다" mean "to come" and "to go" respectively. Deciding to use 가져오다 or 가져가다 depends on the point of reference of the acting agent in the sentence to the speaker. Specifically, whether the acting agent is coming or going to the location in question.</p>
+
-        <p>Imagine you have money at your house, and you will go to your friend's house later to give it to him. Therefore, you will have to "bring" or "take" (same meaning) that money with you when you head over there. If you are currently at your house and are talking to your friend about what you will do, you should use the word "가져가다" because you are going to your friend's house while in possession of the money (저는 돈을 가져갈 거예요). In this example, 가져가다 is used and the best English translation would be "I will bring the money."</p>
+        가져오다 often translates to "to bring" and 가져가다 often translates to "to take." However, the translation of "to bring" could work for both 가져오다 and 가져가다.
-        <p>However, imagine you have already arrived at your friend's house with the money. You can use the word "가져오다" because you came to your friend's house while in possession of the money (저는 돈을 가져왔어요). In this example, 가져오다 is used and the best English translation would be "I brought the money."</p>
+
-        <p>People would read those two examples and think "Oh, so if it is something happening in the future – I should use 가져가다 and if it is something happening in the past, I should use 가져오다."</p>
+        가지다 means "to possess" and "오다" and "가다" mean "to come" and "to go" respectively. Deciding to use 가져오다 or 가져가다 depends on the point of reference of the acting agent in the sentence to the speaker. Specifically, whether the acting agent is coming or going to the location in question.
-        <p>No. It has nothing to do with the tense of the sentence. It has everything to do with the point of reference of the acting agent of the sentence to the speaker.</p>
+
-        <p>For example, imagine you are at your house with the money. If your friend wants to tell you to "bring the money," he should use the word "가져오다" because you are coming (not going) to him. To his reference, you are "coming." In this case, 가져오다 should be used.</p>
+        Imagine you have money at your house, and you will go to your friend's house later to give it to him. Therefore, you will have to "bring" or "take" (same meaning) that money with you when you head over there. If you are currently at your house and are talking to your friend about what you will do, you should use the word "가져가다" because you are going to your friend's house while in possession of the money (저는 돈을 가져갈 거예요). In this example, 가져가다 is used and the best English translation would be "I will bring the money."
+
+        However, imagine you have already arrived at your friend's house with the money. You can use the word "가져오다" because you came to your friend's house while in possession of the money (저는 돈을 가져왔어요). In this example, 가져오다 is used and the best English translation would be "I brought the money."
+
+        People would read those two examples and think "Oh, so if it is something happening in the future – I should use 가져가다 and if it is something happening in the past, I should use 가져오다."
+
+        No. It has nothing to do with the tense of the sentence. It has everything to do with the point of reference of the acting agent of the sentence to the speaker.
+
+        For example, imagine you are at your house with the money. If your friend wants to tell you to "bring the money," he should use the word "가져오다" because you are coming (not going) to him. To his reference, you are "coming." In this case, 가져오다 should be used.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 저의 숙제를 **가져왔어요**
           en: I **brought** my homework
@@ -397,15 +410,23 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v22.mp3
       en: to bring/take an object
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "가저가다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "가저가다"
-        <p>This is not used when you "take" a person somewhere. Instead, the word "데려가다" is used</p>
+
-        <p>가져오다 often translates to "to bring" and 가져가다 often translates to "to take." However, the translation of "to bring" could work for both 가져오다 and 가져가다.</p>
+        This is not used when you "take" a person somewhere. Instead, the word "데려가다" is used
-        <p>가지다 means "to possess" and "오다" and "가다" mean "to come" and "to go" respectively. Deciding to use 가져오다 or 가져가다 depends on the point of reference of the acting agent in the sentence to the speaker. Specifically, whether the acting agent is coming or going to the location in question.</p>
+
-        <p>Imagine you have money at your house, and you will go to your friend's house later to give it to him. Therefore, you will have to "bring" or "take" (same meaning) that money with you when you head over there. If you are currently at your house and are talking to your friend about what you will do, you should use the word "가져가다" because you are going to your friend's house while in possession of the money (저는 돈을 가져갈 거예요). In this example, 가져가다 is used and the best English translation would be "I will bring the money."</p>
+        가져오다 often translates to "to bring" and 가져가다 often translates to "to take." However, the translation of "to bring" could work for both 가져오다 and 가져가다.
-        <p>However, imagine you have already arrived at your friend's house with the money. You can use the word "가져오다" because you came to your friend's house while in possession of the money (저는 돈을 가져왔어요). In this example, 가져오다 is used and the best English translation would be "I brought the money."</p>
+
-        <p>People would read those two examples and think "Oh, so if it is something happening in the future – I should use 가져가다 and if it is something happening in the past, I should use 가져오다."</p>
+        가지다 means "to possess" and "오다" and "가다" mean "to come" and "to go" respectively. Deciding to use 가져오다 or 가져가다 depends on the point of reference of the acting agent in the sentence to the speaker. Specifically, whether the acting agent is coming or going to the location in question.
-        <p>No. It has nothing to do with the tense of the sentence. It has everything to do with the point of reference of the acting agent of the sentence to the speaker.</p>
+
-        <p>For example, imagine you are at your house with the money. If your friend wants to tell you to "bring the money," he should use the word "가져오다" because you are coming (not going) to him. To his reference, you are "coming." In this case, 가져오다 should be used.</p>
+        Imagine you have money at your house, and you will go to your friend's house later to give it to him. Therefore, you will have to "bring" or "take" (same meaning) that money with you when you head over there. If you are currently at your house and are talking to your friend about what you will do, you should use the word "가져가다" because you are going to your friend's house while in possession of the money (저는 돈을 가져갈 거예요). In this example, 가져가다 is used and the best English translation would be "I will bring the money."
+
+        However, imagine you have already arrived at your friend's house with the money. You can use the word "가져오다" because you came to your friend's house while in possession of the money (저는 돈을 가져왔어요). In this example, 가져오다 is used and the best English translation would be "I brought the money."
+
+        People would read those two examples and think "Oh, so if it is something happening in the future – I should use 가져가다 and if it is something happening in the past, I should use 가져오다."
+
+        No. It has nothing to do with the tense of the sentence. It has everything to do with the point of reference of the acting agent of the sentence to the speaker.
+
+        For example, imagine you are at your house with the money. If your friend wants to tell you to "bring the money," he should use the word "가져오다" because you are coming (not going) to him. To his reference, you are "coming." In this case, 가져오다 should be used.
       examples:
         - ko: 얼마나 많은 돈을 **가져갈** **거예요**?
           en: How much money will you **bring/take**?
@@ -416,8 +437,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v23.mp3
       en: to turn, to run a machine, to hand out
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation [Video 14]</p>
+        This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation \[Video 14\]
-        <p><YouTube id="b8X6ryrJGeY" /></p>
+
+        <YouTube id="b8X6ryrJGeY" />
       usages:
         - ko: 세탁기를 돌리다
           en: to turn on, use a washing machine
@@ -435,9 +457,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v24.mp3
       en: to turn oneself, to rotate oneself
       notes: |
-        <p>돌다 follows the ㄹ irregular</p>
+        돌다 follows the ㄹ irregular
-        <p>돌리다 is used when one turns an object. 돌다 can be used when one turns his/her body.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 돌아, ~ㄴ/은: 돈, ~ㄴ/는다: 돈다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 돕니다, ~ㄹ/을: 돌, ~니: 도니, ~ㅁ/음: 돎, ~(으)려고: 돌려고, ~(으)시: 도시, ~(으)면: 돌면, ~(으)니: 도니</p>
+        돌리다 is used when one turns an object. 돌다 can be used when one turns his/her body.
+
+        ~아/어: 돌아, ~ㄴ/은: 돈, ~ㄴ/는다: 돈다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 돕니다, ~ㄹ/을: 돌, ~니: 도니, ~ㅁ/음: 돎, ~(으)려고: 돌려고, ~(으)시: 도시, ~(으)면: 돌면, ~(으)니: 도니
       usages:
         - ko: 돌아가다
           en: to go back
@@ -452,7 +476,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 돌아보다
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v25.mp3
       en: to look back
-      notes: <p>A compound verb made up of "돌다" and "보다"</p>
+      notes: A compound verb made up of "돌다" and "보다"
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 그녀를 **돌아봤어요**
           en: I **looked back** at her
@@ -461,7 +485,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v26.mp3
       en: to go back, to return
       notes: |
-        <p>A compound verb made up of "돌다" and "가다." If you are currently in a place and are talking about returning to another place. For example, if you are from Canada but currently in Korea and talking about returning to Canada (i.e. going back to Canada), you should use this word instead of "돌아오다."</p>
+        A compound verb made up of "돌다" and "가다." If you are currently in a place and are talking about returning to another place. For example, if you are from Canada but currently in Korea and talking about returning to Canada (i.e. going back to Canada), you should use this word instead of "돌아오다."
       usages:
         - ko: 돌아가시다
           en: A formal way to say somebody has "passed away" (the honorific ~(으)시 is introduced in Lesson 39)
@@ -478,7 +502,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v27.mp3
       en: to come back, to return
       notes: |
-        <p>A compound verb made up of "돌다" and "오다." If you are currently in a place and are talking about returning to the same place. For example, if you are from Canada talking about returning to Canada (i.e. coming back to Canada), you should use this word instead of "돌아가다."</p>
+        A compound verb made up of "돌다" and "오다." If you are currently in a place and are talking about returning to the same place. For example, if you are from Canada talking about returning to Canada (i.e. coming back to Canada), you should use this word instead of "돌아가다."
       examples:
         - ko: 캐나다에 언제 **돌아올** **거예요**?
           en: When are you **coming** **back** to Canada?
@@ -494,7 +518,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 돌려주다
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v28.mp3
       en: to give back
-      notes: <p>A compound verb made up of "돌리다" and "주다"</p>
+      notes: A compound verb made up of "돌리다" and "주다"
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 친구에게 책을 **돌려줬어요**
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/34.mp3
@@ -504,8 +528,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v29.mp3
       en: to hang
       notes: |
-        <p>걸다 follows the ㄹ irregular</p>
+        걸다 follows the ㄹ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 걸어, ~ㄴ/은: 건, ~ㄴ/는다: 건다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 겁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 걸, ~니: 거니, ~ㅁ/음: 검, ~(으)려고: 걸려고, ~(으)시: 거시, ~(으)면: 걸면, ~(으)니: 거니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 걸어, ~ㄴ/은: 건, ~ㄴ/는다: 건다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 겁니다, ~ㄹ/을: 걸, ~니: 거니, ~ㅁ/음: 검, ~(으)려고: 걸려고, ~(으)시: 거시, ~(으)면: 걸면, ~(으)니: 거니
       usages:
         - ko: 시동을 걸다
           en: to start the engine of your car
@@ -532,7 +557,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 결혼하다
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v31.mp3
       en: to get married
-      notes: <p>The noun form of this word translates to "marriage"</p>
+      notes: The noun form of this word translates to "marriage"
       examples:
         - ko: 그녀는 아직 **결혼하지** 않았어요
           en: She still hasn't gotten **married** yet
@@ -547,9 +572,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v32.mp3
       en: to call out
       notes: |
-        <p>부르다 follows the 르 irregular</p>
+        부르다 follows the 르 irregular
-        <p>When used to say that one "calls" something by a certain name, "라고" is usually used in the sentence. See <a href="https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-3-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-3-lessons-51-58/lesson-52/">Lesson 52</a> for more information.</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 불러, ~ㄴ/은: 부른, ~ㄴ/는다: 부른다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 부릅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 부를, ~니: 부르니, ~ㅁ/음: 부름, ~(으)려고: 부르려고, ~(으)시: 부르시, ~(으)면: 부르면, ~(으)니: 부르니</p>
+        When used to say that one "calls" something by a certain name, "라고" is usually used in the sentence. See [Lesson 52](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-3-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-3-lessons-51-58/lesson-52/) for more information.
+
+        ~아/어: 불러, ~ㄴ/은: 부른, ~ㄴ/는다: 부른다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 부릅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 부를, ~니: 부르니, ~ㅁ/음: 부름, ~(으)려고: 부르려고, ~(으)시: 부르시, ~(으)면: 부르면, ~(으)니: 부르니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 저의 여자 친구를 '애기'라고 **불러요**
           en: I **call** my girlfriend "baby"
@@ -562,8 +589,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v33.mp3
       en: to choose, to pick
       notes: |
-        <p>고르다 follows the 르 irregular</p>
+        고르다 follows the 르 irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 골라, ~ㄴ/은: 고른, ~ㄴ/는다: 고른다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 고릅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 고를, ~니: 고르니, ~ㅁ/음: 고름, ~(으)려고: 고르려고, ~(으)시: 고르시, ~(으)면: 고르면, ~(으)니: 고르니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 골라, ~ㄴ/은: 고른, ~ㄴ/는다: 고른다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 고릅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 고를, ~니: 고르니, ~ㅁ/음: 고름, ~(으)려고: 고르려고, ~(으)시: 고르시, ~(으)면: 고르면, ~(으)니: 고르니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 이것과 저젓 중에 **고를** 수 없어요
           en: I can't **choose** between the two
@@ -575,7 +603,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 넣다
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v34.mp3
       en: to insert, to put inside
-      notes: <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "너타"</p>
+      notes: The pronunciation of this word is closer to "너타"
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 야채를 냉장고에 **넣었어요**
           en: I **put** the vegetables in the fridge
@@ -598,7 +626,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 설명하다
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v36.mp3
       en: to explain
-      notes: <p>The noun form of this word translates to "an explanation"</p>
+      notes: The noun form of this word translates to "an explanation"
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 어려운 내용을 천천히 **설명했어요**
           en: I **explained** the difficult content slowly
@@ -610,7 +638,7 @@ vocabulary:
     - ko: 자랑하다
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v37.mp3
       en: to show off
-      notes: <p>자랑스럽다 translates to "to be proud"</p>
+      notes: 자랑스럽다 translates to "to be proud"
       examples:
         - ko: "**자랑하**지 마세요!"
           en: Don't **show off**!
@@ -668,16 +696,17 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v39.mp3
       en: to be exactly the same
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to “똑깓다”</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to “똑깓다”
-        <p>When comparing <span class="md spoiler">two things by saying they are the same</span>, it is more common to use 똑같다 instead of 같다. For example, instead of saying:</p>
+
-        <ul>
+        When comparing two things by saying they are the same, it is more common to use 똑같다 instead of 같다. For example, instead of saying:
-        <li><s>저와 저의 형은 같아요</s></li>
+
-        </ul>
+        *   저와 저의 형은 같아요
-        <p>It would be more natural to say:</p>
+
-        <ul>
+        It would be more natural to say:
-        <li>저와 저의 형은 똑같아요</li>
+
-        </ul>
+        *   저와 저의 형은 똑같아요
-        <p>See below in this lesson for more information</p>
+
+        See below in this lesson for more information
       examples:
         - ko: 우리가 **똑같은** 옷을 입고 있어요
           en: We are wearing **exactly** **the** **same** clothes
@@ -688,10 +717,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v40.mp3
       en: to be proud
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "자랑스럽따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "자랑스럽따"
-        <p>자랑스럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>자랑스럽다 is an adjective. To indicate that you are proud of something/somebody, the particle ~이/가 must be attached to the object of the sentence. See Lesson 15 for more information.</p>
+        자랑스럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 자랑스러워, ~ㄴ/은: 자랑스러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 자랑스럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 자랑스러울, ~니: 자랑스러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 자랑스러움, ~(으)려고: 자랑스러우려고, ~(으)시: 자랑스러우시, ~(으)면: 자랑스러우면, ~(으)니: 자랑스러우니</p>
+
+        자랑스럽다 is an adjective. To indicate that you are proud of something/somebody, the particle ~이/가 must be attached to the object of the sentence. See Lesson 15 for more information.
+
+        ~아/어: 자랑스러워, ~ㄴ/은: 자랑스러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 자랑스럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 자랑스러울, ~니: 자랑스러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 자랑스러움, ~(으)려고: 자랑스러우려고, ~(으)시: 자랑스러우시, ~(으)면: 자랑스러우면, ~(으)니: 자랑스러우니
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 우리 아들이 **자랑스러워요**
           en: I am **proud** of our son
@@ -707,16 +739,17 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v41.mp3
       en: another
       notes: |
-        <p>The function of “또 다르다” is hard to explain, but it is easier to explain (and understand) if you think of it as two separate words (which it actually is). It is a combination of the adjective “다르다” and the adverb “또”, which is used when something happens again.</p>
+        The function of “또 다르다” is hard to explain, but it is easier to explain (and understand) if you think of it as two separate words (which it actually is). It is a combination of the adjective “다르다” and the adverb “또”, which is used when something happens again.
-        <p>“또 다르다” is used when one particular thing has already been described, and you are explaining <em>another</em> thing. For example, imagine you are sitting in a meeting with your coworkers discussing <span class="md spoiler">potential problems for a plan</span>. People are all discussing the problems they see, and you can point out:</p>
+
-        <ul>
+        “또 다르다” is used when one particular thing has already been described, and you are explaining _another_ thing. For example, imagine you are sitting in a meeting with your coworkers discussing potential problems for a plan. People are all discussing the problems they see, and you can point out:
-        <li><TTS>또 다른 문제는 그것이 비싸요</TTS> = <span class="md spoiler">Another problem is it (that thing) is expensive</span></li>
+
-        </ul>
+        *   또 다른 문제는 그것이 비싸요 = Another problem is it (that thing) is expensive
-        <p>In this same respect, you can say the following sentence, and although the translation in English is similar, try to understand the difference in adding “또”:</p>
+
-        <ul>
+        In this same respect, you can say the following sentence, and although the translation in English is similar, try to understand the difference in adding “또”:
-        <li>저는 또 다른 영화를 봤어요 <AudioButton src="https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/50-1.mp3" /> = <span class="md spoiler">I saw ANother movie</span></li>
+
-        </ul>
+        *   저는 또 다른 영화를 봤어요 \= I saw ANother movie
-        <p>In this, maybe the person saw one movie, and then <em>again</em> saw a different movie.</p>
+
+        In this, maybe the person saw one movie, and then _again_ saw a different movie.
       examples:
         - ko: "**또 다른** 문제는 그것이 비싸요"
           en: "**Another** problem is it (that thing) is expensive"
@@ -727,9 +760,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v42.mp3
       en: to be noisy, to be loud
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "시끄럽따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "시끄럽따"
-        <p>시끄럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 시끄러워, ~ㄴ/은: 시끄러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 시끄럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 시끄러울, ~니: 시끄러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 시끄러움, ~(으)려고: 시끄러우려고, ~(으)시: 시끄러우시, ~(으)면: 시끄러우면, ~(으)니: 시끄러우니</p>
+        시끄럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular
+
+        ~아/어: 시끄러워, ~ㄴ/은: 시끄러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 시끄럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 시끄러울, ~니: 시끄러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 시끄러움, ~(으)려고: 시끄러우려고, ~(으)시: 시끄러우시, ~(으)면: 시끄러우면, ~(으)니: 시끄러우니
       usages:
         - ko: 시끄러운 학생
           en: loud students
@@ -765,8 +800,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson15v44.mp3
       en: to be rare
       notes: |
-        <p>드물다 follows the ㄹ irregular</p>
+        드물다 follows the ㄹ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 드물어, ~ㄴ/은: 드문, ~ㅂ/습니다: 드뭅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 드물, ~니: 드무니, ~ㅁ/음: 드묾, ~(으)려고: 드물려고, ~(으)시: 드무시, ~(으)면: 드물면, ~(으)니: 드무니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 드물어, ~ㄴ/은: 드문, ~ㅂ/습니다: 드뭅니다, ~ㄹ/을: 드물, ~니: 드무니, ~ㅁ/음: 드묾, ~(으)려고: 드물려고, ~(으)시: 드무시, ~(으)면: 드물면, ~(으)니: 드무니
       usages:
         - ko: 드문 현상
           en: a rare phenomenon
@@ -2387,7 +2423,7 @@ That should be easy for you too. But what about if you wanted to say “I met a
 - 나는 ( — )를 만났어 = <span class="md spoiler">I met —</span>
 - 나는 (너의 남자친구와 비슷한 남자)를 만났어 <AudioButton src="https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/46-1.mp3" /> = <span class="md spoiler">I met a man that is similar to your boyfriend</span>
 
-This structure is very complex and is an introduction to describing nouns with phrases instead of simply using one adjective. In [Lesson 26](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-26/), you will learn more about how to describe nouns with things other than simple adjectives – such as verbs and complex phrases.
+This structure is very complex and is an introduction to describing nouns with phrases instead of simply using one adjective. In [Lesson 26](../unit-2/26-describing-nouns-with-verbs.md), you will learn more about how to describe nouns with things other than simple adjectives – such as verbs and complex phrases.
 
 The meaning of “different” in English has more than one nuance, which are possessed by “다르다” as well. Although the meaning of “different” in the two sentences below is similar, try to see that they are slightly different:
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/16-relating-to.md

@@ -123,9 +123,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v16.mp3
       en: natural
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "자연스럽따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "자연스럽따"
-        <p>자연스럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 자연스러워, ~ㄴ/은: 자연스러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 자연스럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 자연스러울, ~니: 자연스러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 자연스러움, ~(으)려고: 자연스러우려고, ~(으)시: 자연스러우시, ~(으)면: 자연스러우면, ~(으)니: 자연스러우니</p>
+        자연스럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular
+
+        ~아/어: 자연스러워, ~ㄴ/은: 자연스러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 자연스럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 자연스러울, ~니: 자연스러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 자연스러움, ~(으)려고: 자연스러우려고, ~(으)시: 자연스러우시, ~(으)면: 자연스러우면, ~(으)니: 자연스러우니
       examples:
         - ko: 그는 한국어를 **자연스럽게** 말해요
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson16-47.mp3
@@ -137,8 +139,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v17.mp3
       en: disappointment (to be disappointed)
       notes: |
-        <p>The noun form of this word translates to "disappointment"</p>
+        The noun form of this word translates to "disappointment"
-        <p>실망하다 describes the feeling of being disappointed. 실망스럽다 describes something that is disappointing. 실망스럽다 is sometimes used in sentences that translate to one's feelings being "disappointed" using the Subject – Object – Adjective form. See Lesson 16.</p>
+
+        실망하다 describes the feeling of being disappointed. 실망스럽다 describes something that is disappointing. 실망스럽다 is sometimes used in sentences that translate to one's feelings being "disappointed" using the Subject – Object – Adjective form. See Lesson 16.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **실망했어요**
           en: I was **disappointed**
@@ -149,10 +152,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v18.mp3
       en: to be disappointing
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "실망스럽따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "실망스럽따"
-        <p>실망스럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>실망하다 describes the feeling of being disappointed. 실망스럽다 describes something that is disappointing. 실망스럽다 is sometimes used in sentences that translate to one's feelings being "disappointed" using the Subject – Object – Adjective form. See below in this lesson for more information.</p>
+        실망스럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 실망스러워, ~ㄴ/은: 실망스러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 실망스럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 실망스러울, ~니: 실망스러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 실망스러움, ~(으)려고: 실망스러우려고, ~(으)시: 실망스러우시, ~(으)면: 실망스러우면, ~(으)니: 실망스러우니</p>
+
+        실망하다 describes the feeling of being disappointed. 실망스럽다 describes something that is disappointing. 실망스럽다 is sometimes used in sentences that translate to one's feelings being "disappointed" using the Subject – Object – Adjective form. See below in this lesson for more information.
+
+        ~아/어: 실망스러워, ~ㄴ/은: 실망스러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 실망스럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 실망스러울, ~니: 실망스러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 실망스러움, ~(으)려고: 실망스러우려고, ~(으)시: 실망스러우시, ~(으)면: 실망스러우면, ~(으)니: 실망스러우니
       examples:
         - ko: 결과는 조금 **실망스러웠어요**
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson16-29.mp3
@@ -181,9 +187,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v20.mp3
       en: to be lovely
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "사랑스럽따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "사랑스럽따"
-        <p>사랑스럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 사랑스러워, ~ㄴ/은: 사랑스러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 사랑스럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 사랑스러울, ~니: 사랑스러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 사랑스러움, ~(으)려고: 사랑스러우려고, ~(으)시: 사랑스러우시, ~(으)면: 사랑스러우면, ~(으)니: 사랑스러우니</p>
+        사랑스럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular
+
+        ~아/어: 사랑스러워, ~ㄴ/은: 사랑스러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 사랑스럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 사랑스러울, ~니: 사랑스러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 사랑스러움, ~(으)려고: 사랑스러우려고, ~(으)시: 사랑스러우시, ~(으)면: 사랑스러우면, ~(으)니: 사랑스러우니
       examples:
         - ko: 그 여자는 **사랑스러워요**
           en: That girl is **lovely**
@@ -198,9 +206,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v21.mp3
       en: satisfaction (to be satisfied)
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "만조카다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "만조카다"
-        <p>The noun form of this word translates to "satisfaction"</p>
+
-        <p>만족하다 describes the feeling of being satisfied. 만족스럽다 describes something that is satisfactory. 만족스럽다 is sometimes used in sentences that translate to one's feelings being "satisfied" using the Subject – Object – Adjective form. See Lesson 16.</p>
+        The noun form of this word translates to "satisfaction"
+
+        만족하다 describes the feeling of being satisfied. 만족스럽다 describes something that is satisfactory. 만족스럽다 is sometimes used in sentences that translate to one's feelings being "satisfied" using the Subject – Object – Adjective form. See Lesson 16.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **만족해요**
           en: I am **satisfied**
@@ -213,10 +223,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v22.mp3
       en: to be satisfactory
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "만족스럽따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "만족스럽따"
-        <p>만족스럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>만족하다 describes the feeling of being satisfied. 만족스럽다 describes something that is satisfactory. 만족스럽다 is sometimes used in sentences that translate to one's feelings being "satisfied" using the Subject – Object – Adjective form. See Lesson 16.</p>
+        만족스럽다 follows the ㅂ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 만족스러워, ~ㄴ/은: 만족스러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 만족스럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 만족스러울, ~니: 만족스러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 만족스러움, ~(으)려고: 만족스러우려고, ~(으)시: 만족스러우시, ~(으)면: 만족스러우면, ~(으)니: 만족스러우니</p>
+
+        만족하다 describes the feeling of being satisfied. 만족스럽다 describes something that is satisfactory. 만족스럽다 is sometimes used in sentences that translate to one's feelings being "satisfied" using the Subject – Object – Adjective form. See Lesson 16.
+
+        ~아/어: 만족스러워, ~ㄴ/은: 만족스러운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 만족스럽습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 만족스러울, ~니: 만족스러우니, ~ㅁ/음: 만족스러움, ~(으)려고: 만족스러우려고, ~(으)시: 만족스러우시, ~(으)면: 만족스러우면, ~(으)니: 만족스러우니
       examples:
         - ko: 결과는 **만족스러웠어요**
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson16-37.mp3
@@ -247,7 +260,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v25.mp3
       en: pencil
       notes: |
-        <p>개 can be used as a counter for 연필 for simplicity, but a more specific counter when counting pencils is "자루."</p>
+        개 can be used as a counter for 연필 for simplicity, but a more specific counter when counting pencils is "자루."
       examples:
         - ko: "**연필** 몇 개가 있어요?"
           en: How many **pencils** do you have?
@@ -258,8 +271,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v26.mp3
       en: color
       notes: |
-        <p>"색" is used after the words of most colors.</p>
+        "색" is used after the words of most colors.
-        <p>For example: 빨간색 (red), 노란색 (yellow), 녹색 (green)</p>
+
+        For example: 빨간색 (red), 노란색 (yellow), 녹색 (green)
       examples:
         - ko: 보라색은 제가 가장 좋아하는 **색깔**이에요
           en: Purple is my favorite **color**
@@ -273,7 +287,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v27.mp3
       en: he, him
       notes: |
-        <p>You should not use "그" when "he" refers to somebody who deserves high respect.</p>
+        You should not use "그" when "he" refers to somebody who deserves high respect.
       examples:
         - ko: "**그**는 학생이에요"
           en: "**He** is a student"
@@ -294,7 +308,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v28.mp3
       en: she, her
       notes: |
-        <p>You should not use "그녀" when "she" refers to somebody who deserves high respect.</p>
+        You should not use "그녀" when "she" refers to somebody who deserves high respect.
       examples:
         - ko: "**그녀**는 친구랑 밖에 나갔어요"
           en: "**She** went outside with her friends"
@@ -370,7 +384,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v33.mp3
       en: conversation
       notes: |
-        <p>"회화" is usually placed after the name of a language to refer to the conversation aspect of that language. It is not used to mean "to have a conversation." The words 이야기하다 or 대화하다 should be used for that meaning.</p>
+        "회화" is usually placed after the name of a language to refer to the conversation aspect of that language. It is not used to mean "to have a conversation." The words 이야기하다 or 대화하다 should be used for that meaning.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 중국어**회화** 수업을 듣고 있어요
           en: I am taking a Chinese **conversation** class
@@ -395,7 +409,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v35.mp3
       en: chest
       notes: |
-        <p>Just like in English, this word can be used to refer to the general area of one's chest, or a woman's breasts. It can also be used to refer to one's "heart."</p>
+        Just like in English, this word can be used to refer to the general area of one's chest, or a woman's breasts. It can also be used to refer to one's "heart."
       examples:
         - ko: 한국사람들이 **가슴**에 털이 없어요
           en: Korean people don't have hair on their **chest**
@@ -419,8 +433,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v46.mp3
       en: close/near by
       notes: |
-        <p>근처 and 가깝다 are words that have similar meanings. 근처 is actually a noun but I feel it acts and feels like an adverb. 가깝다 is an adjective, which means it can predicate sentences and describe upcoming nouns. 근처 is most commonly used after a noun (like 위, 안, 밑, 뒤, etc…) to mean "close to…"</p>
+        근처 and 가깝다 are words that have similar meanings. 근처 is actually a noun but I feel it acts and feels like an adverb. 가깝다 is an adjective, which means it can predicate sentences and describe upcoming nouns. 근처 is most commonly used after a noun (like 위, 안, 밑, 뒤, etc…) to mean "close to…"
-        <p>It can also be used to generally just mean "close" to here. In these cases, 여기 can be omitted.</p>
+
+        It can also be used to generally just mean "close" to here. In these cases, 여기 can be omitted.
       examples:
         - ko: 대학로 **근처**에 극장이 많아요
           en: There are a lot of theaters **near** 대학로
@@ -433,7 +448,7 @@ vocabulary:
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 숙제를 **나중에** 할 거예요
           en: I am going to do my homework **later**
-        - ko: "나중에** 밥이 없을 거라서 저는 지금 먹고 싶어요"
+        - ko: "**나중에** 밥이 없을 거라서 저는 지금 먹고 싶어요"
           en: There will not be any food **later**, therefore, I want to eat now
         - ko: 선생님! 이 문제를 파악할 수 없어요. **나중**에 선생님의 교무실에 가도 돼요?
           en: Teacher! I can't grasp/understand this problem. May I go to your office **later**?
@@ -444,8 +459,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Lesson-16-39.mp3
       en: recently
       notes: |
-        <p>This can be used before a noun to describe it. For example: "최근 날씨가 추워요" = "The recent weather is cold"</p>
+        This can be used before a noun to describe it. For example:
-        <p>It can also be used with ~에 to generally mean "recently." For example: "최근에 사람이 많이 와요" = "Recently, many people have been coming"</p>
+        - "최근 날씨가 추워요" = "The recent weather is cold"
+
+        It can also be used with ~에 to generally mean "recently." For example:
+        - "최근에 사람이 많이 와요" = "Recently, many people have been coming"
       examples:
         - ko: "**최근** 날씨가 추워요"
           en: The **recent** weather is cold
@@ -457,8 +475,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v37.mp3
       en: to untie, to unfasten, to loosen
       notes: |
-        <p>풀다 follows the ㄹ irregular</p>
+        풀다 follows the ㄹ irregular
-        <p>~아/어: 풀어, ~ㄴ/은: 푼, ~ㄴ/는다: 푼다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 풉니다, ~ㄹ/을: 풀, ~니: 푸니, ~ㅁ/음: 풂, ~(으)려고: 풀려고, ~(으)시: 푸시, ~(으)면: 풀면, ~(으)니: 푸니</p>
+
+        ~아/어: 풀어, ~ㄴ/은: 푼, ~ㄴ/는다: 푼다, ~ㅂ/습니다: 풉니다, ~ㄹ/을: 풀, ~니: 푸니, ~ㅁ/음: 풂, ~(으)려고: 풀려고, ~(으)시: 푸시, ~(으)면: 풀면, ~(으)니: 푸니
       examples:
         - ko: 운동은 스트레스를 **풀어요**
           en: exercise **relieves** stress
@@ -523,9 +542,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v42.mp3
       en: to be close to, to be near
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "가깝따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "가깝따"
-        <p>가깝다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>~아/어: 가까워, ~ㄴ/은: 가까운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 가깝습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 가까울, ~니: 가까우니, ~ㅁ/음: 가까움, ~(으)려고: 가까우려고, ~(으)시: 가까우시, ~(으)면: 가까우면, ~(으)니: 가까우니</p>
+        가깝다 follows the ㅂ irregular
+
+        ~아/어: 가까워, ~ㄴ/은: 가까운, ~ㅂ/습니다: 가깝습니다, ~ㄹ/을: 가까울, ~니: 가까우니, ~ㅁ/음: 가까움, ~(으)려고: 가까우려고, ~(으)시: 가까우시, ~(으)면: 가까우면, ~(으)니: 가까우니
       examples:
         - ko: 저의 친구의 집은 **가까워요**
           en: My friend's house is **close**
@@ -540,13 +561,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v43.mp3
       en: to be difficult to do something
       notes: |
-        <p>This is a word that is difficult to translate. It's usually used on things that are physically straining. However, something mentally straining (like solving a math problem) could also be '힘들다' because those types of things might also elicit a physical response as well.</p>
+        This is a word that is difficult to translate. It's usually used on things that are physically straining. However, something mentally straining (like solving a math problem) could also be '힘들다' because those types of things might also elicit a physical response as well.
-        <p>You'd be surprised how often you hear this word in Korean. Everything is '힘들다.'</p>
+
-        <ul>
+        You'd be surprised how often you hear this word in Korean. Everything is '힘들다.'
-          <li>Going out for a walk: 아~ 힘들어!</li>
+
-          <li>Taking the subway: 아~ 힘들어!</li>
+        *   Going out for a walk: 아~ 힘들어!
-          <li>Cooking a meal: 아~ 힘들어!</li>
+        *   Taking the subway: 아~ 힘들어!
-        </ul>
+        *   Cooking a meal: 아~ 힘들어!
       examples:
         - ko: 학생들을 가르치는 것은 **힘들어요**
           en: It is **hard** to teach students
@@ -588,7 +609,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson16v49.mp3
       en: but/however
       notes: |
-        <p>Used as a conjunctive adverb, usually between two sentences.</p>
+        Used as a conjunctive adverb, usually between two sentences.
       examples:
         - ko: 친구가 한국에 왔어요. **그러나**, 그녀를 만날 수 없었어요
           en: My friend came to Korea. **However**, I couldn't meet her

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/17-connecting-want.md

@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson17v12.mp3
       en: pear
       notes: |
-        <p>Pears in Korea look more like apples, not like typical western pears.</p>
+        Pears in Korea look more like apples, not like typical western pears.
       examples:
         - ko: 한국 **배**는 서양 **배**와 달라요
           en: Korean **pears** are different from western **pears**
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson17v13.mp3
       en: carrot
       notes: |
-        <p>Young people often say "당근당근" to mean "obviously." The actual word for obviously is "당연하다," but because of the similar pronunciation, "당근" is often used as a joke.</p>
+        Young people often say "당근당근" to mean "obviously." The actual word for obviously is "당연하다," but because of the similar pronunciation, "당근" is often used as a joke.
       examples:
         - ko: "**당근**을 작은 조각으로 자르세요"
           en: Cut the **carrots** into small pieces, please
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson17v14.mp3
       en: radish
       notes: |
-        <p>A Korean radish is different from a western radish. In Canada, I am used to radishes that are red on the outside and about the size of a golf-ball. Korean radishes are about the size of an American football and green and white in color.</p>
+        A Korean radish is different from a western radish. In Canada, I am used to radishes that are red on the outside and about the size of a golf-ball. Korean radishes are about the size of an American football and green and white in color.
       examples:
         - ko: 한국 사람들은 **무**김치를 많이 먹어요
           en: Korean people eat a lot of **radish** kimchi
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson17v23.mp3
       en: a rich person
       notes: |
-        <p>In English "rich" is an adjective. Though there is an adjective in Korean that means "rich," the noun "부자" is more commonly used. Note that this is not an adjective, but a noun that means a "rich person." Therefore, when indicating that somebody is rich, Korean people usually attach 이다 to 부자. For example: "저의 친구는 부자야" = "My friend is (a) rich (person)"</p>
+        In English "rich" is an adjective. Though there is an adjective in Korean that means "rich," the noun "부자" is more commonly used. Note that this is not an adjective, but a noun that means a "rich person." Therefore, when indicating that somebody is rich, Korean people usually attach 이다 to 부자. For example: "저의 친구는 부자야" = "My friend is (a) rich (person)"
       examples:
         - ko: 제 친구는 **부자**인 아버지를 자랑했어요
           en: My friend boasted about his **rich** father
@@ -249,8 +249,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson17v26.mp3
       en: mountain
       notes: |
-        <p>Often found in the name of cities in Korea. For example: 부산, 울산, etc...</p>
+        Often found in the name of cities in Korea. For example: 부산, 울산, etc...
-        <p>Often used to denote the names of neighborhoods that are near a particular mountain or related to mountains. For example: 도봉산, 안산, etc...</p>
+
+        Often used to denote the names of neighborhoods that are near a particular mountain or related to mountains. For example: 도봉산, 안산, etc...
       examples:
         - ko: 여기서 **산**이 안 보여
           en: I can't see the **mountains** from here
@@ -286,13 +287,23 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson17v29.mp3
       en: to stay
       notes: |
-        <p>머무르다 follows the 르 irregular</p>
+        머무르다 follows the 르 irregular
-        <p>머무르다 can be used as 머물다, which is actually a shortened version of 머무르다.</p>
+
-        <p>머무르다 can be used any way and with any grammatical principle, but must be used in accordance with the 르 irregular. For example: "한국에서 온 교환학생이 우리 집에서 1년 동안 머물렀어요" = "A Korean exchange student stayed at our house for a year"</p>
+        머무르다 can be used as 머물다, which is actually a shortened version of 머무르다.
-        <p>However, 머물다 cannot be used with all grammatical principles.</p>
+
-        <p>Any grammatical principle that starts with a consonant (and there is no option other than that one consonant), can be added to 머물다. For example: 머물자, 머물고, 머물겠다, 머물지 않다</p>
+        머무르다 can be used any way and with any grammatical principle, but must be used in accordance with the 르 irregular. For example:
-        <p>If a grammatical principle that is added to 머물다 is a vowel – and there is no other option other than a vowel – then that grammatical principle cannot be added to 머물다. The two most common grammatical principles where this occurs is when conjugating in the past or present tenses. For example: 머물다 + ~아/어(요) = ~~머물어요~~ – this is incorrect. 머물다 + ~았/었어요 = ~~머물었어요~~ – this is incorrect</p>
+        - "한국에서 온 교환학생이 우리 집에서 1년 동안 머물렀어요" = "A Korean exchange student stayed at our house for a year"
-        <p>See Lesson 97 for more information.</p>
+
+        However, 머물다 cannot be used with all grammatical principles.
+
+        Any grammatical principle that starts with a consonant (and there is no option other than that one consonant), can be added to 머물다. For example:
+        - 머물자, 머물고, 머물겠다, 머물지 않다
+
+        If a grammatical principle that is added to 머물다 is a vowel – and there is no other option other than a vowel – then that grammatical principle cannot be added to 머물다. The two most common grammatical principles where this occurs is when conjugating in the past or present tenses. For example:
+        - 머물다 + ~아/어(요) = ~~머물어요~~ – this is incorrect.
+        - 머물다 + ~았/었어요 = ~~머물었어요~~ – this is incorrect
+
+        See Lesson 97 for more information.
       examples:
         - ko: 우리는 10일 동안 부산에서 **머물렀어요**
           en: We **stayed** in Busan for 10 days
@@ -369,9 +380,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson17v37.mp3
       en: to be happy when meeting somebody
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "반갑따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "반갑따"
-        <p>반갑다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>As a beginner, you will mostly use 반갑다 when you say "만나서 반갑습니다," or as "반갑게" as shown in the examples below.</p>
+        반갑다 follows the ㅂ irregular
+
+        As a beginner, you will mostly use 반갑다 when you say "만나서 반갑습니다," or as "반갑게" as shown in the examples below.
       examples:
         - ko: 만나서 **반갑습니다**
           en: "**nice** to meet you"
@@ -400,8 +413,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson17v39.mp3
       en: to be high
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "놉따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "놉따"
-        <p>To increase (or to heighten) something, the verb 높이다 can be used.</p>
+
+        To increase (or to heighten) something, the verb 높이다 can be used.
       examples:
         - ko: 애기는 **높은** 소파에서 떨어졌어요
           en: The baby fell from the **high** sofa
@@ -424,8 +438,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson17v42.mp3
       en: to be low
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "낟따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "낟따"
-        <p>To decrease (or to lower) something, the verb 낮추다 can be used.</p>
+
+        To decrease (or to lower) something, the verb 낮추다 can be used.
       examples:
         - ko: 이 탁자가 너무 **낮아요**
           en: This table is too **low**
@@ -446,7 +461,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson17v44.mp3
       en: person – high respect form, also a high-respect counter for people
       notes: |
-        <p>This is used instead of "사람" when the person deserves high respect. "분" is also used instead of "명" as a counter when the person deserves high respect.</p>
+        This is used instead of "사람" when the person deserves high respect. "분" is also used instead of "명" as a counter when the person deserves high respect.
       examples:
         - ko: 그 **분**은 저의 선생님이에요
           en: That **person** is my teacher

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/18-present-progressive.md

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson18v4.mp3
       en: rumor
       notes: |
-        <p>Often used with the ~는 것 conjugation of ~ㄴ/는다는 것. See Lesson 52 for more information.</p>
+        Often used with the ~는 것 conjugation of ~ㄴ/는다는 것. See Lesson 52 for more information.
       examples:
         - ko: 그 여자의 남편이 비서랑 바람을 피운다는 **소문**이 있어요
           en: There is a **rumor** that that woman's husband is having an affair with his secretary
@@ -58,8 +58,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson18v7.mp3
       en: cashier
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "계사눤"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "계사눤"
-        <p>계산하다 means "to pay" or "to calculate"</p>
+
+        계산하다 means "to pay" or "to calculate"
       examples:
         - ko: "**계산원**들은 돈을 많이 벌지 않아요"
           en: "**Cashiers** don't earn a lot of money"
@@ -248,9 +249,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson18v29.mp3
       en: dawn
       notes: |
-        <p>The word 오전 generally refers to anything before noon, but 새벽 is used to refer to something that is really early in the morning. Typically, 새벽 refers to the time before the sun rises.</p>
+        The word 오전 generally refers to anything before noon, but 새벽 is used to refer to something that is really early in the morning. Typically, 새벽 refers to the time before the sun rises.
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video #1.</p>
+
-        <p><YouTube id="5oqbDZymdBM" /></p>
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video #1.
+
+        <YouTube id="5oqbDZymdBM" />
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 매일 **새벽** 5시에 일어나요
           en: I wake up every day at 5 **a.m**.
@@ -259,7 +262,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson18v37.mp3
       en: inside part
       notes: |
-        <p>It is easy to understand the meaning of 내부 and 외부 if you understand their simple Hanja origins. 내 (內) means "inside" and 외 (外) means "outside." You don't need to worry about the Chinese characters just yet, but knowing that 외 and 내 usually have these meanings can help you tremendously when learning new words. If you want to go further, 부 (部) (as in, 내부 and 외부) means "part." 내부 then means "the inside part/the inside", and 외부 means "the outside part/the outside."</p>
+        It is easy to understand the meaning of 내부 and 외부 if you understand their simple Hanja origins. 내 (內) means "inside" and 외 (外) means "outside." You don't need to worry about the Chinese characters just yet, but knowing that 외 and 내 usually have these meanings can help you tremendously when learning new words. If you want to go further, 부 (部) (as in, 내부 and 외부) means "part." 내부 then means "the inside part/the inside", and 외부 means "the outside part/the outside."
       examples:
         - ko: 스타벅스의 **내부** 분위기는 매우 안락해요
           en: The atmosphere **inside** Starbucks is very comfortable
@@ -268,7 +271,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson18v38.mp3
       en: outside part
       notes: |
-        <p>It is easy to understand the meaning of 내부 and 외부 if you understand their simple Hanja origins. 내 (內) means "inside" and 외 (外) means "outside." You don't need to worry about the Chinese characters just yet, but knowing that 외 and 내 usually have these meanings can help you tremendously when learning new words. If you want to go further, 부 (部) (as in, 내부 and 외부) means "part." 내부 then means "the inside part/the inside", and 외부 means "the outside part/the outside."</p>
+        It is easy to understand the meaning of 내부 and 외부 if you understand their simple Hanja origins. 내 (內) means "inside" and 외 (外) means "outside." You don't need to worry about the Chinese characters just yet, but knowing that 외 and 내 usually have these meanings can help you tremendously when learning new words. If you want to go further, 부 (部) (as in, 내부 and 외부) means "part." 내부 then means "the inside part/the inside", and 외부 means "the outside part/the outside."
       examples:
         - ko: "**백화점**에는 **외부** 주차장도 있어요"
           en: There is a parking lot **outside** the department store as well
@@ -310,7 +313,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson18v32.mp3
       en: to be curious about
       notes: |
-        <p>궁금하다 often translates to "to wonder," which makes learners assume that it is a verb. Rather, 궁금하다 is an adjective and is more about the feeling of wondering (or being curious) about something.</p>
+        궁금하다 often translates to "to wonder," which makes learners assume that it is a verb. Rather, 궁금하다 is an adjective and is more about the feeling of wondering (or being curious) about something.
       examples:
         - ko: 그가 언제 올지 **궁금해요**
           en: I **wonder** when he is coming
@@ -321,8 +324,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson18v33.mp3
       en: to be unfortunate
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "안타깝따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "안타깝따"
-        <p>안타깝다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
+        안타깝다 follows the ㅂ irregular
       examples:
         - ko: 엄마가 우리랑 같이 못 먹어서 **안타까워요**
           en: It's **too bad** that your mom can't eat with us

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/19-comparatives.md

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson19v3.mp3
       en: height
       notes: |
-        <p>키 means "height" in Korean, but not the "height" of a building or some other object. It is only used when talking about the height of a person. "크다" means 'big.' The adjective for tall is 키가 크다, which just indicates that your height is big.</p>
+        키 means "height" in Korean, but not the "height" of a building or some other object. It is only used when talking about the height of a person. "크다" means 'big.' The adjective for tall is 키가 크다, which just indicates that your height is big.
       examples:
         - ko: 그 남자가 **키가** 너무 **커요**
           en: That man is very **tall**
@@ -155,9 +155,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson19v14.mp3
       en: to worry
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "걱쩡하다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "걱쩡하다"
-        <p>More commonly used in the passive voice (걱정되다 = to be worried)</p>
+
-        <p>In most situations, removing ~하다 from a word and placing "마" after it is unnatural. However, in this case "걱정 마" is very common.</p>
+        More commonly used in the passive voice (걱정되다 = to be worried)
+
+        In most situations, removing ~하다 from a word and placing "마" after it is unnatural. However, in this case "걱정 마" is very common.
       examples:
         - ko: 많이 **걱정돼요**
           en: Are you very **worried**?
@@ -174,8 +176,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson19v15.mp3
       en: to wash
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "씯따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "씯따"
-        <p>When washing one's hair, the verb "감다" must be used.</p>
+
+        When washing one's hair, the verb "감다" must be used.
       examples:
         - ko: 손을 잘 **씻**고 먹어요
           en: To **wash** one's hands well, and then eat
@@ -207,7 +210,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson19v18.mp3
       en: to talk with, to have a conversation
       notes: |
-        <p>"이야기" means "conversation, story," but the verb "이야기하다" means "to have a conversation with/to talk with." 이야기(하다) is often shortened to 얘기(하다).</p>
+        "이야기" means "conversation, story," but the verb "이야기하다" means "to have a conversation with/to talk with." 이야기(하다) is often shortened to 얘기(하다).
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 어제 여자친구랑 **이야기했어요**
           en: I **talked** with my girlfriend yesterday
@@ -239,8 +242,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson19v22.mp3
       en: to be narrow
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "좁따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "좁따"
-        <p>Korean people would use the word "좁다" in make cases where English people would use the word "small." Especially if an apartment or room is small, Korean people would say "방이 좁다." The direct English translation of "this room is narrow" is unnatural in English.</p>
+
+        Korean people would use the word "좁다" in make cases where English people would use the word "small." Especially if an apartment or room is small, Korean people would say "방이 좁다." The direct English translation of "this room is narrow" is unnatural in English.
       examples:
         - ko: 이 길이 너무 **좁**아서 저는 못 들어가요
           en: I can't go onto this road because it is so **narrow**
@@ -251,8 +255,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson19v23.mp3
       en: to be wide
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "널따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "널따"
-        <p>넓다 means "wide" but Korean people often say "넓다" when in English we would say "big." Usually when they talk about how 'big' a room/house is, they will say that it is very "넓어." In English, it would be awkward to say "This place is so wide!!"</p>
+
+        넓다 means "wide" but Korean people often say "넓다" when in English we would say "big." Usually when they talk about how 'big' a room/house is, they will say that it is very "넓어." In English, it would be awkward to say "This place is so wide!!"
       examples:
         - ko: 우리 집은 매우 **넓어요**
           en: Our house is very **big/wide**
@@ -292,8 +297,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson19v27.mp3
       en: to be comfortable
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "알라카다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "알라카다"
-        <p>Essentially the same meaning as "편하다," but much less common. 안락하다 would be more related to abstract things like the mood of a place or one's life, whereas 편하다 would be more related to physical things that you can feel (like a bed being comfortable)</p>
+
+        Essentially the same meaning as "편하다," but much less common. 안락하다 would be more related to abstract things like the mood of a place or one's life, whereas 편하다 would be more related to physical things that you can feel (like a bed being comfortable)
       examples:
         - ko: 스타벅스의 내부 분위기가 매우 **안락해요**
           en: The atmosphere inside Starbucks is very **comfortable**
@@ -303,10 +309,16 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson19v28.mp3
       en: more
       notes: |
-        <p>This can be used to indicate that one does something more with a noun, for example: "저는 밥을 더 먹고 싶어요" = "I want to eat more rice"</p>
+        This can be used to indicate that one does something more with a noun, for example:
-        <p>It can also be used with an adjective. For example: "그 여자가 더 예뻐요" = "That girl is prettier (more pretty)"</p>
+        - "저는 밥을 더 먹고 싶어요" = "I want to eat more rice"
-        <p>It can also be used with an adverb. For example: "저는 더 빨리 가고 싶어요" = "I want to go faster (more fast)"</p>
+
-        <p>See below in this lesson for more information.</p>
+        It can also be used with an adjective. For example:
+        - "그 여자가 더 예뻐요" = "That girl is prettier (more pretty)"
+
+        It can also be used with an adverb. For example:
+        - "저는 더 빨리 가고 싶어요" = "I want to go faster (more fast)"
+
+        See below in this lesson for more information.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 평소보다 **더** 공부하고 있어요
           en: I am studying **more** than usual
@@ -328,9 +340,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson19v29.mp3
       en: less
       examples:
-        - ko: 나는 남동생보다 덜 잘생겼어
+        - ko: 나는 남동생보다 **덜** 잘생겼어
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson19-30.mp3
-          en: I'm less handsome than my brother
+          en: I'm **less** handsome than my brother
         - ko: 한국에서 대학교는 고등학교보다 **덜** 어려워요
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson19-31.mp3
           en: In Korea, University is **not as hard** as high school
@@ -357,12 +369,21 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson19v31.mp3
       en: the most (superlative)
       notes: |
-        <p>Very similar (if not identical) to 가장</p>
+        Very similar (if not identical) to 가장
-        <p>Placed in a sentence with an adverb or adjective to indicate that something is (done) "most."</p>
+
-        <p>For example, with an adjective: "그 여자가 제일 예뻐요" = "that girl is the prettiest (the most pretty)"</p>
+        Placed in a sentence with an adverb or adjective to indicate that something is (done) "most."
-        <p>With an adverb: "저는 달리기를 제일 빨리 할 수 있어요" = "I can run the fastest (the most fast)"</p>
+
-        <p>In most cases, it can't be used without an adjective or adverb. These would require the use of some kind of adverb, for example: "저는 제일 잘 운동해요" = "I exercise the best"</p>
+        For example, with an adjective:
-        <p>However, it can be used without an adjective or adverb in some cases. Most commonly with 좋아하다 and 싫어하다. For example: "저는 그 사람을 제일 싫어해요" = "I dislike that person the most"</p>
+        - "그 여자가 제일 예뻐요" = "that girl is the prettiest (the most pretty)"
+
+        With an adverb:
+        - "저는 달리기를 제일 빨리 할 수 있어요" = "I can run the fastest (the most fast)"
+
+        In most cases, it can't be used without an adjective or adverb. These would require the use of some kind of adverb, for example:
+        - "저는 제일 잘 운동해요" = "I exercise the best"
+
+        However, it can be used without an adjective or adverb in some cases. Most commonly with 좋아하다 and 싫어하다. For example:
+        - "저는 그 사람을 제일 싫어해요" = "I dislike that person the most"
       examples:
         - ko: 수학은 제가 **제일** 좋아하는 수업이에요
           en: Math is my favorite class (the class that I like **the most**)
@@ -371,7 +392,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson19v34.mp3
       en: many/various
       notes: |
-        <p>여러 is an adverb that is placed before nouns to describe them</p>
+        여러 is an adverb that is placed before nouns to describe them
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **여러** 가지의 단어를 배우고 싶어요
           en: I want to learn **lots of** different types of words
@@ -382,8 +403,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson19v35.mp3
       en: something old
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "옏"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "옏"
-        <p>Placed before certain nouns to indicate that noun is from a long time ago.</p>
+
+        Placed before certain nouns to indicate that noun is from a long time ago.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 어제 **옛** 친구를 만났어요
           en: I met a friend from a **long time ago**
@@ -1249,7 +1271,7 @@ Note here that in most real situations it is probably more natural \[in English
 - I am the fastest runner – instead of – _I run the fastest_
 - Math is my favorite subject – instead of – _Math is my favorite_
 
-To this point, you haven’t learned how to add this extra dimension to your sentences with verbs. This concept is introduced in [Lesson 26](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-26/ "Lesson 26: ~는 것 Describing Nouns with Verbs"). That being said, it is essentially the same as making this change to adjectives:
+To this point, you haven’t learned how to add this extra dimension to your sentences with verbs. This concept is introduced in [Lesson 26](../unit-2/26-describing-nouns-with-verbs.md). That being said, it is essentially the same as making this change to adjectives:
 
 - 가족은 가장 중요해요 = <span class="md spoiler">Family is the most important</span>
 - 가족이 가장 중요한 것이에요 = <span class="md spoiler">Family is the most important thing</span>

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/20-well-poorly.md

@@ -31,8 +31,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v3.mp3
       en: mistake/fault
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "잘몯"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "잘몯"
-        <p>This word would normally be easy, however it is more difficult than it needs to be because 잘못 (without a space) and 잘 못 (with a space) have two different meanings. See Lesson 20 for more information.</p>
+
+        This word would normally be easy, however it is more difficult than it needs to be because 잘못 (without a space) and 잘 못 (with a space) have two different meanings. See Lesson 20 for more information.
       examples:
         - ko: 그것은 제 **잘못**이었어요
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson20-19.mp3
@@ -126,8 +127,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v11.mp3
       en: traffic
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation [Video 10]</p>
+        This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation \[Video 10\]
-        <p><YouTube id="6LAJmf7Qqpc" /></p>
+
+        <YouTube id="6LAJmf7Qqpc" />
       examples:
         - ko: "**교통**카드가 있었나요?"
           en: Did you have your bus (**transportation**) card?
@@ -144,8 +146,12 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v39.mp3
       en: a noun to indicate that something is more than something else
       notes: |
-        <p>It is hard to imagine this being a noun based on the translation about, but grammatically it is a noun. By putting 이상 after something, it can have the meaning of "more than." For example: "열여덟 살 이상" = "over 18 years of age", "두 명 이상" = "more than two people"</p>
+        It is hard to imagine this being a noun based on the translation about, but grammatically it is a noun. By putting 이상 after something, it can have the meaning of "more than." For example:
-        <p>It is common to use "더 이상" to indicate that one will not do something "anymore." For example: "저는 이 영화를 더 이상 보고 싶지 않아요" = "I don't want to watch this movie anymore"</p>
+        - "열여덟 살 이상" = "over 18 years of age"
+        - "두 명 이상" = "more than two people"
+
+        It is common to use "더 이상" to indicate that one will not do something "anymore." For example:
+        - "저는 이 영화를 더 이상 보고 싶지 않아요" = "I don't want to watch this movie anymore"
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 이 영화를 **더 이상** 보고 싶지 않아요
           en: I don't want to watch this movie **anymore**
@@ -157,7 +163,8 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v12.mp3
       en: to do something well
       notes: |
-        <p>The main meaning of 잘하다 is "to do something well." To use 잘하다, simply place a noun in a sentence with 잘하다 as the verb. For example: "나는 수영을 잘해" = "I swim well"</p>
+        The main meaning of 잘하다 is "to do something well." To use 잘하다, simply place a noun in a sentence with 잘하다 as the verb. For example:
+        - "나는 수영을 잘해" = "I swim well"
       examples:
         - ko: 나는 수영을 **잘해**
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson20-1.mp3
@@ -176,12 +183,14 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v13.mp3
       en: to do something poorly
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "모타다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "모타다"
-        <p>못하다 has the opposite meaning of 잘하다. For example: "나는 수영을 못해" = "I am bad at swimming"</p>
+
+        못하다 has the opposite meaning of 잘하다. For example:
+        - "나는 수영을 못해" = "I am bad at swimming"
       examples:
-        - ko: 나는 수영을 못해
+        - ko: 나는 수영을 **못해**
           en: I am **bad at** swimming
-        - ko: 저 학생은 공부를 못해
+        - ko: 저 학생은 공부를 **못해**
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson20-10.mp3
           en: That student does **not** study **well**
         - ko: 제가 너무 부끄러워서 발표를 **못해요**
@@ -222,8 +231,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v16.mp3
       en: to retire
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "퇴지카다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "퇴지카다"
-        <p>The noun form of this word translates to "retirement"</p>
+
+        The noun form of this word translates to "retirement"
       examples:
         - ko: 사람들은 보통 65살이 되면 **퇴직해요**
           en: People usually **retire** when they are 65 years old
@@ -236,9 +246,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v17.mp3
       en: to receive (an application)
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "접쑤하다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "접쑤하다"
-        <p>접수하다 is a weird word. It technically means "to receive," but it usually used when the subject is giving something. It doesn't make much sense, but that is how it is used.</p>
+
-        <p>This word is not said very often. You will see it written more commonly than you will hear it spoken.</p>
+        접수하다 is a weird word. It technically means "to receive," but it usually used when the subject is giving something. It doesn't make much sense, but that is how it is used.
+
+        This word is not said very often. You will see it written more commonly than you will hear it spoken.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 서울대학교에 원서를 **접수했어요**
           en: Seoul University **received my application**
@@ -254,8 +266,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v19.mp3
       en: to interpret
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "통여카다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "통여카다"
-        <p>The noun form of this word translates to "interpretation"</p>
+
+        The noun form of this word translates to "interpretation"
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 한국어를 못해서 **통역사**가 필요해요
           en: I need an **interpreter** because I can't speak Korean
@@ -264,8 +277,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v20.mp3
       en: to translate
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "버녀카다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "버녀카다"
-        <p>The noun form of this word translates to "translation"</p>
+
+        The noun form of this word translates to "translation"
       examples:
         - ko: 그 영화가 일본어로도 **번역되었다**
           en: That movie was also **translated** to Japanese
@@ -276,8 +290,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v21.mp3
       en: to stir
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "젇따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "젇따"
-        <p>젓다 follows the ㅅ irregular</p>
+
+        젓다 follows the ㅅ irregular
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 반죽을 딱딱할 때까지 **저었어요**
           en: I **stirred** the batter until it was hard
@@ -322,8 +337,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v29.mp3
       en: to be confused
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "헫깔리다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "헫깔리다"
-        <p>Learners sometimes think that 헷갈리다 is an adjective that describes something as "confusing." However, 헷갈리다 is a verb which describes the mental struggle that goes on in one's head when confused (often when having to remember or choose from multiple choices).</p>
+
+        Learners sometimes think that 헷갈리다 is an adjective that describes something as "confusing." However, 헷갈리다 is a verb which describes the mental struggle that goes on in one's head when confused (often when having to remember or choose from multiple choices).
       examples:
         - ko: 이 문제 답이 A인지 B인지 **헷갈려요**
           en: I'm **confused** if the answer to this question is A or B
@@ -337,8 +353,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v27.mp3
       en: to be gained, improved, increased
       notes: |
-        <p>늘다 follows the ㄹ irregular</p>
+        늘다 follows the ㄹ irregular
-        <p>This is the passive form of the active verb "늘리다"</p>
+
+        This is the passive form of the active verb "늘리다"
       examples:
         - ko: 저의 친구의 한국어 실력이 많이 **늘었다**
           en: My friend's Korean (skills) really **increased/got better**
@@ -358,8 +375,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v30.mp3
       en: to be dark
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "어둡따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "어둡따"
-        <p>어둡다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
+        어둡다 follows the ㅂ irregular
       examples:
         - ko: 교실이 너무 **어두워서** 학생들은 칠판을 볼 수 없어요
           en: The students can't see the board because the classroom is too **dark**
@@ -371,7 +389,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v31.mp3
       en: well
       notes: |
-        <p>After you finish a meal, it is polite to say "잘 먹었습니다"</p>
+        After you finish a meal, it is polite to say "잘 먹었습니다"
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 어젯밤에 **잘** 잤어요
           en: I slept **well** last night
@@ -384,12 +402,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v32.mp3
       en: poorly
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "몯"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "몯"
-        <p>The usage of 못 is very complex. See below in this lesson for more information.</p>
+
+        The usage of 못 is very complex. See below in this lesson for more information.
       examples:
-        - ko: 저는 어제 시험을 못 봤어요
+        - ko: 저는 어제 시험을 **못** 봤어요
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson20-12.mp3
-          en: I did **poorly** on the exam yesterday / I didn't write the exam yesterday
+          en: I did **poorly** on the exam yesterday / I **didn't** write the exam yesterday
         - ko: 이 셔츠가 너무 작아서 **못** 입어요
           en: I **can't** put this shirt on because it is too small
         - ko: 저는 그 동안 공부를 **못** 했어요
@@ -399,7 +418,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v33.mp3
       en: adds respect to person's name or position
       notes: |
-        <p>The specific words for father- and mother-in-law are 장인 and 장모님, respectively. However, it is common to politely refer to them as "father" and "mother" using ~님 as shown in the example below.</p>
+        The specific words for father- and mother-in-law are 장인 and 장모님, respectively. However, it is common to politely refer to them as "father" and "mother" using ~님 as shown in the example below.
       examples:
         - ko: 아버**님**과 어머**님**은 영어로 말씀을 못하셔요
           en: My mother and father in law can't speak English
@@ -408,7 +427,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v34.mp3
       en: or
       notes: |
-        <p>This is usually used between two nouns or certain adverbs (usually a place or time), not between two verbs or adjectives. In order to see how to say "or" with verbs and adjectives, see Lesson 55.</p>
+        This is usually used between two nouns or certain adverbs (usually a place or time), not between two verbs or adjectives. In order to see how to say "or" with verbs and adjectives, see Lesson 55.
       examples:
         - ko: 중학교 **또는** 고등학교를 다녀요?
           en: Do you go to middle school **or** high school?
@@ -424,8 +443,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v36.mp3
       en: surely/definitely
       notes: |
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 5.</p>
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 5.
-        <p><YouTube id="wMRfpE9JdUo" /></p>
+
+        <YouTube id="wMRfpE9JdUo" />
       examples:
         - ko: 우리는 이번에 **꼭** 이겨야 돼요
           en: We **must** win this time!
@@ -442,8 +462,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson20v37.mp3
       en: of course
       notes: |
-        <p>Often used as an adverb, for example: "물론 와도 돼요!" = "Of course you can come!"</p>
+        Often used as an adverb, for example:
-        <p>It can also be used as a noun (predicated with 이다). For example: "돈을 줄 것은 물론이죠" = "Of course I will give you the money"</p>
+        - "물론 와도 돼요!" = "Of course you can come!"
+
+        It can also be used as a noun (predicated with 이다). For example:
+        - "돈을 줄 것은 물론이죠" = "Of course I will give you the money"
       examples:
         - ko: "**물론** 와도 돼요!"
           en: "**Of course** you can come!"
@@ -1138,7 +1161,7 @@ Until now, you have not learned how to say “I am good at something/I do someth
 
 The main meaning of 잘하다 is “<span class="md spoiler">to do something well</span>.” To use 잘하다, simply place a noun in a sentence with 잘하다 as the verb.
 
-This is easy to do with 하다 verbs (for example, 수영하다 and 공부하다) because to make a noun all you need to do is remove 하다 from those words. I discuss making non-하다 verbs into nouns in [Lesson 26](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-26/ "Lesson 26: ~는 것 Describing Nouns with Verbs"), but the principal is the same for any noun form of a verb. All you need to do is:
+This is easy to do with 하다 verbs (for example, 수영하다 and 공부하다) because to make a noun all you need to do is remove 하다 from those words. I discuss making non-하다 verbs into nouns in [Lesson 26](../unit-2/26-describing-nouns-with-verbs.md), but the principal is the same for any noun form of a verb. All you need to do is:
 
 나는 (noun form of verb)을/를 잘하다. For example:
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/21-why-when-where-who.md

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v1.mp3
       en: news
       notes: |
-        <p>This word does not mean the "news" that you see on TV. Rather, it is the word to describe a piece of information, that we often call "news" in English.</p>
+        This word does not mean the "news" that you see on TV. Rather, it is the word to describe a piece of information, that we often call "news" in English.
       examples:
         - ko: 나쁜 **소식**이 있어요
           en: There is some bad **news**
@@ -57,8 +57,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v4.mp3
       en: wedding
       notes: |
-        <p>Usually, by adding 식 to the end of a noun in Korean, the noun turns into some sort of a ceremony.</p>
+        Usually, by adding 식 to the end of a noun in Korean, the noun turns into some sort of a ceremony.
-        <p>결혼 + 식 = marriage ceremony (wedding)</p>
+
+        결혼 + 식 = marriage ceremony (wedding)
       examples:
         - ko: "**결혼식**은 언제예요?"
           en: When is the **wedding**?
@@ -110,7 +111,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v9.mp3
       en: schedule
       notes: |
-        <p>See Lesson 50 for more information.</p>
+        See Lesson 50 for more information.
       examples:
         - ko: 우리가 내일 도착할 **예정**이에요
           en: We are **scheduled** to arrive tomorrow
@@ -131,8 +132,10 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v10.mp3
       en: booger, a small amount of something
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "코딱찌"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "코딱찌"
-        <p>코딱지만큼 is an idiom to say something is really small, for example: 아빠가 코딱지만큼 먹었어요 = Dad only ate a little bit!</p>
+
+        코딱지만큼 is an idiom to say something is really small, for example:
+        - 아빠가 코딱지만큼 먹었어요 = Dad only ate a little bit!
       examples:
         - ko: 아빠가 **코딱지만큼** 먹었어요
           en: Dad only ate **a little bit**!
@@ -211,7 +214,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v18.mp3
       en: to check into a hospital
       notes: |
-        <p>This often translates to "enter a hospital," but it actually used to say that one enters a hospital, and then gets admitted. You would not use this word if you enter a hospital to visit somebody or to do some other task there.</p>
+        This often translates to "enter a hospital," but it actually used to say that one enters a hospital, and then gets admitted. You would not use this word if you enter a hospital to visit somebody or to do some other task there.
       examples:
         - ko: 어제 병원에 **입원했나요**?
           en: Did you **go to/get admitted to the hospital** yesterday?
@@ -224,7 +227,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v19.mp3
       en: to check out of a hospital
       notes: |
-        <p>The opposite of 입원하다, this is not used to indicate that you leave a hospital. It is used when somebody has completed their treatment and is okay to leave the hospital.</p>
+        The opposite of 입원하다, this is not used to indicate that you leave a hospital. It is used when somebody has completed their treatment and is okay to leave the hospital.
       examples:
         - ko: "언제 **퇴원할** 수 있어요?"
           en: When will you be able to **leave the hospital**?
@@ -233,7 +236,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v20.mp3
       en: to win/to win against
       notes: |
-        <p>In English the words "beat" and "win" are slightly different. However, in Korean, 이기다 is used for both of these words.</p>
+        In English the words "beat" and "win" are slightly different. However, in Korean, 이기다 is used for both of these words.
       examples:
         - ko: 우리는 다른 팀을 농구경기에서 **이겼어요**
           en: We **beat** the other team in the basketball game
@@ -264,7 +267,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v23.mp3
       en: to ride
       notes: |
-        <p>타다 is another one of those verbs that has so many meanings depending on the situation. One of the most common meanings, however, is to "ride." It can be used in a wide variety of situations where you are on something that is moving (boat, horse, taxi, subway, elevator, bus)</p>
+        타다 is another one of those verbs that has so many meanings depending on the situation. One of the most common meanings, however, is to "ride." It can be used in a wide variety of situations where you are on something that is moving (boat, horse, taxi, subway, elevator, bus)
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 서울역에서 버스를 **탔어요**
           en: I **got on** the bus at Seoul station
@@ -282,8 +285,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v24.mp3
       en: to be pleasant
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "즐겁따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "즐겁따"
-        <p>즐겁다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
+        즐겁다 follows the ㅂ irregular
       examples:
         - ko: 날씨가 좋아서 산책하는 것은 **즐거워요**
           en: It is **pleasant** go to for a walk because the weather is so nice
@@ -325,7 +329,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v27.mp3
       en: who
       notes: |
-        <p>When used as the subject of a sentence, 누구 changes to 누가.</p>
+        When used as the subject of a sentence, 누구 changes to 누가.
       examples:
         - ko: "**누가** 내일 한국어를 공부할 거야?"
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson21-65.mp3
@@ -351,10 +355,14 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v29.mp3
       en: when
       notes: |
-        <p>Particles like ~부터 and ~까지, which are often used to indicate from/until when something happens can be attached to 언제 to indicate that it is unknown "from/until when" something happens.</p>
+        Particles like ~부터 and ~까지, which are often used to indicate from/until when something happens can be attached to 언제 to indicate that it is unknown "from/until when" something happens.
-        <p>언제 can also be attached to "이다" to ask "when" something is. In these cases as well, it replaces the noun that would normally be attached to 이다. For example: "결혼식은 언제야?" = "When is the wedding?"</p>
+
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 5.</p>
+        언제 can also be attached to "이다" to ask "when" something is. In these cases as well, it replaces the noun that would normally be attached to 이다. For example:
-        <p><YouTube id="wMRfpE9JdUo" /></p>
+        - "결혼식은 언제야?" = "When is the wedding?"
+
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 5.
+
+        <YouTube id="wMRfpE9JdUo" />
       examples:
         - ko: 집에 **언제** 갔어?
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson21-40.mp3
@@ -385,10 +393,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v30.mp3
       en: where
       notes: |
-        <p>The particle ~까지 is commonly attached to 어디. ~부터 is not commonly attached to 어디 for the same reason that ~부터 is not commonly attached to a place, as described in Lesson 12.</p>
+        The particle ~까지 is commonly attached to 어디. ~부터 is not commonly attached to 어디 for the same reason that ~부터 is not commonly attached to a place, as described in Lesson 12.
-        <p>Like 언제, it can also be used as the noun before 이다 to ask where something "is." For example: "어디야?" = "Where are you?" This is really only done when speaking to a person, and you are asking him/her directly where he/she is. When asking where another person, or another thing is, it is more natural to use 있다 in the sentence.</p>
+
-        <p>This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 5.</p>
+        Like 언제, it can also be used as the noun before 이다 to ask where something "is." For example: "어디야?" = "Where are you?" This is really only done when speaking to a person, and you are asking him/her directly where he/she is. When asking where another person, or another thing is, it is more natural to use 있다 in the sentence.
-        <p><YouTube id="wMRfpE9JdUo" /></p>
+
+        This word appears in my Korean Sign Explanation Video 5.
+
+        <YouTube id="wMRfpE9JdUo" />
       examples:
         - ko: "**어디** 가고 싶어요?"
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson21-50.mp3
@@ -417,9 +428,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v31.mp3
       en: also
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "역씨"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "역씨"
-        <p>Similar to the particle ~도. However, 역시 does not get added directly to nouns.</p>
+
-        <p>역시 also gets placed as an adverb in sentences for feeling when the speaker says something that is "as expected."</p>
+        Similar to the particle ~도. However, 역시 does not get added directly to nouns.
+
+        역시 also gets placed as an adverb in sentences for feeling when the speaker says something that is "as expected."
       examples:
         - ko: 나 **역시** 수학을 좋아하지 않아
           en: I **also** don't like math
@@ -428,8 +441,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v34.mp3
       en: some
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "면멷"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "면멷"
-        <p>Usually placed before a word meaning "people" to mean "some ____"</p>
+
+        Usually placed before a word meaning "people" to mean "some \_\_\_\_"
       examples:
         - ko: "**몇몇** 사람들은 밥을 좋아하지 않아"
           en: "**Some** people don't like rice"
@@ -438,8 +452,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v36.mp3
       en: already/earlier than expected
       notes: |
-        <p>벌써 can be used to indicate that one action has "already" happened. These actions are usually finished when then speaker uses "벌써."</p>
+        벌써 can be used to indicate that one action has "already" happened. These actions are usually finished when then speaker uses "벌써."
-        <p>It can also be used to indicate that an action happens earlier than expected. These actions don't have to be finished for the speaker to use 벌써.</p>
+
+        It can also be used to indicate that an action happens earlier than expected. These actions don't have to be finished for the speaker to use 벌써.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 그 사실을 **벌써** 알고 있었어요
           en: I **already** knew that fact
@@ -454,7 +469,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson21v37.mp3
       en: already
       notes: |
-        <p>이미 can replace 벌써 in the first usage described above, but not the second one. That is, it can be used to indicate that one action has "already" happened.</p>
+        이미 can replace 벌써 in the first usage described above, but not the second one. That is, it can be used to indicate that one action has "already" happened.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 그 사실을 **이미** 알고 있었어요
           en: I **already** knew that fact
@@ -1223,7 +1238,7 @@ As you know, some additions require the speaker to choose between two possible o
 In later lessons, you will learn other grammatical additions that have a solid ㄴ. For example:
 
 - \~나 ([later in this lesson](#%E1%84%82%E1%85%A1-%E1%84%8B%E1%85%AD))
-- \~는 ([Lesson 26](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-26/))
+- \~는 ([Lesson 26](../unit-2/26-describing-nouns-with-verbs.md))
 - \~는데 ([Lesson 76](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/upper-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-4-lessons-76-83/lesson-76/))
 - \~네 ([Lesson 83](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/upper-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-4-lessons-76-83/lesson-83/))
 - \~나 ([Lesson 109](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-5/lessons-109-116/lesson-109/))
@@ -1234,7 +1249,7 @@ All grammatical additions where a solid ㄴ is attached to a word follow the sam
 - 마음에 드니? <AudioButton src="https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/04/Lesson-21-7.mp3" /> = <span class="md spoiler">Do you like it?</span>
 - 어디 사니? <AudioButton src="https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/04/Lesson-21-8.mp3" /> = <span class="md spoiler">Where do you live?</span>
 
-_\~니 also affects the ㅎ irregular,_ which is introduced in [Lesson 23](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-17-25-2/lesson-23/).
+_\~니 also affects the ㅎ irregular,_ which is introduced in [Lesson 23](./23-ㅎ-irregulars-colors.md).
 
 ### \~ㄴ/은가(요)
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/22-how-which-what-how-many.md

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson22v2.mp3
       en: a seat, a place to put something
       notes: |
-        <p>Incredibly common word that is used in very important situations. 자리 is some area of space, but not really 3-dimensional space. It is more space on the ground or something similar to that. For example, if somebody is standing where you are standing, you could say "get out of my place/my spot!" In that case, you can use 자리. In practice, it is very commonly used to have the meaning "seat".</p>
+        Incredibly common word that is used in very important situations. 자리 is some area of space, but not really 3-dimensional space. It is more space on the ground or something similar to that. For example, if somebody is standing where you are standing, you could say "get out of my place/my spot!" In that case, you can use 자리. In practice, it is very commonly used to have the meaning "seat".
       examples:
         - ko: "**자리**가 없어요"
           en: There are no **seats**/there is **nowhere to sit**
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson22v12.mp3
       en: to collect, to come and pick up
       notes: |
-        <p>This word is most commonly used to refer to people coming to pick up garbage (garbage collection). You would think that this word wouldn't be very common (how often do you talk about garbage collection), but it is used fairly often if you live in Korea.</p>
+        This word is most commonly used to refer to people coming to pick up garbage (garbage collection). You would think that this word wouldn't be very common (how often do you talk about garbage collection), but it is used fairly often if you live in Korea.
       examples:
         - ko: 쓰레기는 월요일마다 **수거된다**
           en: Garbage is **collected** every Monday
@@ -122,8 +122,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson22v14.mp3
       en: to tear, to rip
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "찓따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "찓따"
-        <p>If you want to say that you ripped a hole in your clothes, you can also use the idiom "빵구가 났다"</p>
+
+        If you want to say that you ripped a hole in your clothes, you can also use the idiom "빵구가 났다"
       examples:
         - ko: 누가 이 옷을 **찢었어요**?
           en: Who **ripped** the clothes?
@@ -134,7 +135,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson22v15.mp3
       en: to go and then come back
       notes: |
-        <p>A combination of the words 다니다 and 오다. This word is often used in greetings, to indicate that one will go, and then come back.</p>
+        A combination of the words 다니다 and 오다. This word is often used in greetings, to indicate that one will go, and then come back.
       examples:
         - ko: 선생님! 미국에 잘 **다녀왔어요**?
           en: Teacher! Did you **come back** well from America?
@@ -187,7 +188,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson22v20.mp3
       en: how much
       notes: |
-        <p>얼마나 is a very common adverb that means "how" but is very different from 어떻게. 얼마나 is a word that is placed before adjectives and adverbs to mean "how (adjective/adverb). You can also put "얼마" before 이다 to ask "how much does this cost?"</p>
+        얼마나 is a very common adverb that means "how" but is very different from 어떻게. 얼마나 is a word that is placed before adjectives and adverbs to mean "how (adjective/adverb). You can also put "얼마" before 이다 to ask "how much does this cost?"
       examples:
         - ko: 한국어를 **얼마나** 자주 공부해요?
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson22-56.mp3
@@ -201,8 +202,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson22v21.mp3
       en: how many ___
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "멷"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "멷"
-        <p>Used before a counter to ask how many of something. Also used to ask about one's age.</p>
+
+        Used before a counter to ask how many of something. Also used to ask about one's age.
       examples:
         - ko: 차가 **몇** 대 있어요?
           en: "**How many** cars do you have?"
@@ -255,8 +257,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson22v25.mp3
       en: which
       notes: |
-        <p>The difference between 어떤, 무슨 and 어느 is discussed at length in this lesson.</p>
+        The difference between 어떤, 무슨 and 어느 is discussed at length in this lesson.
-        <p>어떤 can mean "which" as in "which sport do you like best?" But it can also mean "some." How do you differentiate if "어떤" means some or which? If the sentence is a question, it will usually mean "which." If the sentence is not a question, it will usually mean "some."</p>
+
+        어떤 can mean "which" as in "which sport do you like best?" But it can also mean "some." How do you differentiate if "어떤" means some or which? If the sentence is a question, it will usually mean "which." If the sentence is not a question, it will usually mean "some."
       examples:
         - ko: 어제 **어떤** 남자가 왔어요?
           en: "**Which** man came here yesterday?"
@@ -303,8 +306,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson22v29.mp3
       en: outside
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "바깓"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "바깓"
-        <p>This can be placed before a noun to describe it or to refer to the outside in general.</p>
+
+        This can be placed before a noun to describe it or to refer to the outside in general.
       examples:
         - ko: 미친 사람이 **바깥**에서 춤을 췄어요
           en: A crazy man was dancing **outside**
@@ -333,20 +337,20 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson22v32.mp3
       en: must read
       notes: |
-        <p>Technically a noun, but usually the translation makes it sound like it is a verb with an emphasis attached to it.</p>
+        Technically a noun, but usually the translation makes it sound like it is a verb with an emphasis attached to it.
-        <p>This word is usually used by itself at the top of messages (or as the subject of an e-mail) to indicate that the message is a "must read"</p>
+
+        This word is usually used by itself at the top of messages (or as the subject of an e-mail) to indicate that the message is a "must read"
       examples: []
 
     - ko: 며칠
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson22v33.mp3
       en: how many days
       notes: |
-        <p>This word has three main usages:</p>
+        This word has three main usages:
-        <ul>
+
-          <li>When asking somebody how many days they will do something</li>
+        *   When asking somebody how many days they will do something
-          <li>When asking what day it is</li>
+        *   When asking what day it is
-          <li>To say "a few days ago"</li>
+        *   To say "a few days ago"
-        </ul>
       examples:
         - ko: 한국에서 **며칠** 있었어요?
           en: "**How many days** were you in Korea?"
@@ -1270,7 +1274,7 @@ This table is equally confusing, but it helped me organize my thoughts, so I tho
 | Choosing among options<br>More in [Lesson 33](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-33/ "Lesson 33: ~중 (하는 중), (~중에)") | 무슨 차를 사고 싶어요?<br><span class="md spoiler">What car do you want to buy?</span><br>_(This fits in with the “object is unknown” usage)_ | 어떤 차를 사고 싶어요?<span class="md spoiler"><br>Which car do you want to buy?</span><br>_(This could also be referring to the characteristics/type of car)_ | 어느 차를 사고 싶어요?<br><span class="md spoiler">Which car do you want to buy?</span> |
 | Unsure of specifics                                                                                                                                                                          | ~~나는~~ ~~무슨~~ ~~책을~~ ~~읽었어~~<br>Awkward                                                                                              | 나는 어떤 책을 읽었어<br><span class="md spoiler">I read some book</span>                                                                                      | ~~나는~~ ~~어느~~ ~~책을~~ ~~읽었어~~<br>Awkward                                        |
 
-This is a good start, but there are other specific situations when you might use one of these words. For example, 어느 has other usages as well. You will learn about some of the other usages of 어느 in [Lesson 25](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-lessons-17-25-2/lesson-25/ "Lesson 25: Anybody, Everybody, Somebody, Nobody, etc.") and [Lesson 72](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-3-intermediate-korean-grammar/lessons-67-75/lesson-72/ "Lesson 72: As much as: ~만큼, 정도").
+This is a good start, but there are other specific situations when you might use one of these words. For example, 어느 has other usages as well. You will learn about some of the other usages of 어느 in [Lesson 25](./25-anybody-everybody.md) and [Lesson 72](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-3-intermediate-korean-grammar/lessons-67-75/lesson-72/ "Lesson 72: As much as: ~만큼, 정도").
 
 In addition, as 어떤 and 어느 are used when options are given, we will continue to talk about these words in [Lesson 33](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-33/ "Lesson 33: ~중 (하는 중), (~중에)") when you learn how to give options to people.
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/23-ㅎ-irregulars-colors.md

@@ -5,8 +5,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson23v1.mp3
       en: (the color) green
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "초록쌕"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "초록쌕"
-        <p>Color words that end in "색" are nouns. However, these words are often used like adjectives by placing them before a noun.</p>
+
+        Color words that end in "색" are nouns. However, these words are often used like adjectives by placing them before a noun.
       examples:
         - ko: 제가 가장 좋아하는 색깔은 **초록색**이에요
           en: My favorite color is **green**
@@ -128,7 +129,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson23v16.mp3
       en: one's back
       notes: |
-        <p>When you want to say that your "back hurts," you should say "허리가 아파요" – which translates to "my hip hurts."</p>
+        When you want to say that your "back hurts," you should say "허리가 아파요" – which translates to "my hip hurts."
       examples:
         - ko: "**등**이 간지러워서 긁어 주세요"
           en: Scratch my **back**! It's itchy!
@@ -195,10 +196,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson23v24.mp3
       en: to go down
       notes: |
-        <p>Compound verb of 내리다 and 가다.</p>
+        Compound verb of 내리다 and 가다.
-        <p>This is also used to refer to going down (geographically) in the country.</p>
+
-        <p>This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation [Video 16]</p>
+        This is also used to refer to going down (geographically) in the country.
-        <p><YouTube id="NcbM1Vgvu9I" /></p>
+
+        This word appears in Korean Sign Explanation [Video 16]
+
+        <YouTube id="NcbM1Vgvu9I" />
       examples:
         - ko: 지금 점점 어두워지고 있어서 우리는 산에서 **내려가**야 돼요
           en: We need to **go down** the mountain, because it is gradually getting darker
@@ -237,8 +241,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson23v27.mp3
       en: to be sea blue
       notes: |
-        <p>푸르다 gets conjugated into 푸르러(요) when ~아/어 is added to it.</p>
+        푸르다 gets conjugated into 푸르러(요) when ~아/어 is added to it.
-        <p>I don't know of any other word that acts like this.</p>
+
+        I don't know of any other word that acts like this.
       examples:
         - ko: 해가 뜨기 전에 하늘은 **푸르러요**
           en: The sky was **sea blue** before the sunrise
@@ -247,8 +252,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson23v28.mp3
       en: to be yellow
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "노라타"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "노라타"
-        <p>노랗다 follows the ㅎ irregular</p>
+
+        노랗다 follows the ㅎ irregular
       examples:
         - ko: 저 **노란** 집이 예뻐요
           en: That **yellow** house is pretty
@@ -261,8 +267,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson23v29.mp3
       en: to be red
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "빨가타"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "빨가타"
-        <p>빨갛다 follows the ㅎ irregular</p>
+
+        빨갛다 follows the ㅎ irregular
       examples:
         - ko: 얼굴이 왜 이렇게 **빨개요**?
           en: Why is your face so **red**?
@@ -277,8 +284,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson23v30.mp3
       en: to be white
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "하야타"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "하야타"
-        <p>하얗다 follows the ㅎ irregular</p>
+
+        하얗다 follows the ㅎ irregular
       examples:
         - ko: "**하얀색**은 가장 순수한 색깔이에요"
           en: "**White** is the purest color"
@@ -290,8 +298,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson23v31.mp3
       en: to be black
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "까마타"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "까마타"
-        <p>까맣다 follows the ㅎ irregular</p>
+
+        까맣다 follows the ㅎ irregular
       examples:
         - ko: 그 남자는 매일 **까만색** 옷을 입어요
           en: That man wears **black** clothes every day
@@ -303,8 +312,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson23v32.mp3
       en: to be blue
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "파라타"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "파라타"
-        <p>파랗다 follows the ㅎ irregular</p>
+
+        파랗다 follows the ㅎ irregular
       examples:
         - ko: "**파란** 눈이 있는 남자가 가장 잘생겼어요"
           en: Men with **blue** eyes are the most handsome
@@ -320,10 +330,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Lesson23n1.mp3
       en: to be like this
       notes: |
-        <p>It is hard to describe the meaning of 이렇다, 그렇다 and 저렇다 without any other grammatical principle added to it. Much like 이, 그 and 저 can mean "this," "that" and "that;" 이렇다, 그렇다 and 저렇다 can mean "like this," "like that" and "like that."</p>
+        It is hard to describe the meaning of 이렇다, 그렇다 and 저렇다 without any other grammatical principle added to it. Much like 이, 그 and 저 can mean "this," "that" and "that;" 이렇다, 그렇다 and 저렇다 can mean "like this," "like that" and "like that."
-        <p>It is easier to describe and understand the meaning of these words when other grammatical principles are attached to it. ~ㄴ/은 (Lesson 4) is often added to 이렇다 (to create 이런) to describe a noun.</p>
+
-        <p>~게 (Lesson 8) is often added to 이렇다 (to create 이렇게) to turn it into an adverb.</p>
+        It is easier to describe and understand the meaning of these words when other grammatical principles are attached to it. ~ㄴ/은 (Lesson 4) is often added to 이렇다 (to create 이런) to describe a noun.
-        <p>When Korean people ask a "why" question, they often stress "why" by using 이렇게.</p>
+
+        ~게 (Lesson 8) is often added to 이렇다 (to create 이렇게) to turn it into an adverb.
+
+        When Korean people ask a "why" question, they often stress "why" by using 이렇게.
       examples:
         - ko: "**이런** 일은 위험하다"
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson23-35.mp3
@@ -355,10 +368,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Lesson23n2.mp3
       en: to be like that
       notes: |
-        <p>It is hard to describe the meaning of 이렇다, 그렇다 and 저렇다 without any other grammatical principle added to it. Much like 이, 그 and 저 can mean "this," "that" and "that;" 이렇다, 그렇다 and 저렇다 can mean "like this," "like that" and "like that."</p>
+        It is hard to describe the meaning of 이렇다, 그렇다 and 저렇다 without any other grammatical principle added to it. Much like 이, 그 and 저 can mean "this," "that" and "that;" 이렇다, 그렇다 and 저렇다 can mean "like this," "like that" and "like that."
-        <p>It is easier to describe and understand the meaning of these words when other grammatical principles are attached to it. ~ㄴ/은 (Lesson 4) is often added to 그렇다 (to create 그런) to describe a noun.</p>
+
-        <p>~게 (Lesson 8) is often added to 그렇다 (to create 그렇게) to turn it into an adverb.</p>
+        It is easier to describe and understand the meaning of these words when other grammatical principles are attached to it. ~ㄴ/은 (Lesson 4) is often added to 그렇다 (to create 그런) to describe a noun.
-        <p>Many other grammatical principles are commonly added to 그렇다. I discuss this more in the actual lesson below.</p>
+
+        ~게 (Lesson 8) is often added to 그렇다 (to create 그렇게) to turn it into an adverb.
+
+        Many other grammatical principles are commonly added to 그렇다. I discuss this more in the actual lesson below.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **그런** 사람을 믿지 않아요
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson23-40.mp3
@@ -383,9 +399,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Lesson23n3.mp3
       en: to be like that
       notes: |
-        <p>It is hard to describe the meaning of 이렇다, 그렇다 and 저렇다 without any other grammatical principle added to it. Much like 이, 그 and 저 can mean "this," "that" and "that;" 이렇다, 그렇다 and 저렇다 can mean "like this," "like that" and "like that."</p>
+        It is hard to describe the meaning of 이렇다, 그렇다 and 저렇다 without any other grammatical principle added to it. Much like 이, 그 and 저 can mean "this," "that" and "that;" 이렇다, 그렇다 and 저렇다 can mean "like this," "like that" and "like that."
-        <p>It is easier to describe and understand the meaning of these words when other grammatical principles are attached to it. ~ㄴ/은 (Lesson 4) is often added to 저렇다 (to create 저런) to describe a noun.</p>
+
-        <p>~게 (Lesson 8) is often added to 저렇다 (to create 저렇게) to turn it into an adverb.</p>
+        It is easier to describe and understand the meaning of these words when other grammatical principles are attached to it. ~ㄴ/은 (Lesson 4) is often added to 저렇다 (to create 저런) to describe a noun.
+
+        ~게 (Lesson 8) is often added to 저렇다 (to create 저렇게) to turn it into an adverb.
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 **저런** 여자를 좋아하지 않아요
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson23-44.mp3
@@ -405,8 +423,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson23v40.mp3
       en: most
       notes: |
-        <p>Placed immediately before a noun to say "most."</p>
+        Placed immediately before a noun to say "most."
-        <p>Often times "의" is attached to 대부분 when it describes an upcoming noun.</p>
+
+        Often times "의" is attached to 대부분 when it describes an upcoming noun.
       examples:
         - ko: "**대부분의** 사람들은 아침밥을 먹지 않는다"
           en: "**Most** people don't eat breakfast"
@@ -429,8 +448,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson23v42.mp3
       en: counter for a "type/kind of thing"
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "종뉴"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "종뉴"
-        <p>종류 and 가지 have the same meaning. They are used as a counter when you are talking about types of things.</p>
+
+        종류 and 가지 have the same meaning. They are used as a counter when you are talking about types of things.
       examples:
         - ko: "어떤 **종류**의 차를 원해요?"
           en: What **type** of car do you want?

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/24-before-after-since-within.md

@@ -251,9 +251,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson24v29.mp3
       en: to be hot (object)
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "뜨겁따"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "뜨겁따"
-        <p>뜨겁다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>Only used to describe objects when they are hot. Not when describing the weather and usually not when describing one's body temperature. It would only be used to describe a body temperature if somebody's body is hot to the touch.</p>
+        뜨겁다 follows the ㅂ irregular
+
+        Only used to describe objects when they are hot. Not when describing the weather and usually not when describing one's body temperature. It would only be used to describe a body temperature if somebody's body is hot to the touch.
       examples:
         - ko: 물이 매우 **뜨거워**서 만지지 마세요
           en: Don't touch the water because it is very **hot**
@@ -262,9 +264,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson24v30.mp3
       en: to be cold (object)
       notes: |
-        <p>The pronunciation of this word is closer to "차갑다"</p>
+        The pronunciation of this word is closer to "차갑다"
-        <p>차갑다 follows the ㅂ irregular</p>
+
-        <p>Only used to describe objects when they are cold. Not when describing the weather and usually not when describing one's body temperature. It would only be used to describe a body temperature if somebody's body is cold to the touch.</p>
+        차갑다 follows the ㅂ irregular
+
+        Only used to describe objects when they are cold. Not when describing the weather and usually not when describing one's body temperature. It would only be used to describe a body temperature if somebody's body is cold to the touch.
       examples:
         - ko: "**차가운** 물을 주세요"
           en: Please give me **cold** water
@@ -281,8 +285,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson24v32.mp3
       en: before/ago
       notes: |
-        <p>Used to indicate that something was done before a certain time, for example: "저는 2주 전에 남동생을 만났어요" = "I met my brother 2 weeks ago"</p>
+        Used to indicate that something was done before a certain time, for example:
-        <p>Also used to indicate that something happens before an action: "한국에 오기 전에 저는 한국어를 배웠어요" = "I learned Korean before I came to Korea"</p>
+        - "저는 2주 전에 남동생을 만났어요" = "I met my brother 2 weeks ago"
+
+        Also used to indicate that something happens before an action:
+        - "한국에 오기 전에 저는 한국어를 배웠어요" = "I learned Korean before I came to Korea"
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 2주 **전**에 남동생을 만났어요
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson24-1.mp3
@@ -304,8 +311,11 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson24v34.mp3
       en: after/later
       notes: |
-        <p>Used to indicate that something was done after a certain time, for example: "수업은 2분 후에 끝날 거예요" = "Class will finish 2 minutes from now"</p>
+        Used to indicate that something was done after a certain time, for example:
-        <p>Also used to indicate that something happens after an action: "밥을 먹은 후에 친구를 만났어요" = "After I ate, I met a friend"</p>
+        - "수업은 2분 후에 끝날 거예요" = "Class will finish 2 minutes from now"
+
+        Also used to indicate that something happens after an action:
+        - "밥을 먹은 후에 친구를 만났어요" = "After I ate, I met a friend"
       examples:
         - ko: 수업은 2분 **후**에 끝날 거예요
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson24-13.mp3
@@ -1228,7 +1238,7 @@ One quick thing. In a lot of the example sentences above, I placed the \~기 전
 - 저는 (어제) 은행에 갔어요 = <span class="md spoiler">I went to the bank (yesterday)</span>
 - 저는 (친구가 오기 전에) 은행에 갔어요 = <span class="md spoiler">I went to the bank (before my friend came)</span>
 
-Therefore, although I often place this indication of time before the clause, it doesn’t always need to be there, and it is the discretion of the speaker that will decide exactly where to place it. Being able to create a single unit from a clause like this is a quick introduction to what you will begin learning in [Lesson 26](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-26/) – where you will be able to manipulate entire clauses to describe nouns in the middle of sentences.
+Therefore, although I often place this indication of time before the clause, it doesn’t always need to be there, and it is the discretion of the speaker that will decide exactly where to place it. Being able to create a single unit from a clause like this is a quick introduction to what you will begin learning in [Lesson 26](../unit-2/26-describing-nouns-with-verbs.md) – where you will be able to manipulate entire clauses to describe nouns in the middle of sentences.
 
 ## Since: \~ㄴ/은 이래로
 

docs/howtostudykorean/unit-1/25-anybody-everybody.md

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson25v1.mp3
       en: every
       notes: |
-        <p>This looks like the dictionary form of this word should be "모드다" and ~ㄴ/은 is added to is to describe an upcoming noun. 모든 is the dictionary form of this word. It is placed before nouns to mean "all/every…"</p>
+        This looks like the dictionary form of this word should be "모드다" and ~ㄴ/은 is added to is to describe an upcoming noun. 모든 is the dictionary form of this word. It is placed before nouns to mean "all/every…"
       examples:
         - ko: "**모든** 학생들은 하루 종일 잤어"
           audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Lesson25-2.mp3
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ vocabulary:
           en: I didn't see anybody/I saw **nobody**
         - ko: 저는 **아무도** 만나고 싶지 않아요
           en: I don't want to meet anybody/I want to meet **nobody**
-        - ko: 아무도 집에 가지 않았어요
+        - ko: "**아무도** 집에 가지 않았어요"
           en: "**Nobody** went home"
         - ko: 저는 그 말을 **아무에게도** 안 했어요
           en: I didn't say that to anybody/I said that to **nobody**
@@ -271,12 +271,13 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson25v20.mp3
       en: place
       notes: |
-        <p>This word is similar to the words 곳 and 장소.</p>
+        This word is similar to the words 곳 and 장소.
-        <p>A deeper discussion of 데, specifically distinguishing it from 때 and ~는데 can be found in Lesson 76 and Lesson 77.</p>
+
+        A deeper discussion of 데, specifically distinguishing it from 때 and ~는데 can be found in Lesson 76 and Lesson 77.
       examples:
         - ko: 돈이 없어서 갈 수 있는 **데**가 없었어요
           en: He had **nowhere** to go because he had no money
-        - ko: 우리가 처음에 만난 데에 갔어요
+        - ko: 우리가 처음에 만난 **데**에 갔어요
           en: We went to the **place** that we met for the first time
         - ko: 그녀가 사는 **데**는 조금 멀어요
           en: She lives a little bit far (The **place** that she lives is a little far)
@@ -337,7 +338,8 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson25v27.mp3
       en: menu
       notes: |
-        <p>In English the word "menu" is only about the physical book where foods are written in a restaurant. In Korean people use the word "메뉴" when talking about the types of food served at a restaurant. Therefore, you will often hear things like "이 식당의 메뉴는 어때요?" (What do you think about the types of food at this restaurant?)</p>
+        In English the word "menu" is only about the physical book where foods are written in a restaurant. In Korean people use the word "메뉴" when talking about the types of food served at a restaurant. Therefore, you will often hear things like
+        - "이 식당의 메뉴는 어때요?" (What do you think about the types of food at this restaurant?)
       examples:
         - ko: 그 식당은 **메뉴**를 바꿨어요
           en: That restaurant changed its **menu** (changed the types of food that are served)
@@ -394,8 +396,9 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson25v34.mp3
       en: baby, infant
       notes: |
-        <p>I believe the word was originally "아기" but through constant mispronunciation, the word has now evolved to "애기."</p>
+        I believe the word was originally "아기" but through constant mispronunciation, the word has now evolved to "애기."
-        <p>People often call their boyfriend or girlfriend "애기." This makes some people sick.</p>
+
+        People often call their boyfriend or girlfriend "애기." This makes some people sick.
       examples:
         - ko: 우리 **애기**는 이제 두 살이에요
           en: Our **baby** is now two years old
@@ -483,7 +486,7 @@ vocabulary:
       audio: https://www.howtostudykorean.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Lesson25v41.mp3
       en: to be interested in
       notes: |
-        <p>Very common noun that you can use to say "I am interested" in something. "~에" is added to the thing you are interested in, and 관심 is followed by ~이 있다. Translates directly to "I have interest in ____."</p>
+        Very common noun that you can use to say "I am interested" in something. "~에" is added to the thing you are interested in, and 관심 is followed by ~이 있다. Translates directly to "I have interest in \_\_\_\_."
       examples:
         - ko: 저는 한국역사에 **관심이 있어요**
           en: I am **interested** in Korean history
@@ -1666,7 +1669,7 @@ If you are confident in what you learned in Lessons 17 – 25, why not check you
 
 Or you can go directly to our [Unit 1 test](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit1/unit-1-test/ "Unit 1 Test"), which will test you on everything you learned in Unit 1.
 
-If you are not into taking the tests, you could always head directly to [Unit 2](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/ "UNIT 2: Lower-Intermediate Korean Grammar") and check out our first lesson ([Lesson 26](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/unit-2-lessons-26-33/lesson-26/ "Lesson 26: ~는 것 Describing Nouns with Verbs")).
+If you are not into taking the tests, you could always head directly to [Unit 2](https://www.howtostudykorean.com/unit-2-lower-intermediate-korean-grammar/ "UNIT 2: Lower-Intermediate Korean Grammar") and check out our first lesson ([Lesson 26](../unit-2/26-describing-nouns-with-verbs.md)).
 
 ## Summary
 

docs/index.md

@@ -11,8 +11,11 @@ hero:
 
 ## [Themes](./howtostudykorean/theme/index.md)
 
-- [School](./howtostudykorean/theme/school.md)
+- [School](./howtostudykorean/theme/01-school.md)
-- [Transportation](./howtostudykorean/theme/transportation.md)
+- [Transportation](./howtostudykorean/theme/02-transportation.md)
+- [Eating](./howtostudykorean/theme/03-eating.md)
+- [Shopping](./howtostudykorean/theme/04-shopping.md)
+- [Weather](./howtostudykorean/theme/05-weather.md)
 
 ## Unit 1
 
@@ -47,3 +50,7 @@ hero:
 - [Lesson 23: ㅎ Irregular: Colors, 이렇다, 그렇다 and 저렇다](./howtostudykorean/unit-1/23-ㅎ-irregulars-colors.md)
 - [Lesson 24: Before, After, Since, Within (전/후/이래로/이내)](./howtostudykorean/unit-1/24-before-after-since-within.md)
 - [Lesson 25: Anybody, Everybody, Somebody, Nobody, etc.](./howtostudykorean/unit-1/25-anybody-everybody.md)
+
+## Unit 2
+
+- [Lesson 26: \~는 것 Describing Nouns with Verbs](./howtostudykorean/unit-2/26-describing-nouns-with-verbs.md)

src-tauri/gen/android/app/src/main/java/cc/polv/ko_grammar/MainActivity.kt

@@ -1,11 +1,44 @@
 package cc.polv.ko_grammar
 
 import android.os.Bundle
+import android.view.View
+import android.webkit.WebView
 import androidx.activity.enableEdgeToEdge
+import androidx.activity.result.contract.ActivityResultContracts
+import androidx.core.view.ViewCompat
+import androidx.core.view.WindowInsetsCompat
 
 class MainActivity : TauriActivity() {
   override fun onCreate(savedInstanceState: Bundle?) {
     enableEdgeToEdge()
     super.onCreate(savedInstanceState)
+
+    val rootView: View = findViewById(android.R.id.content)
+
+    ViewCompat.setOnApplyWindowInsetsListener(rootView) { v, insets ->
+      val systemBars = insets.getInsets(WindowInsetsCompat.Type.systemBars())
+      val imeVisible = insets.isVisible(WindowInsetsCompat.Type.ime())
+      val imeHeight = insets.getInsets(WindowInsetsCompat.Type.ime()).bottom
+
+      val bottomPadding = if (imeVisible) imeHeight else systemBars.bottom
+
+      v.setPadding(
+        systemBars.left,
+        systemBars.top,
+        systemBars.right,
+        bottomPadding
+      )
+      insets
+    }
+  }
+
+  override fun onWebViewCreate(webView: WebView) {
+    super.onWebViewCreate(webView)
+
+    webView.setBackgroundColor(0x00000000)
+
+    webView.fitsSystemWindows = true
+
+    android.util.Log.i("MainActivity", "WebView created, waiting for Rust hide() call...")
   }
 }